Age Owner Branch data TLA Line data Source code
1 : : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 : : *
3 : : * planner.c
4 : : * The query optimizer external interface.
5 : : *
6 : : * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
7 : : * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
8 : : *
9 : : *
10 : : * IDENTIFICATION
11 : : * src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
12 : : *
13 : : *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 : : */
15 : :
16 : : #include "postgres.h"
17 : :
18 : : #include <limits.h>
19 : : #include <math.h>
20 : :
21 : : #include "access/genam.h"
22 : : #include "access/parallel.h"
23 : : #include "access/sysattr.h"
24 : : #include "access/table.h"
25 : : #include "catalog/pg_aggregate.h"
26 : : #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
27 : : #include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
28 : : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
29 : : #include "executor/executor.h"
30 : : #include "foreign/fdwapi.h"
31 : : #include "jit/jit.h"
32 : : #include "lib/bipartite_match.h"
33 : : #include "lib/knapsack.h"
34 : : #include "miscadmin.h"
35 : : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
36 : : #include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
37 : : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
38 : : #include "nodes/print.h"
39 : : #endif
40 : : #include "nodes/supportnodes.h"
41 : : #include "optimizer/appendinfo.h"
42 : : #include "optimizer/clauses.h"
43 : : #include "optimizer/cost.h"
44 : : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
45 : : #include "optimizer/paramassign.h"
46 : : #include "optimizer/pathnode.h"
47 : : #include "optimizer/paths.h"
48 : : #include "optimizer/plancat.h"
49 : : #include "optimizer/planmain.h"
50 : : #include "optimizer/planner.h"
51 : : #include "optimizer/prep.h"
52 : : #include "optimizer/subselect.h"
53 : : #include "optimizer/tlist.h"
54 : : #include "parser/analyze.h"
55 : : #include "parser/parse_agg.h"
56 : : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
57 : : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
58 : : #include "parser/parsetree.h"
59 : : #include "partitioning/partdesc.h"
60 : : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
61 : : #include "utils/acl.h"
62 : : #include "utils/backend_status.h"
63 : : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
64 : : #include "utils/rel.h"
65 : : #include "utils/selfuncs.h"
66 : :
67 : : /* GUC parameters */
68 : : double cursor_tuple_fraction = DEFAULT_CURSOR_TUPLE_FRACTION;
69 : : int debug_parallel_query = DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF;
70 : : bool parallel_leader_participation = true;
71 : : bool enable_distinct_reordering = true;
72 : :
73 : : /* Hook for plugins to get control in planner() */
74 : : planner_hook_type planner_hook = NULL;
75 : :
76 : : /* Hook for plugins to get control after PlannerGlobal is initialized */
77 : : planner_setup_hook_type planner_setup_hook = NULL;
78 : :
79 : : /* Hook for plugins to get control before PlannerGlobal is discarded */
80 : : planner_shutdown_hook_type planner_shutdown_hook = NULL;
81 : :
82 : : /* Hook for plugins to get control when grouping_planner() plans upper rels */
83 : : create_upper_paths_hook_type create_upper_paths_hook = NULL;
84 : :
85 : :
86 : : /* Expression kind codes for preprocess_expression */
87 : : #define EXPRKIND_QUAL 0
88 : : #define EXPRKIND_TARGET 1
89 : : #define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC 2
90 : : #define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL 3
91 : : #define EXPRKIND_VALUES 4
92 : : #define EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL 5
93 : : #define EXPRKIND_LIMIT 6
94 : : #define EXPRKIND_APPINFO 7
95 : : #define EXPRKIND_PHV 8
96 : : #define EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE 9
97 : : #define EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM 10
98 : : #define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC 11
99 : : #define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL 12
100 : : #define EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR 13
101 : :
102 : : /*
103 : : * Data specific to grouping sets
104 : : */
105 : : typedef struct
106 : : {
107 : : List *rollups;
108 : : List *hash_sets_idx;
109 : : double dNumHashGroups;
110 : : bool any_hashable;
111 : : Bitmapset *unsortable_refs;
112 : : Bitmapset *unhashable_refs;
113 : : List *unsortable_sets;
114 : : int *tleref_to_colnum_map;
115 : : } grouping_sets_data;
116 : :
117 : : /*
118 : : * Temporary structure for use during WindowClause reordering in order to be
119 : : * able to sort WindowClauses on partitioning/ordering prefix.
120 : : */
121 : : typedef struct
122 : : {
123 : : WindowClause *wc;
124 : : List *uniqueOrder; /* A List of unique ordering/partitioning
125 : : * clauses per Window */
126 : : } WindowClauseSortData;
127 : :
128 : : /* Passthrough data for standard_qp_callback */
129 : : typedef struct
130 : : {
131 : : List *activeWindows; /* active windows, if any */
132 : : grouping_sets_data *gset_data; /* grouping sets data, if any */
133 : : SetOperationStmt *setop; /* parent set operation or NULL if not a
134 : : * subquery belonging to a set operation */
135 : : } standard_qp_extra;
136 : :
137 : : /*
138 : : * Context for the find_having_collation_conflicts walker.
139 : : *
140 : : * ancestor_collids is a stack of inputcollids contributed by collation-aware
141 : : * ancestors of the current node. Entries are pushed before recursing into a
142 : : * node's children and popped afterwards, so the stack reflects exactly the
143 : : * inputcollids on the current root-to-node path.
144 : : */
145 : : typedef struct
146 : : {
147 : : Index group_rtindex;
148 : : List *ancestor_collids;
149 : : } having_collation_ctx;
150 : :
151 : : /* Local functions */
152 : : static Node *preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind);
153 : : static void preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode);
154 : : static Bitmapset *find_having_collation_conflicts(Query *parse,
155 : : Index group_rtindex);
156 : : static bool having_collation_conflict_walker(Node *node,
157 : : having_collation_ctx *ctx);
158 : : static void grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
159 : : SetOperationStmt *setops);
160 : : static grouping_sets_data *preprocess_grouping_sets(PlannerInfo *root);
161 : : static List *remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause, List *gsets,
162 : : int *tleref_to_colnum_map);
163 : : static void preprocess_rowmarks(PlannerInfo *root);
164 : : static double preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root,
165 : : double tuple_fraction,
166 : : int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est);
167 : : static List *preprocess_groupclause(PlannerInfo *root, List *force);
168 : : static List *extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets);
169 : : static List *reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause);
170 : : static void standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra);
171 : : static double get_number_of_groups(PlannerInfo *root,
172 : : double path_rows,
173 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
174 : : List *target_list);
175 : : static RelOptInfo *create_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
176 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
177 : : PathTarget *target,
178 : : bool target_parallel_safe,
179 : : grouping_sets_data *gd);
180 : : static bool is_degenerate_grouping(PlannerInfo *root);
181 : : static void create_degenerate_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
182 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
183 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel);
184 : : static RelOptInfo *make_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
185 : : PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
186 : : Node *havingQual);
187 : : static void create_ordinary_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
188 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
189 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
190 : : const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
191 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
192 : : GroupPathExtraData *extra,
193 : : RelOptInfo **partially_grouped_rel_p);
194 : : static void consider_groupingsets_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
195 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
196 : : Path *path,
197 : : bool is_sorted,
198 : : bool can_hash,
199 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
200 : : const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
201 : : double dNumGroups);
202 : : static RelOptInfo *create_window_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
203 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
204 : : PathTarget *input_target,
205 : : PathTarget *output_target,
206 : : bool output_target_parallel_safe,
207 : : WindowFuncLists *wflists,
208 : : List *activeWindows);
209 : : static void create_one_window_path(PlannerInfo *root,
210 : : RelOptInfo *window_rel,
211 : : Path *path,
212 : : PathTarget *input_target,
213 : : PathTarget *output_target,
214 : : WindowFuncLists *wflists,
215 : : List *activeWindows);
216 : : static RelOptInfo *create_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
217 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
218 : : PathTarget *target);
219 : : static void create_partial_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
220 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
221 : : RelOptInfo *final_distinct_rel,
222 : : PathTarget *target);
223 : : static RelOptInfo *create_final_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
224 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
225 : : RelOptInfo *distinct_rel);
226 : : static List *get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(PlannerInfo *root,
227 : : List *needed_pathkeys,
228 : : List *path_pathkeys);
229 : : static RelOptInfo *create_ordered_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
230 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
231 : : PathTarget *target,
232 : : bool target_parallel_safe,
233 : : double limit_tuples);
234 : : static PathTarget *make_group_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
235 : : PathTarget *final_target);
236 : : static PathTarget *make_partial_grouping_target(PlannerInfo *root,
237 : : PathTarget *grouping_target,
238 : : Node *havingQual);
239 : : static List *postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist);
240 : : static void optimize_window_clauses(PlannerInfo *root,
241 : : WindowFuncLists *wflists);
242 : : static List *select_active_windows(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists);
243 : : static void name_active_windows(List *activeWindows);
244 : : static PathTarget *make_window_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
245 : : PathTarget *final_target,
246 : : List *activeWindows);
247 : : static List *make_pathkeys_for_window(PlannerInfo *root, WindowClause *wc,
248 : : List *tlist);
249 : : static PathTarget *make_sort_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
250 : : PathTarget *final_target,
251 : : bool *have_postponed_srfs);
252 : : static void adjust_paths_for_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
253 : : List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs);
254 : : static void add_paths_to_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
255 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
256 : : RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
257 : : const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
258 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
259 : : GroupPathExtraData *extra);
260 : : static RelOptInfo *create_partial_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
261 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
262 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
263 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
264 : : GroupPathExtraData *extra,
265 : : bool force_rel_creation);
266 : : static Path *make_ordered_path(PlannerInfo *root,
267 : : RelOptInfo *rel,
268 : : Path *path,
269 : : Path *cheapest_path,
270 : : List *pathkeys,
271 : : double limit_tuples);
272 : : static void gather_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
273 : : static bool can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root);
274 : : static void apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
275 : : RelOptInfo *rel,
276 : : List *scanjoin_targets,
277 : : List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
278 : : bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
279 : : bool tlist_same_exprs);
280 : : static void create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
281 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
282 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
283 : : RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
284 : : const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
285 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
286 : : PartitionwiseAggregateType patype,
287 : : GroupPathExtraData *extra);
288 : : static bool group_by_has_partkey(RelOptInfo *input_rel,
289 : : List *targetList,
290 : : List *groupClause);
291 : : static int common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
292 : : static List *generate_setop_child_grouplist(SetOperationStmt *op,
293 : : List *targetlist);
294 : : static void create_final_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
295 : : List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
296 : : SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel);
297 : : static void create_partial_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
298 : : List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
299 : : SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel);
300 : :
301 : :
302 : : /*****************************************************************************
303 : : *
304 : : * Query optimizer entry point
305 : : *
306 : : * Inputs:
307 : : * parse: an analyzed-and-rewritten query tree for an optimizable statement
308 : : * query_string: source text for the query tree (used for error reports)
309 : : * cursorOptions: bitmask of CURSOR_OPT_XXX flags, see parsenodes.h
310 : : * boundParams: passed-in parameter values, or NULL if none
311 : : * es: ExplainState if being called from EXPLAIN, else NULL
312 : : *
313 : : * The result is a PlannedStmt tree.
314 : : *
315 : : * PARAM_EXTERN Param nodes within the parse tree can be replaced by Consts
316 : : * using values from boundParams, if those values are marked PARAM_FLAG_CONST.
317 : : * Parameter values not so marked are still relied on for estimation purposes.
318 : : *
319 : : * The ExplainState pointer is not currently used by the core planner, but it
320 : : * is passed through to some planner hooks so that they can report information
321 : : * back to EXPLAIN extension hooks.
322 : : *
323 : : * To support loadable plugins that monitor or modify planner behavior,
324 : : * we provide a hook variable that lets a plugin get control before and
325 : : * after the standard planning process. The plugin would normally call
326 : : * standard_planner().
327 : : *
328 : : * Note to plugin authors: standard_planner() scribbles on its Query input,
329 : : * so you'd better copy that data structure if you want to plan more than once.
330 : : *
331 : : *****************************************************************************/
332 : : PlannedStmt *
2283 fujii@postgresql.org 333 :CBC 332380 : planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
334 : : ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
335 : : {
336 : : PlannedStmt *result;
337 : :
6976 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 338 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (planner_hook)
265 rhaas@postgresql.org 339 :GNC 50646 : result = (*planner_hook) (parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
340 : : boundParams, es);
341 : : else
342 : 281734 : result = standard_planner(parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
343 : : boundParams, es);
344 : :
463 michael@paquier.xyz 345 :CBC 328349 : pgstat_report_plan_id(result->planId, false);
346 : :
6976 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 347 : 328349 : return result;
348 : : }
349 : :
350 : : PlannedStmt *
2283 fujii@postgresql.org 351 : 332380 : standard_planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
352 : : ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
353 : : {
354 : : PlannedStmt *result;
355 : : PlannerGlobal *glob;
356 : : double tuple_fraction;
357 : : PlannerInfo *root;
358 : : RelOptInfo *final_rel;
359 : : Path *best_path;
360 : : Plan *top_plan;
361 : : ListCell *lp,
362 : : *lr,
363 : : *lc;
364 : :
365 : : /*
366 : : * Set up global state for this planner invocation. This data is needed
367 : : * across all levels of sub-Query that might exist in the given command,
368 : : * so we keep it in a separate struct that's linked to by each per-Query
369 : : * PlannerInfo.
370 : : */
7071 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 371 : 332380 : glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
372 : :
373 : 332380 : glob->boundParams = boundParams;
7068 374 : 332380 : glob->subplans = NIL;
826 375 : 332380 : glob->subpaths = NIL;
5414 376 : 332380 : glob->subroots = NIL;
7063 377 : 332380 : glob->rewindPlanIDs = NULL;
7068 378 : 332380 : glob->finalrtable = NIL;
412 rguo@postgresql.org 379 : 332380 : glob->allRelids = NULL;
380 : 332380 : glob->prunableRelids = NULL;
1302 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 381 : 332380 : glob->finalrteperminfos = NIL;
6105 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 382 : 332380 : glob->finalrowmarks = NIL;
5604 383 : 332380 : glob->resultRelations = NIL;
2393 384 : 332380 : glob->appendRelations = NIL;
412 rguo@postgresql.org 385 : 332380 : glob->partPruneInfos = NIL;
6837 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 386 : 332380 : glob->relationOids = NIL;
6503 387 : 332380 : glob->invalItems = NIL;
3151 rhaas@postgresql.org 388 : 332380 : glob->paramExecTypes = NIL;
6461 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 389 : 332380 : glob->lastPHId = 0;
5620 390 : 332380 : glob->lastRowMarkId = 0;
3928 rhaas@postgresql.org 391 : 332380 : glob->lastPlanNodeId = 0;
6858 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 392 : 332380 : glob->transientPlan = false;
3637 393 : 332380 : glob->dependsOnRole = false;
412 rguo@postgresql.org 394 : 332380 : glob->partition_directory = NULL;
343 rguo@postgresql.org 395 :GNC 332380 : glob->rel_notnullatts_hash = NULL;
396 : :
397 : : /*
398 : : * Assess whether it's feasible to use parallel mode for this query. We
399 : : * can't do this in a standalone backend, or if the command will try to
400 : : * modify any data, or if this is a cursor operation, or if GUCs are set
401 : : * to values that don't permit parallelism, or if parallel-unsafe
402 : : * functions are present in the query tree.
403 : : *
404 : : * (Note that we do allow CREATE TABLE AS, SELECT INTO, and CREATE
405 : : * MATERIALIZED VIEW to use parallel plans, but this is safe only because
406 : : * the command is writing into a completely new table which workers won't
407 : : * be able to see. If the workers could see the table, the fact that
408 : : * group locking would cause them to ignore the leader's heavyweight GIN
409 : : * page locks would make this unsafe. We'll have to fix that somehow if
410 : : * we want to allow parallel inserts in general; updates and deletes have
411 : : * additional problems especially around combo CIDs.)
412 : : *
413 : : * For now, we don't try to use parallel mode if we're running inside a
414 : : * parallel worker. We might eventually be able to relax this
415 : : * restriction, but for now it seems best not to have parallel workers
416 : : * trying to create their own parallel workers.
417 : : */
3602 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 418 [ + + + + ]:CBC 332380 : if ((cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK) != 0 &&
419 : 314268 : IsUnderPostmaster &&
1924 akapila@postgresql.o 420 [ + + ]: 314268 : parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT &&
3602 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 421 [ + + ]: 253990 : !parse->hasModifyingCTE &&
422 [ + + ]: 253867 : max_parallel_workers_per_gather > 0 &&
2664 tmunro@postgresql.or 423 [ + + ]: 253165 : !IsParallelWorker())
424 : : {
425 : : /* all the cheap tests pass, so scan the query tree */
1924 akapila@postgresql.o 426 : 253125 : glob->maxParallelHazard = max_parallel_hazard(parse);
3602 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 427 : 253125 : glob->parallelModeOK = (glob->maxParallelHazard != PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE);
428 : : }
429 : : else
430 : : {
431 : : /* skip the query tree scan, just assume it's unsafe */
432 : 79255 : glob->maxParallelHazard = PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE;
433 : 79255 : glob->parallelModeOK = false;
434 : : }
435 : :
436 : : /*
437 : : * glob->parallelModeNeeded is normally set to false here and changed to
438 : : * true during plan creation if a Gather or Gather Merge plan is actually
439 : : * created (cf. create_gather_plan, create_gather_merge_plan).
440 : : *
441 : : * However, if debug_parallel_query = on or debug_parallel_query =
442 : : * regress, then we impose parallel mode whenever it's safe to do so, even
443 : : * if the final plan doesn't use parallelism. It's not safe to do so if
444 : : * the query contains anything parallel-unsafe; parallelModeOK will be
445 : : * false in that case. Note that parallelModeOK can't change after this
446 : : * point. Otherwise, everything in the query is either parallel-safe or
447 : : * parallel-restricted, and in either case it should be OK to impose
448 : : * parallel-mode restrictions. If that ends up breaking something, then
449 : : * either some function the user included in the query is incorrectly
450 : : * labeled as parallel-safe or parallel-restricted when in reality it's
451 : : * parallel-unsafe, or else the query planner itself has a bug.
452 : : */
3651 rhaas@postgresql.org 453 [ + + ]: 551057 : glob->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeOK &&
1231 drowley@postgresql.o 454 [ + + ]: 218677 : (debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF);
455 : :
456 : : /* Determine what fraction of the plan is likely to be scanned */
7015 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 457 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_FAST_PLAN)
458 : : {
459 : : /*
460 : : * We have no real idea how many tuples the user will ultimately FETCH
461 : : * from a cursor, but it is often the case that he doesn't want 'em
462 : : * all, or would prefer a fast-start plan anyway so that he can
463 : : * process some of the tuples sooner. Use a GUC parameter to decide
464 : : * what fraction to optimize for.
465 : : */
6633 466 : 3207 : tuple_fraction = cursor_tuple_fraction;
467 : :
468 : : /*
469 : : * We document cursor_tuple_fraction as simply being a fraction, which
470 : : * means the edge cases 0 and 1 have to be treated specially here. We
471 : : * convert 1 to 0 ("all the tuples") and 0 to a very small fraction.
472 : : */
473 [ - + ]: 3207 : if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
6633 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 474 :UBC 0 : tuple_fraction = 0.0;
6633 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 475 [ - + ]:CBC 3207 : else if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
6633 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 476 :UBC 0 : tuple_fraction = 1e-10;
477 : : }
478 : : else
479 : : {
480 : : /* Default assumption is we need all the tuples */
8513 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 481 :CBC 329173 : tuple_fraction = 0.0;
482 : : }
483 : :
484 : : /*
485 : : * Compute the initial path generation strategy mask.
486 : : *
487 : : * Some strategies, such as PGS_FOREIGNJOIN, have no corresponding enable_*
488 : : * GUC, and so the corresponding bits are always set in the default
489 : : * strategy mask.
490 : : *
491 : : * It may seem surprising that enable_indexscan sets both PGS_INDEXSCAN
492 : : * and PGS_INDEXONLYSCAN. However, the historical behavior of this GUC
493 : : * corresponds to this exactly: enable_indexscan=off disables both
494 : : * index-scan and index-only scan paths, whereas enable_indexonlyscan=off
495 : : * converts the index-only scan paths that we would have considered into
496 : : * index scan paths.
497 : : */
153 rhaas@postgresql.org 498 :GNC 332380 : glob->default_pgs_mask = PGS_APPEND | PGS_MERGE_APPEND | PGS_FOREIGNJOIN |
499 : : PGS_GATHER | PGS_CONSIDER_NONPARTIAL;
500 [ + - ]: 332380 : if (enable_tidscan)
501 : 332380 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_TIDSCAN;
502 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (enable_seqscan)
503 : 315245 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_SEQSCAN;
504 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (enable_indexscan)
505 : 330133 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_INDEXSCAN | PGS_INDEXONLYSCAN;
506 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (enable_indexonlyscan)
507 : 330994 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_CONSIDER_INDEXONLY;
508 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (enable_bitmapscan)
509 : 322999 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_BITMAPSCAN;
510 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (enable_mergejoin)
511 : : {
512 : 330454 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_MERGEJOIN_PLAIN;
513 [ + + ]: 330454 : if (enable_material)
514 : 330387 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_MERGEJOIN_MATERIALIZE;
515 : : }
516 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (enable_nestloop)
517 : : {
518 : 332076 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_NESTLOOP_PLAIN;
519 [ + + ]: 332076 : if (enable_material)
520 : 331776 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_NESTLOOP_MATERIALIZE;
521 [ + + ]: 332076 : if (enable_memoize)
522 : 331957 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_NESTLOOP_MEMOIZE;
523 : : }
524 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (enable_hashjoin)
525 : 330124 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_HASHJOIN;
526 [ + - ]: 332380 : if (enable_gathermerge)
527 : 332380 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_GATHER_MERGE;
528 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (enable_partitionwise_join)
529 : 2065 : glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_CONSIDER_PARTITIONWISE;
530 : :
531 : : /* Allow plugins to take control after we've initialized "glob" */
265 532 [ + + ]: 332380 : if (planner_setup_hook)
140 533 : 89184 : (*planner_setup_hook) (glob, parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
534 : : &tuple_fraction, es);
535 : :
536 : : /* primary planning entry point (may recurse for subqueries) */
96 537 : 331605 : root = subquery_planner(glob, parse, NULL, NULL, NULL, false,
538 : : tuple_fraction, NULL);
539 : :
540 : : /* Select best Path and turn it into a Plan */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 541 :CBC 328619 : final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
542 : 328619 : best_path = get_cheapest_fractional_path(final_rel, tuple_fraction);
543 : :
544 : 328619 : top_plan = create_plan(root, best_path);
545 : :
546 : : /*
547 : : * If creating a plan for a scrollable cursor, make sure it can run
548 : : * backwards on demand. Add a Material node at the top at need.
549 : : */
7015 550 [ + + ]: 328349 : if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL)
551 : : {
7070 552 [ + + ]: 221 : if (!ExecSupportsBackwardScan(top_plan))
3435 553 : 26 : top_plan = materialize_finished_plan(top_plan);
554 : : }
555 : :
556 : : /*
557 : : * Optionally add a Gather node for testing purposes, provided this is
558 : : * actually a safe thing to do.
559 : : *
560 : : * We can add Gather even when top_plan has parallel-safe initPlans, but
561 : : * then we have to move the initPlans to the Gather node because of
562 : : * SS_finalize_plan's limitations. That would cause cosmetic breakage of
563 : : * regression tests when debug_parallel_query = regress, because initPlans
564 : : * that would normally appear on the top_plan move to the Gather, causing
565 : : * them to disappear from EXPLAIN output. That doesn't seem worth kluging
566 : : * EXPLAIN to hide, so skip it when debug_parallel_query = regress.
567 : : */
1083 568 [ + + ]: 328349 : if (debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF &&
569 [ + + ]: 157 : top_plan->parallel_safe &&
570 [ - + ]: 104 : (top_plan->initPlan == NIL ||
1083 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 571 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_REGRESS))
572 : : {
3796 rhaas@postgresql.org 573 :CBC 104 : Gather *gather = makeNode(Gather);
574 : : Cost initplan_cost;
575 : : bool unsafe_initplans;
576 : :
577 : 104 : gather->plan.targetlist = top_plan->targetlist;
578 : 104 : gather->plan.qual = NIL;
579 : 104 : gather->plan.lefttree = top_plan;
580 : 104 : gather->plan.righttree = NULL;
581 : 104 : gather->num_workers = 1;
582 : 104 : gather->single_copy = true;
1231 drowley@postgresql.o 583 : 104 : gather->invisible = (debug_parallel_query == DEBUG_PARALLEL_REGRESS);
584 : :
585 : : /* Transfer any initPlans to the new top node */
1083 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 586 : 104 : gather->plan.initPlan = top_plan->initPlan;
587 : 104 : top_plan->initPlan = NIL;
588 : :
589 : : /*
590 : : * Since this Gather has no parallel-aware descendants to signal to,
591 : : * we don't need a rescan Param.
592 : : */
3226 593 : 104 : gather->rescan_param = -1;
594 : :
595 : : /*
596 : : * Ideally we'd use cost_gather here, but setting up dummy path data
597 : : * to satisfy it doesn't seem much cleaner than knowing what it does.
598 : : */
3649 599 : 104 : gather->plan.startup_cost = top_plan->startup_cost +
600 : : parallel_setup_cost;
601 : 104 : gather->plan.total_cost = top_plan->total_cost +
602 : 104 : parallel_setup_cost + parallel_tuple_cost * top_plan->plan_rows;
603 : 104 : gather->plan.plan_rows = top_plan->plan_rows;
604 : 104 : gather->plan.plan_width = top_plan->plan_width;
605 : 104 : gather->plan.parallel_aware = false;
3366 606 : 104 : gather->plan.parallel_safe = false;
607 : :
608 : : /*
609 : : * Delete the initplans' cost from top_plan. We needn't add it to the
610 : : * Gather node, since the above coding already included it there.
611 : : */
1083 612 : 104 : SS_compute_initplan_cost(gather->plan.initPlan,
613 : : &initplan_cost, &unsafe_initplans);
614 : 104 : top_plan->startup_cost -= initplan_cost;
615 : 104 : top_plan->total_cost -= initplan_cost;
616 : :
617 : : /* use parallel mode for parallel plans. */
3796 rhaas@postgresql.org 618 : 104 : root->glob->parallelModeNeeded = true;
619 : :
620 : 104 : top_plan = &gather->plan;
621 : : }
622 : :
623 : : /*
624 : : * If any Params were generated, run through the plan tree and compute
625 : : * each plan node's extParam/allParam sets. Ideally we'd merge this into
626 : : * set_plan_references' tree traversal, but for now it has to be separate
627 : : * because we need to visit subplans before not after main plan.
628 : : */
3151 629 [ + + ]: 328349 : if (glob->paramExecTypes != NIL)
630 : : {
3976 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 631 [ - + ]: 111651 : Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
632 [ + + + + : 143852 : forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
+ + + + +
+ + - +
+ ]
633 : : {
634 : 32201 : Plan *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
3220 635 : 32201 : PlannerInfo *subroot = lfirst_node(PlannerInfo, lr);
636 : :
3976 637 : 32201 : SS_finalize_plan(subroot, subplan);
638 : : }
639 : 111651 : SS_finalize_plan(root, top_plan);
640 : : }
641 : :
642 : : /* final cleanup of the plan */
7068 643 [ - + ]: 328349 : Assert(glob->finalrtable == NIL);
1302 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 644 [ - + ]: 328349 : Assert(glob->finalrteperminfos == NIL);
6105 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 645 [ - + ]: 328349 : Assert(glob->finalrowmarks == NIL);
5604 646 [ - + ]: 328349 : Assert(glob->resultRelations == NIL);
2393 647 [ - + ]: 328349 : Assert(glob->appendRelations == NIL);
5414 648 : 328349 : top_plan = set_plan_references(root, top_plan);
649 : : /* ... and the subplans (both regular subplans and initplans) */
650 [ - + ]: 328349 : Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
651 [ + + + + : 360550 : forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
+ + + + +
+ + - +
+ ]
652 : : {
6802 bruce@momjian.us 653 : 32201 : Plan *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 654 : 32201 : PlannerInfo *subroot = lfirst_node(PlannerInfo, lr);
655 : :
5414 656 : 32201 : lfirst(lp) = set_plan_references(subroot, subplan);
657 : : }
658 : :
659 : : /* build the PlannedStmt result */
7070 660 : 328349 : result = makeNode(PlannedStmt);
661 : :
662 : 328349 : result->commandType = parse->commandType;
5208 663 : 328349 : result->queryId = parse->queryId;
334 michael@paquier.xyz 664 :GNC 328349 : result->planOrigin = PLAN_STMT_STANDARD;
6107 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 665 :CBC 328349 : result->hasReturning = (parse->returningList != NIL);
5604 666 : 328349 : result->hasModifyingCTE = parse->hasModifyingCTE;
7070 667 : 328349 : result->canSetTag = parse->canSetTag;
6858 668 : 328349 : result->transientPlan = glob->transientPlan;
3637 669 : 328349 : result->dependsOnRole = glob->dependsOnRole;
670 : 328349 : result->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeNeeded;
7070 671 : 328349 : result->planTree = top_plan;
516 amitlan@postgresql.o 672 : 328349 : result->partPruneInfos = glob->partPruneInfos;
7068 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 673 : 328349 : result->rtable = glob->finalrtable;
508 amitlan@postgresql.o 674 : 656698 : result->unprunableRelids = bms_difference(glob->allRelids,
675 : 328349 : glob->prunableRelids);
1302 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 676 : 328349 : result->permInfos = glob->finalrteperminfos;
140 rhaas@postgresql.org 677 :GNC 328349 : result->subrtinfos = glob->subrtinfos;
2393 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 678 :CBC 328349 : result->appendRelations = glob->appendRelations;
7068 679 : 328349 : result->subplans = glob->subplans;
7063 680 : 328349 : result->rewindPlanIDs = glob->rewindPlanIDs;
6105 681 : 328349 : result->rowMarks = glob->finalrowmarks;
682 : :
683 : : /*
684 : : * Compute resultRelationRelids and rowMarkRelids from resultRelations and
685 : : * rowMarks. These can be used for cheap membership checks.
686 : : */
92 melanieplageman@gmai 687 [ + + + + :GNC 396322 : foreach(lc, glob->resultRelations)
+ + ]
688 : 67973 : result->resultRelationRelids = bms_add_member(result->resultRelationRelids,
689 : : lfirst_int(lc));
690 [ + + + + : 339160 : foreach(lc, glob->finalrowmarks)
+ + ]
691 : 10811 : result->rowMarkRelids = bms_add_member(result->rowMarkRelids,
692 : 10811 : ((PlanRowMark *) lfirst(lc))->rti);
693 : :
6837 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 694 :CBC 328349 : result->relationOids = glob->relationOids;
6503 695 : 328349 : result->invalItems = glob->invalItems;
3151 rhaas@postgresql.org 696 : 328349 : result->paramExecTypes = glob->paramExecTypes;
697 : : /* utilityStmt should be null, but we might as well copy it */
3454 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 698 : 328349 : result->utilityStmt = parse->utilityStmt;
140 rhaas@postgresql.org 699 :GNC 328349 : result->elidedNodes = glob->elidedNodes;
3454 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 700 :CBC 328349 : result->stmt_location = parse->stmt_location;
701 : 328349 : result->stmt_len = parse->stmt_len;
702 : :
3022 andres@anarazel.de 703 : 328349 : result->jitFlags = PGJIT_NONE;
704 [ - + - - ]: 328349 : if (jit_enabled && jit_above_cost >= 0 &&
3022 andres@anarazel.de 705 [ # # ]:LBC (218662) : top_plan->total_cost > jit_above_cost)
706 : : {
707 : (492) : result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_PERFORM;
708 : :
709 : : /*
710 : : * Decide how much effort should be put into generating better code.
711 : : */
712 [ # # ]: (492) : if (jit_optimize_above_cost >= 0 &&
713 [ # # ]: (492) : top_plan->total_cost > jit_optimize_above_cost)
714 : (215) : result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_OPT3;
3016 715 [ # # ]: (492) : if (jit_inline_above_cost >= 0 &&
716 [ # # ]: (492) : top_plan->total_cost > jit_inline_above_cost)
717 : (215) : result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_INLINE;
718 : :
719 : : /*
720 : : * Decide which operations should be JITed.
721 : : */
3024 722 [ # # ]: (492) : if (jit_expressions)
723 : (492) : result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_EXPR;
3018 724 [ # # ]: (492) : if (jit_tuple_deforming)
725 : (492) : result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_DEFORM;
726 : : }
727 : :
728 : : /* Allow plugins to take control before we discard "glob" */
265 rhaas@postgresql.org 729 [ + + ]:GNC 328349 : if (planner_shutdown_hook)
730 : 87631 : (*planner_shutdown_hook) (glob, parse, query_string, result);
731 : :
2672 rhaas@postgresql.org 732 [ + + ]:CBC 328349 : if (glob->partition_directory != NULL)
733 : 9204 : DestroyPartitionDirectory(glob->partition_directory);
734 : :
7070 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 735 : 328349 : return result;
736 : : }
737 : :
738 : :
739 : : /*--------------------
740 : : * subquery_planner
741 : : * Invokes the planner on a subquery. We recurse to here for each
742 : : * sub-SELECT found in the query tree.
743 : : *
744 : : * glob is the global state for the current planner run.
745 : : * parse is the querytree produced by the parser & rewriter.
746 : : * plan_name is the name to assign to this subplan (NULL at the top level).
747 : : * parent_root is the immediate parent Query's info (NULL at the top level).
748 : : * alternative_root is a previously created PlannerInfo for which this query
749 : : * level is an alternative implementation, or else NULL.
750 : : * hasRecursion is true if this is a recursive WITH query.
751 : : * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
752 : : * tuple_fraction is interpreted as explained for grouping_planner, below.
753 : : * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
754 : : * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
755 : : * set operation can be generated. NULL when not planning a set operation
756 : : * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
757 : : *
758 : : * Basically, this routine does the stuff that should only be done once
759 : : * per Query object. It then calls grouping_planner. At one time,
760 : : * grouping_planner could be invoked recursively on the same Query object;
761 : : * that's not currently true, but we keep the separation between the two
762 : : * routines anyway, in case we need it again someday.
763 : : *
764 : : * subquery_planner will be called recursively to handle sub-Query nodes
765 : : * found within the query's expressions and rangetable.
766 : : *
767 : : * Returns the PlannerInfo struct ("root") that contains all data generated
768 : : * while planning the subquery. In particular, the Path(s) attached to
769 : : * the (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel represent our conclusions about the
770 : : * cheapest way(s) to implement the query. The top level will select the
771 : : * best Path and pass it through createplan.c to produce a finished Plan.
772 : : *--------------------
773 : : */
774 : : PlannerInfo *
266 rhaas@postgresql.org 775 :GNC 393107 : subquery_planner(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, char *plan_name,
776 : : PlannerInfo *parent_root, PlannerInfo *alternative_root,
777 : : bool hasRecursion, double tuple_fraction,
778 : : SetOperationStmt *setops)
779 : : {
780 : : PlannerInfo *root;
781 : : List *newWithCheckOptions;
782 : : List *newHaving;
783 : : Bitmapset *havingCollationConflicts;
784 : : int havingIdx;
785 : : bool hasOuterJoins;
786 : : bool hasResultRTEs;
787 : : RelOptInfo *final_rel;
788 : : ListCell *l;
789 : :
790 : : /* Create a PlannerInfo data structure for this subquery */
7695 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 791 :CBC 393107 : root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
792 : 393107 : root->parse = parse;
7071 793 : 393107 : root->glob = glob;
6478 794 [ + + ]: 393107 : root->query_level = parent_root ? parent_root->query_level + 1 : 1;
266 rhaas@postgresql.org 795 :GNC 393107 : root->plan_name = plan_name;
96 796 [ + + ]: 393107 : if (alternative_root != NULL)
797 : 1262 : root->alternative_plan_name = alternative_root->plan_name;
798 : : else
799 : 391845 : root->alternative_plan_name = plan_name;
6478 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 800 :CBC 393107 : root->parent_root = parent_root;
5046 801 : 393107 : root->plan_params = NIL;
3976 802 : 393107 : root->outer_params = NULL;
7101 803 : 393107 : root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
7071 804 : 393107 : root->init_plans = NIL;
6478 805 : 393107 : root->cte_plan_ids = NIL;
4395 806 : 393107 : root->multiexpr_params = NIL;
1247 807 : 393107 : root->join_domains = NIL;
7101 808 : 393107 : root->eq_classes = NIL;
2536 drowley@postgresql.o 809 : 393107 : root->ec_merging_done = false;
1247 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 810 : 393107 : root->last_rinfo_serial = 0;
1917 811 : 393107 : root->all_result_relids =
812 [ + + ]: 393107 : parse->resultRelation ? bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation) : NULL;
813 : 393107 : root->leaf_result_relids = NULL; /* we'll find out leaf-ness later */
7455 814 : 393107 : root->append_rel_list = NIL;
1917 815 : 393107 : root->row_identity_vars = NIL;
6091 816 : 393107 : root->rowMarks = NIL;
3767 817 : 393107 : memset(root->upper_rels, 0, sizeof(root->upper_rels));
3760 818 : 393107 : memset(root->upper_targets, 0, sizeof(root->upper_targets));
1259 819 : 393107 : root->processed_groupClause = NIL;
820 : 393107 : root->processed_distinctClause = NIL;
3767 821 : 393107 : root->processed_tlist = NIL;
1917 822 : 393107 : root->update_colnos = NIL;
4063 andres@anarazel.de 823 : 393107 : root->grouping_map = NULL;
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 824 : 393107 : root->minmax_aggs = NIL;
3450 825 : 393107 : root->qual_security_level = 0;
2102 826 : 393107 : root->hasPseudoConstantQuals = false;
827 : 393107 : root->hasAlternativeSubPlans = false;
1413 828 : 393107 : root->placeholdersFrozen = false;
6478 829 : 393107 : root->hasRecursion = hasRecursion;
314 rhaas@postgresql.org 830 :GNC 393107 : root->assumeReplanning = false;
6478 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 831 [ + + ]:CBC 393107 : if (hasRecursion)
2727 832 : 637 : root->wt_param_id = assign_special_exec_param(root);
833 : : else
6478 834 : 392470 : root->wt_param_id = -1;
3767 835 : 393107 : root->non_recursive_path = NULL;
836 : :
837 : : /*
838 : : * Create the top-level join domain. This won't have valid contents until
839 : : * deconstruct_jointree fills it in, but the node needs to exist before
840 : : * that so we can build EquivalenceClasses referencing it.
841 : : */
1247 842 : 393107 : root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
843 : :
844 : : /*
845 : : * If there is a WITH list, process each WITH query and either convert it
846 : : * to RTE_SUBQUERY RTE(s) or build an initplan SubPlan structure for it.
847 : : */
6478 848 [ + + ]: 393107 : if (parse->cteList)
849 : 2164 : SS_process_ctes(root);
850 : :
851 : : /*
852 : : * If it's a MERGE command, transform the joinlist as appropriate.
853 : : */
1555 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 854 : 393103 : transform_MERGE_to_join(parse);
855 : :
856 : : /*
857 : : * Scan the rangetable for relation RTEs and retrieve the necessary
858 : : * catalog information for each relation. Using this information, clear
859 : : * the inh flag for any relation that has no children, collect not-null
860 : : * attribute numbers for any relation that has column not-null
861 : : * constraints, and expand virtual generated columns for any relation that
862 : : * contains them. Note that this step does not descend into sublinks and
863 : : * subqueries; if we pull up any sublinks or subqueries below, their
864 : : * relation RTEs are processed just before pulling them up.
865 : : */
343 rguo@postgresql.org 866 :GNC 393103 : parse = root->parse = preprocess_relation_rtes(root);
867 : :
868 : : /*
869 : : * If the FROM clause is empty, replace it with a dummy RTE_RESULT RTE, so
870 : : * that we don't need so many special cases to deal with that situation.
871 : : */
2710 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 872 :CBC 393103 : replace_empty_jointree(parse);
873 : :
874 : : /*
875 : : * Look for ANY and EXISTS SubLinks in WHERE and JOIN/ON clauses, and try
876 : : * to transform them into joins. Note that this step does not descend
877 : : * into subqueries; if we pull up any subqueries below, their SubLinks are
878 : : * processed just before pulling them up.
879 : : */
8562 880 [ + + ]: 393103 : if (parse->hasSubLinks)
6526 881 : 30130 : pull_up_sublinks(root);
882 : :
883 : : /*
884 : : * Scan the rangetable for function RTEs, do const-simplification on them,
885 : : * and then inline them if possible (producing subqueries that might get
886 : : * pulled up next). Recursion issues here are handled in the same way as
887 : : * for SubLinks.
888 : : */
2525 889 : 393103 : preprocess_function_rtes(root);
890 : :
891 : : /*
892 : : * Check to see if any subqueries in the jointree can be merged into this
893 : : * query.
894 : : */
4129 895 : 393099 : pull_up_subqueries(root);
896 : :
897 : : /*
898 : : * If this is a simple UNION ALL query, flatten it into an appendrel. We
899 : : * do this now because it requires applying pull_up_subqueries to the leaf
900 : : * queries of the UNION ALL, which weren't touched above because they
901 : : * weren't referenced by the jointree (they will be after we do this).
902 : : */
5713 903 [ + + ]: 393099 : if (parse->setOperations)
904 : 5374 : flatten_simple_union_all(root);
905 : :
906 : : /*
907 : : * Survey the rangetable to see what kinds of entries are present. We can
908 : : * skip some later processing if relevant SQL features are not used; for
909 : : * example if there are no JOIN RTEs we can avoid the expense of doing
910 : : * flatten_join_alias_vars(). This must be done after we have finished
911 : : * adding rangetable entries, of course. (Note: actually, processing of
912 : : * inherited or partitioned rels can cause RTEs for their child tables to
913 : : * get added later; but those must all be RTE_RELATION entries, so they
914 : : * don't invalidate the conclusions drawn here.)
915 : : */
7695 916 : 393099 : root->hasJoinRTEs = false;
5056 917 : 393099 : root->hasLateralRTEs = false;
658 rguo@postgresql.org 918 : 393099 : root->group_rtindex = 0;
6529 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 919 : 393099 : hasOuterJoins = false;
2710 920 : 393099 : hasResultRTEs = false;
8070 neilc@samurai.com 921 [ + - + + : 1084583 : foreach(l, parse->rtable)
+ + ]
922 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 923 : 691484 : RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
924 : :
2649 925 [ + + + + : 691484 : switch (rte->rtekind)
+ ]
926 : : {
927 : 71398 : case RTE_JOIN:
928 : 71398 : root->hasJoinRTEs = true;
929 [ + + ]: 71398 : if (IS_OUTER_JOIN(rte->jointype))
930 : 36362 : hasOuterJoins = true;
931 : 71398 : break;
932 : 146867 : case RTE_RESULT:
933 : 146867 : hasResultRTEs = true;
934 : 146867 : break;
658 rguo@postgresql.org 935 : 4346 : case RTE_GROUP:
936 [ - + ]: 4346 : Assert(parse->hasGroupRTE);
937 : 4346 : root->group_rtindex = list_cell_number(parse->rtable, l) + 1;
938 : 4346 : break;
2649 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 939 : 468873 : default:
940 : : /* No work here for other RTE types */
941 : 468873 : break;
942 : : }
943 : :
5056 944 [ + + ]: 691484 : if (rte->lateral)
945 : 8123 : root->hasLateralRTEs = true;
946 : :
947 : : /*
948 : : * We can also determine the maximum security level required for any
949 : : * securityQuals now. Addition of inheritance-child RTEs won't affect
950 : : * this, because child tables don't have their own securityQuals; see
951 : : * expand_single_inheritance_child().
952 : : */
2648 953 [ + + ]: 691484 : if (rte->securityQuals)
954 [ - + ]: 2455 : root->qual_security_level = Max(root->qual_security_level,
955 : : list_length(rte->securityQuals));
956 : : }
957 : :
958 : : /*
959 : : * If we have now verified that the query target relation is
960 : : * non-inheriting, mark it as a leaf target.
961 : : */
1917 962 [ + + ]: 393099 : if (parse->resultRelation)
963 : : {
964 : 64260 : RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(parse->resultRelation, parse->rtable);
965 : :
966 [ + + ]: 64260 : if (!rte->inh)
967 : 61908 : root->leaf_result_relids =
968 : 61908 : bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation);
969 : : }
970 : :
971 : : /*
972 : : * This would be a convenient time to check access permissions for all
973 : : * relations mentioned in the query, since it would be better to fail now,
974 : : * before doing any detailed planning. However, for historical reasons,
975 : : * we leave this to be done at executor startup.
976 : : *
977 : : * Note, however, that we do need to check access permissions for any view
978 : : * relations mentioned in the query, in order to prevent information being
979 : : * leaked by selectivity estimation functions, which only check view owner
980 : : * permissions on underlying tables (see all_rows_selectable() and its
981 : : * callers). This is a little ugly, because it means that access
982 : : * permissions for views will be checked twice, which is another reason
983 : : * why it would be better to do all the ACL checks here.
984 : : */
323 dean.a.rasheed@gmail 985 [ + - + + : 1083795 : foreach(l, parse->rtable)
+ + ]
986 : : {
987 : 690962 : RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
988 : :
989 [ + + ]: 690962 : if (rte->perminfoindex != 0 &&
990 [ + + ]: 372020 : rte->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
991 : : {
992 : : RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo;
993 : : bool result;
994 : :
995 : 16381 : perminfo = getRTEPermissionInfo(parse->rteperminfos, rte);
996 : 16381 : result = ExecCheckOneRelPerms(perminfo);
997 [ + + ]: 16381 : if (!result)
998 : 266 : aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, OBJECT_VIEW,
999 : 266 : get_rel_name(perminfo->relid));
1000 : : }
1001 : : }
1002 : :
1003 : : /*
1004 : : * Preprocess RowMark information. We need to do this after subquery
1005 : : * pullup, so that all base relations are present.
1006 : : */
6091 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1007 : 392833 : preprocess_rowmarks(root);
1008 : :
1009 : : /*
1010 : : * Set hasHavingQual to remember if HAVING clause is present. Needed
1011 : : * because preprocess_expression will reduce a constant-true condition to
1012 : : * an empty qual list ... but "HAVING TRUE" is not a semantic no-op.
1013 : : */
7695 1014 : 392833 : root->hasHavingQual = (parse->havingQual != NULL);
1015 : :
1016 : : /*
1017 : : * Do expression preprocessing on targetlist and quals, as well as other
1018 : : * random expressions in the querytree. Note that we do not need to
1019 : : * handle sort/group expressions explicitly, because they are actually
1020 : : * part of the targetlist.
1021 : : */
9597 1022 : 390176 : parse->targetList = (List *)
7695 1023 : 392833 : preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->targetList,
1024 : : EXPRKIND_TARGET);
1025 : :
4730 sfrost@snowman.net 1026 : 390176 : newWithCheckOptions = NIL;
1027 [ + + + + : 392744 : foreach(l, parse->withCheckOptions)
+ + ]
1028 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1029 : 2568 : WithCheckOption *wco = lfirst_node(WithCheckOption, l);
1030 : :
4730 sfrost@snowman.net 1031 : 2568 : wco->qual = preprocess_expression(root, wco->qual,
1032 : : EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1033 [ + + ]: 2568 : if (wco->qual != NULL)
1034 : 2236 : newWithCheckOptions = lappend(newWithCheckOptions, wco);
1035 : : }
1036 : 390176 : parse->withCheckOptions = newWithCheckOptions;
1037 : :
7262 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1038 : 390176 : parse->returningList = (List *)
1039 : 390176 : preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->returningList,
1040 : : EXPRKIND_TARGET);
1041 : :
7695 1042 : 390176 : preprocess_qual_conditions(root, (Node *) parse->jointree);
1043 : :
1044 : 390172 : parse->havingQual = preprocess_expression(root, parse->havingQual,
1045 : : EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1046 : :
5982 1047 [ + + + + : 392619 : foreach(l, parse->windowClause)
+ + ]
1048 : : {
3220 1049 : 2447 : WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, l);
1050 : :
1051 : : /* partitionClause/orderClause are sort/group expressions */
5982 1052 : 2447 : wc->startOffset = preprocess_expression(root, wc->startOffset,
1053 : : EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
1054 : 2447 : wc->endOffset = preprocess_expression(root, wc->endOffset,
1055 : : EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
1056 : : }
1057 : :
7695 1058 : 390172 : parse->limitOffset = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitOffset,
1059 : : EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
1060 : 390172 : parse->limitCount = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitCount,
1061 : : EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
1062 : :
4071 andres@anarazel.de 1063 [ + + ]: 390172 : if (parse->onConflict)
1064 : : {
3702 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1065 : 3580 : parse->onConflict->arbiterElems = (List *)
1066 : 1790 : preprocess_expression(root,
1067 : 1790 : (Node *) parse->onConflict->arbiterElems,
1068 : : EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM);
1069 : 3580 : parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere =
1070 : 1790 : preprocess_expression(root,
1071 : 1790 : parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere,
1072 : : EXPRKIND_QUAL);
4071 andres@anarazel.de 1073 : 3580 : parse->onConflict->onConflictSet = (List *)
3702 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1074 : 1790 : preprocess_expression(root,
1075 : 1790 : (Node *) parse->onConflict->onConflictSet,
1076 : : EXPRKIND_TARGET);
4071 andres@anarazel.de 1077 : 1790 : parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere =
3702 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1078 : 1790 : preprocess_expression(root,
1079 : 1790 : parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere,
1080 : : EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1081 : : /* exclRelTlist contains only Vars, so no preprocessing needed */
1082 : : }
1083 : :
3 peter@eisentraut.org 1084 [ + + ]:GNC 390172 : if (parse->forPortionOf)
1085 : : {
1086 : 2084 : parse->forPortionOf->targetRange =
1087 : 1042 : preprocess_expression(root,
1088 : 1042 : parse->forPortionOf->targetRange,
1089 : : EXPRKIND_TARGET);
1090 [ + + ]: 1042 : if (contain_volatile_functions(parse->forPortionOf->targetRange))
1091 [ + - ]: 8 : ereport(ERROR,
1092 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1093 : : errmsg("FOR PORTION OF bounds cannot contain volatile functions")));
1094 : : }
1095 : :
1555 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1096 [ + + + + :CBC 392431 : foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
+ + ]
1097 : : {
1098 : 2267 : MergeAction *action = (MergeAction *) lfirst(l);
1099 : :
1100 : 2267 : action->targetList = (List *)
1101 : 2267 : preprocess_expression(root,
1102 : 2267 : (Node *) action->targetList,
1103 : : EXPRKIND_TARGET);
1104 : 2267 : action->qual =
1105 : 2267 : preprocess_expression(root,
1106 : : (Node *) action->qual,
1107 : : EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1108 : : }
1109 : :
822 dean.a.rasheed@gmail 1110 : 390164 : parse->mergeJoinCondition =
1111 : 390164 : preprocess_expression(root, parse->mergeJoinCondition, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1112 : :
7455 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1113 : 390164 : root->append_rel_list = (List *)
1114 : 390164 : preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) root->append_rel_list,
1115 : : EXPRKIND_APPINFO);
1116 : :
1117 : : /* Also need to preprocess expressions within RTEs */
8070 neilc@samurai.com 1118 [ + - + + : 1077790 : foreach(l, parse->rtable)
+ + ]
1119 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1120 : 687626 : RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
1121 : : int kind;
1122 : : ListCell *lcsq;
1123 : :
4064 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 1124 [ + + ]: 687626 : if (rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
1125 : : {
1126 [ + + ]: 358722 : if (rte->tablesample)
3993 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1127 : 180 : rte->tablesample = (TableSampleClause *)
1128 : 180 : preprocess_expression(root,
1129 : 180 : (Node *) rte->tablesample,
1130 : : EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE);
1131 : : }
4064 simon@2ndQuadrant.co 1132 [ + + ]: 328904 : else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY)
1133 : : {
1134 : : /*
1135 : : * We don't want to do all preprocessing yet on the subquery's
1136 : : * expressions, since that will happen when we plan it. But if it
1137 : : * contains any join aliases of our level, those have to get
1138 : : * expanded now, because planning of the subquery won't do it.
1139 : : * That's only possible if the subquery is LATERAL.
1140 : : */
5051 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1141 [ + + + + ]: 62749 : if (rte->lateral && root->hasJoinRTEs)
1142 : 1619 : rte->subquery = (Query *)
1247 1143 : 1619 : flatten_join_alias_vars(root, root->parse,
2709 1144 : 1619 : (Node *) rte->subquery);
1145 : : }
5051 1146 [ + + ]: 266155 : else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_FUNCTION)
1147 : : {
1148 : : /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
1149 [ + + ]: 34964 : kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_RTFUNC;
3401 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 1150 : 34964 : rte->functions = (List *)
1151 : 34964 : preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->functions, kind);
1152 : : }
1153 [ + + ]: 231191 : else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_TABLEFUNC)
1154 : : {
1155 : : /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
1156 [ + + ]: 517 : kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC;
1157 : 517 : rte->tablefunc = (TableFunc *)
1158 : 517 : preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->tablefunc, kind);
1159 : : }
7272 mail@joeconway.com 1160 [ + + ]: 230674 : else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_VALUES)
1161 : : {
1162 : : /* Preprocess the values lists fully */
5051 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1163 [ + + ]: 6961 : kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_VALUES;
7272 mail@joeconway.com 1164 : 6961 : rte->values_lists = (List *)
5051 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1165 : 6961 : preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->values_lists, kind);
1166 : : }
658 rguo@postgresql.org 1167 [ + + ]: 223713 : else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_GROUP)
1168 : : {
1169 : : /* Preprocess the groupexprs list fully */
1170 : 4346 : rte->groupexprs = (List *)
1171 : 4346 : preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->groupexprs,
1172 : : EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR);
1173 : : }
1174 : :
1175 : : /*
1176 : : * Process each element of the securityQuals list as if it were a
1177 : : * separate qual expression (as indeed it is). We need to do it this
1178 : : * way to get proper canonicalization of AND/OR structure. Note that
1179 : : * this converts each element into an implicit-AND sublist.
1180 : : */
3450 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1181 [ + + + + : 690431 : foreach(lcsq, rte->securityQuals)
+ + ]
1182 : : {
1183 : 2805 : lfirst(lcsq) = preprocess_expression(root,
1184 : 2805 : (Node *) lfirst(lcsq),
1185 : : EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1186 : : }
1187 : : }
1188 : :
1189 : : /*
1190 : : * Now that we are done preprocessing expressions, and in particular done
1191 : : * flattening join alias variables, get rid of the joinaliasvars lists.
1192 : : * They no longer match what expressions in the rest of the tree look
1193 : : * like, because we have not preprocessed expressions in those lists (and
1194 : : * do not want to; for example, expanding a SubLink there would result in
1195 : : * a useless unreferenced subplan). Leaving them in place simply creates
1196 : : * a hazard for later scans of the tree. We could try to prevent that by
1197 : : * using QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES in every tree scan done after this point,
1198 : : * but that doesn't sound very reliable.
1199 : : */
3171 1200 [ + + ]: 390164 : if (root->hasJoinRTEs)
1201 : : {
1202 [ + - + + : 249034 : foreach(l, parse->rtable)
+ + ]
1203 : : {
1204 : 204149 : RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
1205 : :
1206 : 204149 : rte->joinaliasvars = NIL;
1207 : : }
1208 : : }
1209 : :
1210 : : /*
1211 : : * Before we flatten GROUP Vars, check which HAVING clauses have collation
1212 : : * conflicts. When GROUP BY uses a nondeterministic collation, values
1213 : : * that are "equal" for grouping may be distinguishable under a different
1214 : : * collation. If such a HAVING clause were moved to WHERE, it would
1215 : : * filter individual rows before grouping, potentially eliminating some
1216 : : * members of a group and thereby changing aggregate results.
1217 : : *
1218 : : * We do this check before flatten_group_exprs because we can easily
1219 : : * identify grouping expressions by checking whether a Var references
1220 : : * RTE_GROUP, and such Vars directly carry the GROUP BY collation as their
1221 : : * varcollid. After flattening, these Vars are replaced by the underlying
1222 : : * expressions, and we would have to match expressions in the HAVING
1223 : : * clause back to grouping expressions, which is much more complex.
1224 : : */
60 rguo@postgresql.org 1225 [ + + ]: 390164 : if (parse->hasGroupRTE)
1226 : : havingCollationConflicts =
1227 : 4346 : find_having_collation_conflicts(parse, root->group_rtindex);
1228 : : else
1229 : 385818 : havingCollationConflicts = NULL;
1230 : :
1231 : : /*
1232 : : * Replace any Vars in the subquery's targetlist and havingQual that
1233 : : * reference GROUP outputs with the underlying grouping expressions.
1234 : : *
1235 : : * Note that we need to perform this replacement after we've preprocessed
1236 : : * the grouping expressions. This is to ensure that there is only one
1237 : : * instance of SubPlan for each SubLink contained within the grouping
1238 : : * expressions.
1239 : : */
658 1240 [ + + ]: 390164 : if (parse->hasGroupRTE)
1241 : : {
1242 : 4346 : parse->targetList = (List *)
1243 : 4346 : flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, (Node *) parse->targetList);
1244 : 4346 : parse->havingQual =
1245 : 4346 : flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, parse->havingQual);
1246 : : }
1247 : :
1248 : : /* Constant-folding might have removed all set-returning functions */
1249 [ + + ]: 390164 : if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
1250 : 10164 : parse->hasTargetSRFs = expression_returns_set((Node *) parse->targetList);
1251 : :
1252 : : /*
1253 : : * If we have grouping sets, expand the groupingSets tree of this query to
1254 : : * a flat list of grouping sets. We need to do this before optimizing
1255 : : * HAVING, since we can't easily tell if there's an empty grouping set
1256 : : * until we have this representation.
1257 : : */
252 1258 [ + + ]: 390164 : if (parse->groupingSets)
1259 : : {
1260 : 915 : parse->groupingSets =
1261 : 915 : expand_grouping_sets(parse->groupingSets, parse->groupDistinct, -1);
1262 : : }
1263 : :
1264 : : /*
1265 : : * In some cases we may want to transfer a HAVING clause into WHERE. We
1266 : : * cannot do so if the HAVING clause contains aggregates (obviously) or
1267 : : * volatile functions (since a HAVING clause is supposed to be executed
1268 : : * only once per group). We also can't do this if there are any grouping
1269 : : * sets and the clause references any columns that are nullable by the
1270 : : * grouping sets; the nulled values of those columns are not available
1271 : : * before the grouping step. (The test on groupClause might seem wrong,
1272 : : * but it's okay: it's just an optimization to avoid running pull_varnos
1273 : : * when there cannot be any Vars in the HAVING clause.)
1274 : : *
1275 : : * We also cannot do this if the HAVING clause uses a different collation
1276 : : * than the GROUP BY for any grouping expression whose GROUP BY collation
1277 : : * is nondeterministic. This is detected before flatten_group_exprs (see
1278 : : * find_having_collation_conflicts above) and recorded in the
1279 : : * havingCollationConflicts bitmapset. The bitmapset indexes remain valid
1280 : : * here because flatten_group_exprs uses expression_tree_mutator, which
1281 : : * preserves the list length and ordering of havingQual.
1282 : : *
1283 : : * Also, it may be that the clause is so expensive to execute that we're
1284 : : * better off doing it only once per group, despite the loss of
1285 : : * selectivity. This is hard to estimate short of doing the entire
1286 : : * planning process twice, so we use a heuristic: clauses containing
1287 : : * subplans are left in HAVING. Otherwise, we move or copy the HAVING
1288 : : * clause into WHERE, in hopes of eliminating tuples before aggregation
1289 : : * instead of after.
1290 : : *
1291 : : * If the query has no empty grouping set then we can simply move such a
1292 : : * clause into WHERE; any group that fails the clause will not be in the
1293 : : * output because none of its tuples will reach the grouping or
1294 : : * aggregation stage. Otherwise we have to keep the clause in HAVING to
1295 : : * ensure that we don't emit a bogus aggregated row. But then the HAVING
1296 : : * clause must be degenerate (variable-free), so we can copy it into WHERE
1297 : : * so that query_planner() can use it in a gating Result node. (This could
1298 : : * be done better, but it seems not worth optimizing.)
1299 : : *
1300 : : * Note that a HAVING clause may contain expressions that are not fully
1301 : : * preprocessed. This can happen if these expressions are part of
1302 : : * grouping items. In such cases, they are replaced with GROUP Vars in
1303 : : * the parser and then replaced back after we're done with expression
1304 : : * preprocessing on havingQual. This is not an issue if the clause
1305 : : * remains in HAVING, because these expressions will be matched to lower
1306 : : * target items in setrefs.c. However, if the clause is moved or copied
1307 : : * into WHERE, we need to ensure that these expressions are fully
1308 : : * preprocessed.
1309 : : *
1310 : : * Note that both havingQual and parse->jointree->quals are in
1311 : : * implicitly-ANDed-list form at this point, even though they are declared
1312 : : * as Node *.
1313 : : */
9294 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1314 : 390164 : newHaving = NIL;
60 rguo@postgresql.org 1315 : 390164 : havingIdx = 0;
8070 neilc@samurai.com 1316 [ + + + + : 391434 : foreach(l, (List *) parse->havingQual)
+ + ]
1317 : : {
1318 : 1270 : Node *havingclause = (Node *) lfirst(l);
1319 : :
629 rguo@postgresql.org 1320 [ + + + - ]: 1861 : if (contain_agg_clause(havingclause) ||
7782 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1321 [ + - ]: 1182 : contain_volatile_functions(havingclause) ||
629 rguo@postgresql.org 1322 [ + + ]: 1182 : contain_subplans(havingclause) ||
60 1323 : 591 : bms_is_member(havingIdx, havingCollationConflicts) ||
629 1324 [ + + + + : 611 : (parse->groupClause && parse->groupingSets &&
+ + ]
1325 : 100 : bms_is_member(root->group_rtindex, pull_varnos(root, havingclause))))
1326 : : {
1327 : : /* keep it in HAVING */
9294 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1328 : 819 : newHaving = lappend(newHaving, havingclause);
1329 : : }
252 rguo@postgresql.org 1330 [ + + ]: 451 : else if (parse->groupClause &&
1331 [ + + ]: 421 : (parse->groupingSets == NIL ||
1332 [ + + ]: 40 : (List *) linitial(parse->groupingSets) != NIL))
7782 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1333 : 411 : {
1334 : : /* There is GROUP BY, but no empty grouping set */
1335 : : Node *whereclause;
1336 : :
1337 : : /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
658 rguo@postgresql.org 1338 : 411 : whereclause = preprocess_expression(root, havingclause,
1339 : : EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1340 : : /* ... and move it to WHERE */
9294 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1341 : 411 : parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
658 rguo@postgresql.org 1342 : 411 : list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
1343 : : (List *) whereclause);
1344 : : }
1345 : : else
1346 : : {
1347 : : /* There is an empty grouping set (perhaps implicitly) */
1348 : : Node *whereclause;
1349 : :
1350 : : /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
1351 : 40 : whereclause = preprocess_expression(root, copyObject(havingclause),
1352 : : EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1353 : : /* ... and put a copy in WHERE */
7782 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1354 : 80 : parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
658 rguo@postgresql.org 1355 : 40 : list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
1356 : : (List *) whereclause);
1357 : : /* ... and also keep it in HAVING */
7782 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1358 : 40 : newHaving = lappend(newHaving, havingclause);
1359 : : }
1360 : :
60 rguo@postgresql.org 1361 : 1270 : havingIdx++;
1362 : : }
9294 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1363 : 390164 : parse->havingQual = (Node *) newHaving;
1364 : :
1365 : : /*
1366 : : * If we have any outer joins, try to reduce them to plain inner joins.
1367 : : * This step is most easily done after we've done expression
1368 : : * preprocessing.
1369 : : */
6529 1370 [ + + ]: 390164 : if (hasOuterJoins)
7695 1371 : 25303 : reduce_outer_joins(root);
1372 : :
1373 : : /*
1374 : : * If we have any RTE_RESULT relations, see if they can be deleted from
1375 : : * the jointree. We also rely on this processing to flatten single-child
1376 : : * FromExprs underneath outer joins. This step is most effectively done
1377 : : * after we've done expression preprocessing and outer join reduction.
1378 : : */
1247 1379 [ + + + + ]: 390164 : if (hasResultRTEs || hasOuterJoins)
2710 1380 : 168322 : remove_useless_result_rtes(root);
1381 : :
1382 : : /*
1383 : : * Do the main planning.
1384 : : */
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 1385 : 390164 : grouping_planner(root, tuple_fraction, setops);
1386 : :
1387 : : /*
1388 : : * Capture the set of outer-level param IDs we have access to, for use in
1389 : : * extParam/allParam calculations later.
1390 : : */
3976 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1391 : 390117 : SS_identify_outer_params(root);
1392 : :
1393 : : /*
1394 : : * If any initPlans were created in this query level, adjust the surviving
1395 : : * Paths' costs and parallel-safety flags to account for them. The
1396 : : * initPlans won't actually get attached to the plan tree till
1397 : : * create_plan() runs, but we must include their effects now.
1398 : : */
3767 1399 : 390117 : final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
1400 : 390117 : SS_charge_for_initplans(root, final_rel);
1401 : :
1402 : : /*
1403 : : * Make sure we've identified the cheapest Path for the final rel. (By
1404 : : * doing this here not in grouping_planner, we include initPlan costs in
1405 : : * the decision, though it's unlikely that will change anything.)
1406 : : */
1407 : 390117 : set_cheapest(final_rel);
1408 : :
1409 : 390117 : return root;
1410 : : }
1411 : :
1412 : : /*
1413 : : * preprocess_expression
1414 : : * Do subquery_planner's preprocessing work for an expression,
1415 : : * which can be a targetlist, a WHERE clause (including JOIN/ON
1416 : : * conditions), a HAVING clause, or a few other things.
1417 : : */
1418 : : static Node *
7695 1419 : 3289458 : preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind)
1420 : : {
1421 : : /*
1422 : : * Fall out quickly if expression is empty. This occurs often enough to
1423 : : * be worth checking. Note that null->null is the correct conversion for
1424 : : * implicit-AND result format, too.
1425 : : */
7701 1426 [ + + ]: 3289458 : if (expr == NULL)
1427 : 2587211 : return NULL;
1428 : :
1429 : : /*
1430 : : * If the query has any join RTEs, replace join alias variables with
1431 : : * base-relation variables. We must do this first, since any expressions
1432 : : * we may extract from the joinaliasvars lists have not been preprocessed.
1433 : : * For example, if we did this after sublink processing, sublinks expanded
1434 : : * out from join aliases would not get processed. But we can skip this in
1435 : : * non-lateral RTE functions, VALUES lists, and TABLESAMPLE clauses, since
1436 : : * they can't contain any Vars of the current query level.
1437 : : */
5051 1438 [ + + + + ]: 702247 : if (root->hasJoinRTEs &&
3993 1439 [ + + + - ]: 320214 : !(kind == EXPRKIND_RTFUNC ||
1440 [ + + ]: 159958 : kind == EXPRKIND_VALUES ||
1441 : : kind == EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE ||
1442 : : kind == EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC))
1247 1443 : 159943 : expr = flatten_join_alias_vars(root, root->parse, expr);
1444 : :
1445 : : /*
1446 : : * Simplify constant expressions. For function RTEs, this was already
1447 : : * done by preprocess_function_rtes. (But note we must do it again for
1448 : : * EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL, because those might by now contain
1449 : : * un-simplified subexpressions inserted by flattening of subqueries or
1450 : : * join alias variables.)
1451 : : *
1452 : : * Note: an essential effect of this is to convert named-argument function
1453 : : * calls to positional notation and insert the current actual values of
1454 : : * any default arguments for functions. To ensure that happens, we *must*
1455 : : * process all expressions here. Previous PG versions sometimes skipped
1456 : : * const-simplification if it didn't seem worth the trouble, but we can't
1457 : : * do that anymore.
1458 : : *
1459 : : * Note: this also flattens nested AND and OR expressions into N-argument
1460 : : * form. All processing of a qual expression after this point must be
1461 : : * careful to maintain AND/OR flatness --- that is, do not generate a tree
1462 : : * with AND directly under AND, nor OR directly under OR.
1463 : : */
1720 1464 [ + + ]: 702247 : if (kind != EXPRKIND_RTFUNC)
2525 1465 : 671753 : expr = eval_const_expressions(root, expr);
1466 : :
1467 : : /*
1468 : : * If it's a qual or havingQual, canonicalize it.
1469 : : */
8562 1470 [ + + ]: 699586 : if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
1471 : : {
3033 1472 : 256986 : expr = (Node *) canonicalize_qual((Expr *) expr, false);
1473 : :
1474 : : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
1475 : : printf("After canonicalize_qual()\n");
1476 : : pprint(expr);
1477 : : #endif
1478 : : }
1479 : :
1480 : : /*
1481 : : * Check for ANY ScalarArrayOpExpr with Const arrays and set the
1482 : : * hashfuncid of any that might execute more quickly by using hash lookups
1483 : : * instead of a linear search.
1484 : : */
1909 drowley@postgresql.o 1485 [ + + + + ]: 699586 : if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL || kind == EXPRKIND_TARGET)
1486 : : {
1487 : 641225 : convert_saop_to_hashed_saop(expr);
1488 : : }
1489 : :
1490 : : /* Expand SubLinks to SubPlans */
7695 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1491 [ + + ]: 699586 : if (root->parse->hasSubLinks)
7071 1492 : 88622 : expr = SS_process_sublinks(root, expr, (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL));
1493 : :
1494 : : /*
1495 : : * XXX do not insert anything here unless you have grokked the comments in
1496 : : * SS_replace_correlation_vars ...
1497 : : */
1498 : :
1499 : : /* Replace uplevel vars with Param nodes (this IS possible in VALUES) */
1500 [ + + ]: 699586 : if (root->query_level > 1)
1501 : 142529 : expr = SS_replace_correlation_vars(root, expr);
1502 : :
1503 : : /*
1504 : : * If it's a qual or havingQual, convert it to implicit-AND format. (We
1505 : : * don't want to do this before eval_const_expressions, since the latter
1506 : : * would be unable to simplify a top-level AND correctly. Also,
1507 : : * SS_process_sublinks expects explicit-AND format.)
1508 : : */
8205 1509 [ + + ]: 699586 : if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
1510 : 256986 : expr = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) expr);
1511 : :
9405 1512 : 699586 : return expr;
1513 : : }
1514 : :
1515 : : /*
1516 : : * preprocess_qual_conditions
1517 : : * Recursively scan the query's jointree and do subquery_planner's
1518 : : * preprocessing work on each qual condition found therein.
1519 : : */
1520 : : static void
7695 1521 : 988169 : preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode)
1522 : : {
9405 1523 [ - + ]: 988169 : if (jtnode == NULL)
9405 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1524 :UBC 0 : return;
9405 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1525 [ + + ]:CBC 988169 : if (IsA(jtnode, RangeTblRef))
1526 : : {
1527 : : /* nothing to do here */
1528 : : }
1529 [ + + ]: 485108 : else if (IsA(jtnode, FromExpr))
1530 : : {
1531 : 404996 : FromExpr *f = (FromExpr *) jtnode;
1532 : : ListCell *l;
1533 : :
1534 [ + + + + : 842765 : foreach(l, f->fromlist)
+ + ]
7695 1535 : 437769 : preprocess_qual_conditions(root, lfirst(l));
1536 : :
1537 : 404996 : f->quals = preprocess_expression(root, f->quals, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1538 : : }
9405 1539 [ + - ]: 80112 : else if (IsA(jtnode, JoinExpr))
1540 : : {
1541 : 80112 : JoinExpr *j = (JoinExpr *) jtnode;
1542 : :
7695 1543 : 80112 : preprocess_qual_conditions(root, j->larg);
1544 : 80112 : preprocess_qual_conditions(root, j->rarg);
1545 : :
1546 : 80112 : j->quals = preprocess_expression(root, j->quals, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1547 : : }
1548 : : else
8376 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1549 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
1550 : : (int) nodeTag(jtnode));
1551 : : }
1552 : :
1553 : : /*
1554 : : * find_having_collation_conflicts
1555 : : * Identify HAVING clauses that must not be moved to WHERE due to collation
1556 : : * mismatches with GROUP BY.
1557 : : *
1558 : : * This must be called before flatten_group_exprs, while the HAVING clause
1559 : : * still contains GROUP Vars (Vars referencing RTE_GROUP). These GROUP Vars
1560 : : * carry the GROUP BY collation as their varcollid. A GROUP Var with a
1561 : : * nondeterministic varcollid conflicts whenever some collation-aware ancestor
1562 : : * on its path applies a different inputcollid: that operator would distinguish
1563 : : * values which the GROUP BY considers equal, so the clause is unsafe to push
1564 : : * to WHERE.
1565 : : *
1566 : : * Returns a Bitmapset of zero-based indexes into the havingQual list for
1567 : : * clauses that have collation conflicts and must stay in HAVING.
1568 : : */
1569 : : static Bitmapset *
60 rguo@postgresql.org 1570 :CBC 4346 : find_having_collation_conflicts(Query *parse, Index group_rtindex)
1571 : : {
1572 : 4346 : Bitmapset *result = NULL;
1573 : : having_collation_ctx ctx;
1574 : : int idx;
1575 : :
1576 [ + + ]: 4346 : if (parse->havingQual == NULL)
1577 : 3508 : return NULL;
1578 : :
1579 : 838 : ctx.group_rtindex = group_rtindex;
1580 : 838 : ctx.ancestor_collids = NIL;
1581 : :
1582 : 838 : idx = 0;
1583 [ + - + + : 2653 : foreach_ptr(Node, clause, (List *) parse->havingQual)
+ + ]
1584 : : {
1585 [ + + ]: 977 : if (having_collation_conflict_walker(clause, &ctx))
1586 : 80 : result = bms_add_member(result, idx);
1587 : 977 : idx++;
1588 [ - + ]: 977 : Assert(ctx.ancestor_collids == NIL);
1589 : : }
1590 : :
1591 : 838 : return result;
1592 : : }
1593 : :
1594 : : /*
1595 : : * Walker function for find_having_collation_conflicts.
1596 : : *
1597 : : * Walk the clause top-down, maintaining a stack of inputcollids contributed
1598 : : * by collation-aware ancestors. At each GROUP Var with a nondeterministic
1599 : : * varcollid, the clause has a conflict if any ancestor's inputcollid differs
1600 : : * from the GROUP Var's varcollid. Most collation-aware nodes expose their
1601 : : * inputcollid through exprInputCollation(). Two structural exceptions need
1602 : : * special handling:
1603 : : *
1604 : : * - RowCompareExpr carries one inputcollid per column in inputcollids[], so we
1605 : : * descend into its (largs[i], rargs[i]) pairs explicitly with the matching
1606 : : * collation pushed onto the stack.
1607 : : *
1608 : : * - A simple CASE (CaseExpr with a non-NULL arg) holds the arg outside the
1609 : : * WHEN's OpExpr, even though the WHEN's OpExpr is the place where the
1610 : : * comparison's inputcollid lives. Parse analysis builds each WHEN as
1611 : : * "OpExpr(CaseTestExpr op val)" -- the CaseTestExpr is a placeholder for
1612 : : * the arg. Before walking cexpr->arg we therefore push every WHEN's
1613 : : * inputcollid onto the ancestor stack, so a GROUP Var at the arg is
1614 : : * checked against the same collations the WHEN comparisons would apply.
1615 : : * The WHEN bodies and defresult are then walked under the unchanged stack
1616 : : * so their own collation contexts are picked up by the default path.
1617 : : */
1618 : : static bool
1619 : 4306 : having_collation_conflict_walker(Node *node, having_collation_ctx *ctx)
1620 : : {
1621 : : Oid this_collid;
1622 : : bool result;
1623 : :
1624 [ + + ]: 4306 : if (node == NULL)
1625 : 453 : return false;
1626 : :
1627 [ + + ]: 3853 : if (IsA(node, Var))
1628 : : {
1629 : 928 : Var *var = (Var *) node;
1630 : :
1631 : : /* We should not see any upper-level Vars here */
1632 [ - + ]: 928 : Assert(var->varlevelsup == 0);
1633 : :
1634 [ + + ]: 928 : if (var->varno == ctx->group_rtindex &&
1635 [ + + ]: 544 : OidIsValid(var->varcollid) &&
1636 [ + + ]: 361 : !get_collation_isdeterministic(var->varcollid))
1637 : : {
1638 [ + - + + : 280 : foreach_oid(collid, ctx->ancestor_collids)
+ + ]
1639 : : {
1640 [ + + ]: 160 : if (collid != var->varcollid)
1641 : 80 : return true;
1642 : : }
1643 : : }
1644 : 848 : return false;
1645 : : }
1646 : :
1647 [ + + ]: 2925 : if (IsA(node, RowCompareExpr))
1648 : : {
1649 : 10 : RowCompareExpr *rcexpr = (RowCompareExpr *) node;
1650 : : ListCell *lc_l;
1651 : : ListCell *lc_r;
1652 : : ListCell *lc_c;
1653 : :
1654 : : /*
1655 : : * Each column of a row comparison is compared under its own
1656 : : * inputcollids[i]. Walk each (largs[i], rargs[i]) pair with that
1657 : : * collation pushed, so a Var in column i is checked against the
1658 : : * collation that actually applies to it.
1659 : : */
1660 [ + - + - : 10 : forthree(lc_l, rcexpr->largs,
+ - + - +
- + - + -
+ - + - +
- ]
1661 : : lc_r, rcexpr->rargs,
1662 : : lc_c, rcexpr->inputcollids)
1663 : : {
1664 : 10 : Oid collid = lfirst_oid(lc_c);
1665 : : bool found;
1666 : :
1667 [ + - ]: 10 : if (OidIsValid(collid))
1668 : 10 : ctx->ancestor_collids = lappend_oid(ctx->ancestor_collids,
1669 : : collid);
1670 : :
1671 : 10 : found = having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) lfirst(lc_l),
1672 [ - + - - ]: 10 : ctx) ||
60 rguo@postgresql.org 1673 :UBC 0 : having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) lfirst(lc_r),
1674 : : ctx);
1675 : :
60 rguo@postgresql.org 1676 [ + - ]:CBC 10 : if (OidIsValid(collid))
1677 : 10 : ctx->ancestor_collids =
1678 : 10 : list_delete_last(ctx->ancestor_collids);
1679 : :
1680 [ + - ]: 10 : if (found)
1681 : 10 : return true;
1682 : : }
60 rguo@postgresql.org 1683 :UBC 0 : return false;
1684 : : }
1685 : :
53 rguo@postgresql.org 1686 [ + + + + ]:CBC 2915 : if (IsA(node, CaseExpr) && ((CaseExpr *) node)->arg != NULL)
1687 : : {
1688 : 30 : CaseExpr *cexpr = (CaseExpr *) node;
1689 : 30 : int saved_len = list_length(ctx->ancestor_collids);
1690 : : bool found;
1691 : :
1692 : : /*
1693 : : * Push every WHEN's inputcollid before walking cexpr->arg, since each
1694 : : * WHEN implicitly compares the arg under that inputcollid.
1695 : : */
1696 [ + - + + : 90 : foreach_node(CaseWhen, cw, cexpr->args)
+ + ]
1697 : : {
1698 : 30 : Oid collid = exprInputCollation((Node *) cw->expr);
1699 : :
1700 [ + - ]: 30 : if (OidIsValid(collid))
1701 : 30 : ctx->ancestor_collids = lappend_oid(ctx->ancestor_collids,
1702 : : collid);
1703 : : }
1704 : :
1705 : 30 : found = having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) cexpr->arg, ctx);
1706 : :
1707 : 30 : ctx->ancestor_collids = list_truncate(ctx->ancestor_collids,
1708 : : saved_len);
1709 : :
1710 [ + + ]: 30 : if (found)
1711 : 20 : return true;
1712 : :
1713 : : /*
1714 : : * Walk the WHEN bodies and defresult under the unchanged ancestor
1715 : : * stack; any inputcollids inside them are picked up by the default
1716 : : * path.
1717 : : */
1718 [ + - + + : 30 : foreach_node(CaseWhen, cw, cexpr->args)
+ + ]
1719 : : {
1720 [ + - - + ]: 20 : if (having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) cw->expr, ctx) ||
1721 : 10 : having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) cw->result, ctx))
53 rguo@postgresql.org 1722 :UBC 0 : return true;
1723 : : }
53 rguo@postgresql.org 1724 :CBC 10 : return having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) cexpr->defresult,
1725 : : ctx);
1726 : : }
1727 : :
60 1728 : 2885 : this_collid = exprInputCollation(node);
1729 [ + + ]: 2885 : if (OidIsValid(this_collid))
1730 : 366 : ctx->ancestor_collids = lappend_oid(ctx->ancestor_collids,
1731 : : this_collid);
1732 : :
1733 : 2885 : result = expression_tree_walker(node, having_collation_conflict_walker,
1734 : : ctx);
1735 : :
1736 [ + + ]: 2885 : if (OidIsValid(this_collid))
1737 : 366 : ctx->ancestor_collids = list_delete_last(ctx->ancestor_collids);
1738 : :
1739 : 2885 : return result;
1740 : : }
1741 : :
1742 : : /*
1743 : : * preprocess_phv_expression
1744 : : * Do preprocessing on a PlaceHolderVar expression that's been pulled up.
1745 : : *
1746 : : * If a LATERAL subquery references an output of another subquery, and that
1747 : : * output must be wrapped in a PlaceHolderVar because of an intermediate outer
1748 : : * join, then we'll push the PlaceHolderVar expression down into the subquery
1749 : : * and later pull it back up during find_lateral_references, which runs after
1750 : : * subquery_planner has preprocessed all the expressions that were in the
1751 : : * current query level to start with. So we need to preprocess it then.
1752 : : */
1753 : : Expr *
5056 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1754 : 75 : preprocess_phv_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Expr *expr)
1755 : : {
1756 : 75 : return (Expr *) preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) expr, EXPRKIND_PHV);
1757 : : }
1758 : :
1759 : : /*--------------------
1760 : : * grouping_planner
1761 : : * Perform planning steps related to grouping, aggregation, etc.
1762 : : *
1763 : : * This function adds all required top-level processing to the scan/join
1764 : : * Path(s) produced by query_planner.
1765 : : *
1766 : : * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
1767 : : * tuple_fraction is interpreted as follows:
1768 : : * 0: expect all tuples to be retrieved (normal case)
1769 : : * 0 < tuple_fraction < 1: expect the given fraction of tuples available
1770 : : * from the plan to be retrieved
1771 : : * tuple_fraction >= 1: tuple_fraction is the absolute number of tuples
1772 : : * expected to be retrieved (ie, a LIMIT specification).
1773 : : * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
1774 : : * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
1775 : : * set operation can be generated. NULL when not planning a set operation
1776 : : * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
1777 : : *
1778 : : * Returns nothing; the useful output is in the Paths we attach to the
1779 : : * (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel in *root. In addition,
1780 : : * root->processed_tlist contains the final processed targetlist.
1781 : : *
1782 : : * Note that we have not done set_cheapest() on the final rel; it's convenient
1783 : : * to leave this to the caller.
1784 : : *--------------------
1785 : : */
1786 : : static void
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 1787 : 390164 : grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
1788 : : SetOperationStmt *setops)
1789 : : {
7695 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1790 : 390164 : Query *parse = root->parse;
7279 bruce@momjian.us 1791 : 390164 : int64 offset_est = 0;
1792 : 390164 : int64 count_est = 0;
6997 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1793 : 390164 : double limit_tuples = -1.0;
3763 1794 : 390164 : bool have_postponed_srfs = false;
1795 : : PathTarget *final_target;
1796 : : List *final_targets;
1797 : : List *final_targets_contain_srfs;
1798 : : bool final_target_parallel_safe;
1799 : : RelOptInfo *current_rel;
1800 : : RelOptInfo *final_rel;
1801 : : FinalPathExtraData extra;
1802 : : ListCell *lc;
1803 : :
1804 : : /* Tweak caller-supplied tuple_fraction if have LIMIT/OFFSET */
7621 1805 [ + + + + ]: 390164 : if (parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset)
1806 : : {
1807 : 3702 : tuple_fraction = preprocess_limit(root, tuple_fraction,
1808 : : &offset_est, &count_est);
1809 : :
1810 : : /*
1811 : : * If we have a known LIMIT, and don't have an unknown OFFSET, we can
1812 : : * estimate the effects of using a bounded sort.
1813 : : */
6997 1814 [ + + + + ]: 3702 : if (count_est > 0 && offset_est >= 0)
1815 : 3240 : limit_tuples = (double) count_est + (double) offset_est;
1816 : : }
1817 : :
1818 : : /* Make tuple_fraction accessible to lower-level routines */
3767 1819 : 390164 : root->tuple_fraction = tuple_fraction;
1820 : :
9399 1821 [ + + ]: 390164 : if (parse->setOperations)
1822 : : {
1823 : : /*
1824 : : * Construct Paths for set operations. The results will not need any
1825 : : * work except perhaps a top-level sort and/or LIMIT. Note that any
1826 : : * special work for recursive unions is the responsibility of
1827 : : * plan_set_operations.
1828 : : */
3767 1829 : 4830 : current_rel = plan_set_operations(root);
1830 : :
1831 : : /*
1832 : : * We should not need to call preprocess_targetlist, since we must be
1833 : : * in a SELECT query node. Instead, use the processed_tlist returned
1834 : : * by plan_set_operations (since this tells whether it returned any
1835 : : * resjunk columns!), and transfer any sort key information from the
1836 : : * original tlist.
1837 : : */
9399 1838 [ - + ]: 4826 : Assert(parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
1839 : :
1840 : : /* for safety, copy processed_tlist instead of modifying in-place */
2652 1841 : 4826 : root->processed_tlist =
1842 : 4826 : postprocess_setop_tlist(copyObject(root->processed_tlist),
1843 : : parse->targetList);
1844 : :
1845 : : /* Also extract the PathTarget form of the setop result tlist */
3763 1846 : 4826 : final_target = current_rel->cheapest_total_path->pathtarget;
1847 : :
1848 : : /* And check whether it's parallel safe */
1849 : : final_target_parallel_safe =
3036 rhaas@postgresql.org 1850 : 4826 : is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) final_target->exprs);
1851 : :
1852 : : /* The setop result tlist couldn't contain any SRFs */
3450 andres@anarazel.de 1853 [ - + ]: 4826 : Assert(!parse->hasTargetSRFs);
1854 : 4826 : final_targets = final_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
1855 : :
1856 : : /*
1857 : : * Can't handle FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE here (parser should have
1858 : : * checked already, but let's make sure).
1859 : : */
9337 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1860 [ - + ]: 4826 : if (parse->rowMarks)
8376 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1861 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1862 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1863 : : /*------
1864 : : translator: %s is a SQL row locking clause such as FOR UPDATE */
1865 : : errmsg("%s is not allowed with UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT",
1866 : : LCS_asString(linitial_node(RowMarkClause,
1867 : : parse->rowMarks)->strength))));
1868 : :
1869 : : /*
1870 : : * Calculate pathkeys that represent result ordering requirements
1871 : : */
6543 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1872 [ - + ]:CBC 4826 : Assert(parse->distinctClause == NIL);
6538 1873 : 4826 : root->sort_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
1874 : : parse->sortClause,
1875 : : root->processed_tlist);
1876 : : }
1877 : : else
1878 : : {
1879 : : /* No set operations, do regular planning */
1880 : : PathTarget *sort_input_target;
1881 : : List *sort_input_targets;
1882 : : List *sort_input_targets_contain_srfs;
1883 : : bool sort_input_target_parallel_safe;
1884 : : PathTarget *grouping_target;
1885 : : List *grouping_targets;
1886 : : List *grouping_targets_contain_srfs;
1887 : : bool grouping_target_parallel_safe;
1888 : : PathTarget *scanjoin_target;
1889 : : List *scanjoin_targets;
1890 : : List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs;
1891 : : bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe;
1892 : : bool scanjoin_target_same_exprs;
1893 : : bool have_grouping;
6393 1894 : 385334 : WindowFuncLists *wflists = NULL;
1895 : 385334 : List *activeWindows = NIL;
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 1896 : 385334 : grouping_sets_data *gset_data = NULL;
1897 : : standard_qp_extra qp_extra;
1898 : :
1899 : : /* A recursive query should always have setOperations */
6478 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1900 [ - + ]: 385334 : Assert(!root->hasRecursion);
1901 : :
1902 : : /* Preprocess grouping sets and GROUP BY clause, if any */
4063 andres@anarazel.de 1903 [ + + ]: 385334 : if (parse->groupingSets)
1904 : : {
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 1905 : 915 : gset_data = preprocess_grouping_sets(root);
1906 : : }
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1907 [ + + ]: 384419 : else if (parse->groupClause)
1908 : : {
1909 : : /* Preprocess regular GROUP BY clause, if any */
754 akorotkov@postgresql 1910 : 3506 : root->processed_groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, NIL);
1911 : : }
1912 : :
1913 : : /*
1914 : : * Preprocess targetlist. Note that much of the remaining planning
1915 : : * work will be done with the PathTarget representation of tlists, but
1916 : : * we must also maintain the full representation of the final tlist so
1917 : : * that we can transfer its decoration (resnames etc) to the topmost
1918 : : * tlist of the finished Plan. This is kept in processed_tlist.
1919 : : */
1917 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1920 : 385330 : preprocess_targetlist(root);
1921 : :
1922 : : /*
1923 : : * Mark all the aggregates with resolved aggtranstypes, and detect
1924 : : * aggregates that are duplicates or can share transition state. We
1925 : : * must do this before slicing and dicing the tlist into various
1926 : : * pathtargets, else some copies of the Aggref nodes might escape
1927 : : * being marked.
1928 : : */
3650 1929 [ + + ]: 385330 : if (parse->hasAggs)
1930 : : {
2044 heikki.linnakangas@i 1931 : 33305 : preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) root->processed_tlist);
1932 : 33305 : preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) parse->havingQual);
1933 : : }
1934 : :
1935 : : /*
1936 : : * Locate any window functions in the tlist. (We don't need to look
1937 : : * anywhere else, since expressions used in ORDER BY will be in there
1938 : : * too.) Note that they could all have been eliminated by constant
1939 : : * folding, in which case we don't need to do any more work.
1940 : : */
6393 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1941 [ + + ]: 385330 : if (parse->hasWindowFuncs)
1942 : : {
2652 1943 : 2237 : wflists = find_window_functions((Node *) root->processed_tlist,
6393 1944 : 2237 : list_length(parse->windowClause));
1945 [ + + ]: 2237 : if (wflists->numWindowFuncs > 0)
1946 : : {
1947 : : /*
1948 : : * See if any modifications can be made to each WindowClause
1949 : : * to allow the executor to execute the WindowFuncs more
1950 : : * quickly.
1951 : : */
1285 drowley@postgresql.o 1952 : 2232 : optimize_window_clauses(root, wflists);
1953 : :
1954 : : /* Extract the list of windows actually in use. */
6393 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1955 : 2232 : activeWindows = select_active_windows(root, wflists);
1956 : :
1957 : : /* Make sure they all have names, for EXPLAIN's use. */
476 1958 : 2232 : name_active_windows(activeWindows);
1959 : : }
1960 : : else
6393 1961 : 5 : parse->hasWindowFuncs = false;
1962 : : }
1963 : :
1964 : : /*
1965 : : * Preprocess MIN/MAX aggregates, if any. Note: be careful about
1966 : : * adding logic between here and the query_planner() call. Anything
1967 : : * that is needed in MIN/MAX-optimizable cases will have to be
1968 : : * duplicated in planagg.c.
1969 : : */
5717 1970 [ + + ]: 385330 : if (parse->hasAggs)
2652 1971 : 33305 : preprocess_minmax_aggregates(root);
1972 : :
1973 : : /*
1974 : : * Figure out whether there's a hard limit on the number of rows that
1975 : : * query_planner's result subplan needs to return. Even if we know a
1976 : : * hard limit overall, it doesn't apply if the query has any
1977 : : * grouping/aggregation operations, or SRFs in the tlist.
1978 : : */
5703 1979 [ + + ]: 385330 : if (parse->groupClause ||
4063 andres@anarazel.de 1980 [ + + ]: 380988 : parse->groupingSets ||
5703 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 1981 [ + + ]: 380913 : parse->distinctClause ||
1982 [ + + ]: 379020 : parse->hasAggs ||
1983 [ + + ]: 349439 : parse->hasWindowFuncs ||
3577 1984 [ + + ]: 347323 : parse->hasTargetSRFs ||
5703 1985 [ + + ]: 337493 : root->hasHavingQual)
4712 1986 : 47857 : root->limit_tuples = -1.0;
1987 : : else
1988 : 337473 : root->limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
1989 : :
1990 : : /* Set up data needed by standard_qp_callback */
4810 1991 : 385330 : qp_extra.activeWindows = activeWindows;
1259 1992 : 385330 : qp_extra.gset_data = gset_data;
1993 : :
1994 : : /*
1995 : : * If we're a subquery for a set operation, store the SetOperationStmt
1996 : : * in qp_extra.
1997 : : */
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 1998 : 385330 : qp_extra.setop = setops;
1999 : :
2000 : : /*
2001 : : * Generate the best unsorted and presorted paths for the scan/join
2002 : : * portion of this Query, ie the processing represented by the
2003 : : * FROM/WHERE clauses. (Note there may not be any presorted paths.)
2004 : : * We also generate (in standard_qp_callback) pathkey representations
2005 : : * of the query's sort clause, distinct clause, etc.
2006 : : */
2652 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2007 : 385330 : current_rel = query_planner(root, standard_qp_callback, &qp_extra);
2008 : :
2009 : : /*
2010 : : * Convert the query's result tlist into PathTarget format.
2011 : : *
2012 : : * Note: this cannot be done before query_planner() has performed
2013 : : * appendrel expansion, because that might add resjunk entries to
2014 : : * root->processed_tlist. Waiting till afterwards is also helpful
2015 : : * because the target width estimates can use per-Var width numbers
2016 : : * that were obtained within query_planner().
2017 : : */
2018 : 385295 : final_target = create_pathtarget(root, root->processed_tlist);
2019 : : final_target_parallel_safe =
3036 rhaas@postgresql.org 2020 : 385295 : is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) final_target->exprs);
2021 : :
2022 : : /*
2023 : : * If ORDER BY was given, consider whether we should use a post-sort
2024 : : * projection, and compute the adjusted target for preceding steps if
2025 : : * so.
2026 : : */
3763 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2027 [ + + ]: 385295 : if (parse->sortClause)
2028 : : {
2029 : 57669 : sort_input_target = make_sort_input_target(root,
2030 : : final_target,
2031 : : &have_postponed_srfs);
2032 : : sort_input_target_parallel_safe =
3036 rhaas@postgresql.org 2033 : 57669 : is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) sort_input_target->exprs);
2034 : : }
2035 : : else
2036 : : {
3763 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2037 : 327626 : sort_input_target = final_target;
3036 rhaas@postgresql.org 2038 : 327626 : sort_input_target_parallel_safe = final_target_parallel_safe;
2039 : : }
2040 : :
2041 : : /*
2042 : : * If we have window functions to deal with, the output from any
2043 : : * grouping step needs to be what the window functions want;
2044 : : * otherwise, it should be sort_input_target.
2045 : : */
3765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2046 [ + + ]: 385295 : if (activeWindows)
2047 : : {
2048 : 2232 : grouping_target = make_window_input_target(root,
2049 : : final_target,
2050 : : activeWindows);
2051 : : grouping_target_parallel_safe =
3036 rhaas@postgresql.org 2052 : 2232 : is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) grouping_target->exprs);
2053 : : }
2054 : : else
2055 : : {
3763 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2056 : 383063 : grouping_target = sort_input_target;
3036 rhaas@postgresql.org 2057 : 383063 : grouping_target_parallel_safe = sort_input_target_parallel_safe;
2058 : : }
2059 : :
2060 : : /*
2061 : : * If we have grouping or aggregation to do, the topmost scan/join
2062 : : * plan node must emit what the grouping step wants; otherwise, it
2063 : : * should emit grouping_target.
2064 : : */
3765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2065 [ + + ]: 380953 : have_grouping = (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets ||
2066 [ + + + + : 766248 : parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual);
+ + ]
2067 [ + + ]: 385295 : if (have_grouping)
2068 : : {
3763 2069 : 34049 : scanjoin_target = make_group_input_target(root, final_target);
2070 : : scanjoin_target_parallel_safe =
2667 efujita@postgresql.o 2071 : 34049 : is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) scanjoin_target->exprs);
2072 : : }
2073 : : else
2074 : : {
3765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2075 : 351246 : scanjoin_target = grouping_target;
3036 rhaas@postgresql.org 2076 : 351246 : scanjoin_target_parallel_safe = grouping_target_parallel_safe;
2077 : : }
2078 : :
2079 : : /*
2080 : : * If there are any SRFs in the targetlist, we must separate each of
2081 : : * these PathTargets into SRF-computing and SRF-free targets. Replace
2082 : : * each of the named targets with a SRF-free version, and remember the
2083 : : * list of additional projection steps we need to add afterwards.
2084 : : */
3450 andres@anarazel.de 2085 [ + + ]: 385295 : if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2086 : : {
2087 : : /* final_target doesn't recompute any SRFs in sort_input_target */
2088 : 10164 : split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, final_target, sort_input_target,
2089 : : &final_targets,
2090 : : &final_targets_contain_srfs);
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2091 : 10164 : final_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, final_targets);
3450 andres@anarazel.de 2092 [ - + ]: 10164 : Assert(!linitial_int(final_targets_contain_srfs));
2093 : : /* likewise for sort_input_target vs. grouping_target */
2094 : 10164 : split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, sort_input_target, grouping_target,
2095 : : &sort_input_targets,
2096 : : &sort_input_targets_contain_srfs);
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2097 : 10164 : sort_input_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, sort_input_targets);
3450 andres@anarazel.de 2098 [ - + ]: 10164 : Assert(!linitial_int(sort_input_targets_contain_srfs));
2099 : : /* likewise for grouping_target vs. scanjoin_target */
187 rguo@postgresql.org 2100 : 10164 : split_pathtarget_at_srfs_grouping(root,
2101 : : grouping_target, scanjoin_target,
2102 : : &grouping_targets,
2103 : : &grouping_targets_contain_srfs);
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2104 : 10164 : grouping_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, grouping_targets);
3450 andres@anarazel.de 2105 [ - + ]: 10164 : Assert(!linitial_int(grouping_targets_contain_srfs));
2106 : : /* scanjoin_target will not have any SRFs precomputed for it */
2107 : 10164 : split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, scanjoin_target, NULL,
2108 : : &scanjoin_targets,
2109 : : &scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs);
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2110 : 10164 : scanjoin_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
3450 andres@anarazel.de 2111 [ - + ]: 10164 : Assert(!linitial_int(scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs));
2112 : : }
2113 : : else
2114 : : {
2115 : : /* initialize lists; for most of these, dummy values are OK */
2116 : 375131 : final_targets = final_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
2117 : 375131 : sort_input_targets = sort_input_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
2118 : 375131 : grouping_targets = grouping_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
3015 rhaas@postgresql.org 2119 : 375131 : scanjoin_targets = list_make1(scanjoin_target);
2120 : 375131 : scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
2121 : : }
2122 : :
2123 : : /* Apply scan/join target. */
2124 : 385295 : scanjoin_target_same_exprs = list_length(scanjoin_targets) == 1
2125 [ + + + + ]: 385295 : && equal(scanjoin_target->exprs, current_rel->reltarget->exprs);
2126 : 385295 : apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(root, current_rel, scanjoin_targets,
2127 : : scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
2128 : : scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
2129 : : scanjoin_target_same_exprs);
2130 : :
2131 : : /*
2132 : : * Save the various upper-rel PathTargets we just computed into
2133 : : * root->upper_targets[]. The core code doesn't use this, but it
2134 : : * provides a convenient place for extensions to get at the info. For
2135 : : * consistency, we save all the intermediate targets, even though some
2136 : : * of the corresponding upperrels might not be needed for this query.
2137 : : */
3760 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2138 : 385295 : root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_FINAL] = final_target;
2689 efujita@postgresql.o 2139 : 385295 : root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_ORDERED] = final_target;
2140 : 385295 : root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_DISTINCT] = sort_input_target;
874 drowley@postgresql.o 2141 : 385295 : root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT] = sort_input_target;
3760 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2142 : 385295 : root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_WINDOW] = sort_input_target;
2143 : 385295 : root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG] = grouping_target;
2144 : :
2145 : : /*
2146 : : * If we have grouping and/or aggregation, consider ways to implement
2147 : : * that. We build a new upperrel representing the output of this
2148 : : * phase.
2149 : : */
3765 2150 [ + + ]: 385295 : if (have_grouping)
2151 : : {
3767 2152 : 34049 : current_rel = create_grouping_paths(root,
2153 : : current_rel,
2154 : : grouping_target,
2155 : : grouping_target_parallel_safe,
2156 : : gset_data);
2157 : : /* Fix things up if grouping_target contains SRFs */
3450 andres@anarazel.de 2158 [ + + ]: 34045 : if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2159 : 299 : adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
2160 : : grouping_targets,
2161 : : grouping_targets_contain_srfs);
2162 : : }
2163 : :
2164 : : /*
2165 : : * If we have window functions, consider ways to implement those. We
2166 : : * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
2167 : : */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2168 [ + + ]: 385291 : if (activeWindows)
2169 : : {
2170 : 2232 : current_rel = create_window_paths(root,
2171 : : current_rel,
2172 : : grouping_target,
2173 : : sort_input_target,
2174 : : sort_input_target_parallel_safe,
2175 : : wflists,
2176 : : activeWindows);
2177 : : /* Fix things up if sort_input_target contains SRFs */
3450 andres@anarazel.de 2178 [ + + ]: 2232 : if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2179 : 10 : adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
2180 : : sort_input_targets,
2181 : : sort_input_targets_contain_srfs);
2182 : : }
2183 : :
2184 : : /*
2185 : : * If there is a DISTINCT clause, consider ways to implement that. We
2186 : : * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
2187 : : */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2188 [ + + ]: 385291 : if (parse->distinctClause)
2189 : : {
2190 : 1920 : current_rel = create_distinct_paths(root,
2191 : : current_rel,
2192 : : sort_input_target);
2193 : : }
2194 : : } /* end of if (setOperations) */
2195 : :
2196 : : /*
2197 : : * If ORDER BY was given, consider ways to implement that, and generate a
2198 : : * new upperrel containing only paths that emit the correct ordering and
2199 : : * project the correct final_target. We can apply the original
2200 : : * limit_tuples limit in sort costing here, but only if there are no
2201 : : * postponed SRFs.
2202 : : */
2203 [ + + ]: 390117 : if (parse->sortClause)
2204 : : {
2205 [ + + ]: 60867 : current_rel = create_ordered_paths(root,
2206 : : current_rel,
2207 : : final_target,
2208 : : final_target_parallel_safe,
2209 : : have_postponed_srfs ? -1.0 :
2210 : : limit_tuples);
2211 : : /* Fix things up if final_target contains SRFs */
3450 andres@anarazel.de 2212 [ + + ]: 60867 : if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2213 : 182 : adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
2214 : : final_targets,
2215 : : final_targets_contain_srfs);
2216 : : }
2217 : :
2218 : : /*
2219 : : * Now we are prepared to build the final-output upperrel.
2220 : : */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2221 : 390117 : final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
2222 : :
2223 : : /*
2224 : : * If the input rel is marked consider_parallel and there's nothing that's
2225 : : * not parallel-safe in the LIMIT clause, then the final_rel can be marked
2226 : : * consider_parallel as well. Note that if the query has rowMarks or is
2227 : : * not a SELECT, consider_parallel will be false for every relation in the
2228 : : * query.
2229 : : */
3651 rhaas@postgresql.org 2230 [ + + + + ]: 524239 : if (current_rel->consider_parallel &&
3602 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2231 [ + + ]: 268224 : is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitOffset) &&
2232 : 134102 : is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitCount))
3651 rhaas@postgresql.org 2233 : 134097 : final_rel->consider_parallel = true;
2234 : :
2235 : : /*
2236 : : * If the current_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the final_rel.
2237 : : */
tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2238 : 390117 : final_rel->serverid = current_rel->serverid;
3637 2239 : 390117 : final_rel->userid = current_rel->userid;
2240 : 390117 : final_rel->useridiscurrent = current_rel->useridiscurrent;
3651 2241 : 390117 : final_rel->fdwroutine = current_rel->fdwroutine;
2242 : :
2243 : : /*
2244 : : * Generate paths for the final_rel. Insert all surviving paths, with
2245 : : * LockRows, Limit, and/or ModifyTable steps added if needed.
2246 : : */
3767 2247 [ + - + + : 796388 : foreach(lc, current_rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
2248 : : {
2249 : 406271 : Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
2250 : :
2251 : : /*
2252 : : * If there is a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, add the LockRows node.
2253 : : * (Note: we intentionally test parse->rowMarks not root->rowMarks
2254 : : * here. If there are only non-locking rowmarks, they should be
2255 : : * handled by the ModifyTable node instead. However, root->rowMarks
2256 : : * is what goes into the LockRows node.)
2257 : : */
2258 [ + + ]: 406271 : if (parse->rowMarks)
2259 : : {
2260 : 6824 : path = (Path *) create_lockrows_path(root, final_rel, path,
2261 : : root->rowMarks,
2262 : : assign_special_exec_param(root));
2263 : : }
2264 : :
2265 : : /*
2266 : : * If there is a LIMIT/OFFSET clause, add the LIMIT node.
2267 : : */
2268 [ + + ]: 406271 : if (limit_needed(parse))
2269 : : {
2270 : 4171 : path = (Path *) create_limit_path(root, final_rel, path,
2271 : : parse->limitOffset,
2272 : : parse->limitCount,
2273 : : parse->limitOption,
2274 : : offset_est, count_est);
2275 : : }
2276 : :
2277 : : /*
2278 : : * If this is an INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE, add the ModifyTable node.
2279 : : */
1917 2280 [ + + ]: 406271 : if (parse->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
2281 : : {
2282 : : Index rootRelation;
2283 : 63890 : List *resultRelations = NIL;
2284 : 63890 : List *updateColnosLists = NIL;
2285 : 63890 : List *withCheckOptionLists = NIL;
2286 : 63890 : List *returningLists = NIL;
1555 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2287 : 63890 : List *mergeActionLists = NIL;
822 dean.a.rasheed@gmail 2288 : 63890 : List *mergeJoinConditions = NIL;
2289 : : List *rowMarks;
2290 : :
1917 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2291 [ + + ]: 63890 : if (bms_membership(root->all_result_relids) == BMS_MULTIPLE)
2292 : : {
2293 : : /* Inherited UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE */
2294 : 2324 : RelOptInfo *top_result_rel = find_base_rel(root,
2295 : : parse->resultRelation);
2296 : 2324 : int resultRelation = -1;
2297 : :
2298 : : /* Pass the root result rel forward to the executor. */
980 2299 : 2324 : rootRelation = parse->resultRelation;
2300 : :
2301 : : /* Add only leaf children to ModifyTable. */
1917 2302 : 6812 : while ((resultRelation = bms_next_member(root->leaf_result_relids,
2303 [ + + ]: 6812 : resultRelation)) >= 0)
2304 : : {
2305 : 4488 : RelOptInfo *this_result_rel = find_base_rel(root,
2306 : : resultRelation);
2307 : :
2308 : : /*
2309 : : * Also exclude any leaf rels that have turned dummy since
2310 : : * being added to the list, for example, by being excluded
2311 : : * by constraint exclusion.
2312 : : */
2313 [ + + ]: 4488 : if (IS_DUMMY_REL(this_result_rel))
2314 : 153 : continue;
2315 : :
2316 : : /* Build per-target-rel lists needed by ModifyTable */
2317 : 4335 : resultRelations = lappend_int(resultRelations,
2318 : : resultRelation);
2319 [ + + ]: 4335 : if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2320 : : {
2321 : 2964 : List *update_colnos = root->update_colnos;
2322 : :
2323 [ + - ]: 2964 : if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
2324 : : update_colnos =
2325 : 2964 : adjust_inherited_attnums_multilevel(root,
2326 : : update_colnos,
2327 : : this_result_rel->relid,
2328 : : top_result_rel->relid);
2329 : 2964 : updateColnosLists = lappend(updateColnosLists,
2330 : : update_colnos);
2331 : : }
2332 [ + + ]: 4335 : if (parse->withCheckOptions)
2333 : : {
2334 : 416 : List *withCheckOptions = parse->withCheckOptions;
2335 : :
2336 [ + - ]: 416 : if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
2337 : : withCheckOptions = (List *)
2338 : 416 : adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
2339 : : (Node *) withCheckOptions,
2340 : : this_result_rel,
2341 : : top_result_rel);
2342 : 416 : withCheckOptionLists = lappend(withCheckOptionLists,
2343 : : withCheckOptions);
2344 : : }
2345 [ + + ]: 4335 : if (parse->returningList)
2346 : : {
2347 : 659 : List *returningList = parse->returningList;
2348 : :
2349 [ + - ]: 659 : if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
2350 : : returningList = (List *)
2351 : 659 : adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
2352 : : (Node *) returningList,
2353 : : this_result_rel,
2354 : : top_result_rel);
2355 : 659 : returningLists = lappend(returningLists,
2356 : : returningList);
2357 : : }
1555 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2358 [ + + ]: 4335 : if (parse->mergeActionList)
2359 : : {
2360 : : ListCell *l;
2361 : 425 : List *mergeActionList = NIL;
2362 : :
2363 : : /*
2364 : : * Copy MergeActions and translate stuff that
2365 : : * references attribute numbers.
2366 : : */
2367 [ + - + + : 1322 : foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
+ + ]
2368 : : {
2369 : 897 : MergeAction *action = lfirst(l),
2370 : 897 : *leaf_action = copyObject(action);
2371 : :
2372 : 897 : leaf_action->qual =
2373 : 897 : adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
2374 : : (Node *) action->qual,
2375 : : this_result_rel,
2376 : : top_result_rel);
2377 : 897 : leaf_action->targetList = (List *)
2378 : 897 : adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
2379 : 897 : (Node *) action->targetList,
2380 : : this_result_rel,
2381 : : top_result_rel);
2382 [ + + ]: 897 : if (leaf_action->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2383 : 491 : leaf_action->updateColnos =
2384 : 491 : adjust_inherited_attnums_multilevel(root,
2385 : : action->updateColnos,
2386 : : this_result_rel->relid,
2387 : : top_result_rel->relid);
2388 : 897 : mergeActionList = lappend(mergeActionList,
2389 : : leaf_action);
2390 : : }
2391 : :
2392 : 425 : mergeActionLists = lappend(mergeActionLists,
2393 : : mergeActionList);
2394 : : }
822 dean.a.rasheed@gmail 2395 [ + + ]: 4335 : if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
2396 : : {
2397 : 425 : Node *mergeJoinCondition = parse->mergeJoinCondition;
2398 : :
2399 [ + - ]: 425 : if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
2400 : : mergeJoinCondition =
2401 : 425 : adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
2402 : : mergeJoinCondition,
2403 : : this_result_rel,
2404 : : top_result_rel);
2405 : 425 : mergeJoinConditions = lappend(mergeJoinConditions,
2406 : : mergeJoinCondition);
2407 : : }
2408 : : }
2409 : :
1917 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2410 [ + + ]: 2324 : if (resultRelations == NIL)
2411 : : {
2412 : : /*
2413 : : * We managed to exclude every child rel, so generate a
2414 : : * dummy one-relation plan using info for the top target
2415 : : * rel (even though that may not be a leaf target).
2416 : : * Although it's clear that no data will be updated or
2417 : : * deleted, we still need to have a ModifyTable node so
2418 : : * that any statement triggers will be executed. (This
2419 : : * could be cleaner if we fixed nodeModifyTable.c to allow
2420 : : * zero target relations, but that probably wouldn't be a
2421 : : * net win.)
2422 : : */
2423 : 28 : resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
2424 [ + + ]: 28 : if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2425 : 26 : updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
2426 [ - + ]: 28 : if (parse->withCheckOptions)
1917 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2427 :UBC 0 : withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
1917 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2428 [ + + ]:CBC 28 : if (parse->returningList)
2429 : 15 : returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
1555 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2430 [ + + ]: 28 : if (parse->mergeActionList)
2431 : 1 : mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
822 dean.a.rasheed@gmail 2432 [ + + ]: 28 : if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
2433 : 1 : mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
2434 : : }
2435 : : }
2436 : : else
2437 : : {
2438 : : /* Single-relation INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE. */
980 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2439 : 61566 : rootRelation = 0; /* there's no separate root rel */
1917 2440 : 61566 : resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
2441 [ + + ]: 61566 : if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2442 : 8826 : updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
2443 [ + + ]: 61566 : if (parse->withCheckOptions)
2444 : 889 : withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
2445 [ + + ]: 61566 : if (parse->returningList)
2446 : 2209 : returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
1555 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2447 [ + + ]: 61566 : if (parse->mergeActionList)
2448 : 1287 : mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
822 dean.a.rasheed@gmail 2449 [ + + ]: 61566 : if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
2450 : 1287 : mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
2451 : : }
2452 : :
2453 : : /*
2454 : : * If there was a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, the LockRows node
2455 : : * will have dealt with fetching non-locked marked rows, else we
2456 : : * need to have ModifyTable do that.
2457 : : */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2458 [ - + ]: 63890 : if (parse->rowMarks)
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2459 :UBC 0 : rowMarks = NIL;
2460 : : else
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2461 :CBC 63890 : rowMarks = root->rowMarks;
2462 : :
2463 : : path = (Path *)
2464 : 63890 : create_modifytable_path(root, final_rel,
2465 : : path,
2466 : : parse->commandType,
2467 : 63890 : parse->canSetTag,
2468 : 63890 : parse->resultRelation,
2469 : : rootRelation,
2470 : : resultRelations,
2471 : : updateColnosLists,
2472 : : withCheckOptionLists,
2473 : : returningLists,
2474 : : rowMarks,
2475 : : parse->onConflict,
2476 : : mergeActionLists,
2477 : : mergeJoinConditions,
2478 : : parse->forPortionOf,
2479 : : assign_special_exec_param(root));
2480 : : }
2481 : :
2482 : : /* And shove it into final_rel */
2483 : 406271 : add_path(final_rel, path);
2484 : : }
2485 : :
2486 : : /*
2487 : : * Generate partial paths for final_rel, too, if outer query levels might
2488 : : * be able to make use of them.
2489 : : */
3031 rhaas@postgresql.org 2490 [ + + + + ]: 390117 : if (final_rel->consider_parallel && root->query_level > 1 &&
2491 [ + + ]: 23076 : !limit_needed(parse))
2492 : : {
2493 [ + - - + ]: 22899 : Assert(!parse->rowMarks && parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
2494 [ + + + + : 23011 : foreach(lc, current_rel->partial_pathlist)
+ + ]
2495 : : {
2496 : 112 : Path *partial_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
2497 : :
2498 : 112 : add_partial_path(final_rel, partial_path);
2499 : : }
2500 : : }
2501 : :
2646 efujita@postgresql.o 2502 : 390117 : extra.limit_needed = limit_needed(parse);
2503 : 390117 : extra.limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
2504 : 390117 : extra.count_est = count_est;
2505 : 390117 : extra.offset_est = offset_est;
2506 : :
2507 : : /*
2508 : : * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
2509 : : * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
2510 : : */
3651 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2511 [ + + ]: 390117 : if (final_rel->fdwroutine &&
2512 [ + + ]: 659 : final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
2513 : 622 : final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
2514 : : current_rel, final_rel,
2515 : : &extra);
2516 : :
2517 : : /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
3731 2518 [ - + ]: 390117 : if (create_upper_paths_hook)
3731 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2519 :UBC 0 : (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
2520 : : current_rel, final_rel, &extra);
2521 : :
2522 : : /* Note: currently, we leave it to callers to do set_cheapest() */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2523 :CBC 390117 : }
2524 : :
2525 : : /*
2526 : : * Do preprocessing for groupingSets clause and related data.
2527 : : *
2528 : : * We expect that parse->groupingSets has already been expanded into a flat
2529 : : * list of grouping sets (that is, just integer Lists of ressortgroupref
2530 : : * numbers) by expand_grouping_sets(). This function handles the preliminary
2531 : : * steps of organizing the grouping sets into lists of rollups, and preparing
2532 : : * annotations which will later be filled in with size estimates.
2533 : : */
2534 : : static grouping_sets_data *
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 2535 : 915 : preprocess_grouping_sets(PlannerInfo *root)
2536 : : {
2537 : 915 : Query *parse = root->parse;
2538 : : List *sets;
2539 : 915 : int maxref = 0;
2540 : : ListCell *lc_set;
202 michael@paquier.xyz 2541 :GNC 915 : grouping_sets_data *gd = palloc0_object(grouping_sets_data);
2542 : :
2543 : : /*
2544 : : * We don't currently make any attempt to optimize the groupClause when
2545 : : * there are grouping sets, so just duplicate it in processed_groupClause.
2546 : : */
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2547 :CBC 915 : root->processed_groupClause = parse->groupClause;
2548 : :
2549 : : /* Detect unhashable and unsortable grouping expressions */
252 rguo@postgresql.org 2550 : 915 : gd->any_hashable = false;
2551 : 915 : gd->unhashable_refs = NULL;
2552 : 915 : gd->unsortable_refs = NULL;
2553 : 915 : gd->unsortable_sets = NIL;
2554 : :
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 2555 [ + + ]: 915 : if (parse->groupClause)
2556 : : {
2557 : : ListCell *lc;
2558 : :
2559 [ + - + + : 2651 : foreach(lc, parse->groupClause)
+ + ]
2560 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2561 : 1811 : SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 2562 : 1811 : Index ref = gc->tleSortGroupRef;
2563 : :
2564 [ + + ]: 1811 : if (ref > maxref)
2565 : 1771 : maxref = ref;
2566 : :
2567 [ + + ]: 1811 : if (!gc->hashable)
2568 : 24 : gd->unhashable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unhashable_refs, ref);
2569 : :
2570 [ + + ]: 1811 : if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop))
2571 : 33 : gd->unsortable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unsortable_refs, ref);
2572 : : }
2573 : : }
2574 : :
2575 : : /* Allocate workspace array for remapping */
2576 : 915 : gd->tleref_to_colnum_map = (int *) palloc((maxref + 1) * sizeof(int));
2577 : :
2578 : : /*
2579 : : * If we have any unsortable sets, we must extract them before trying to
2580 : : * prepare rollups. Unsortable sets don't go through
2581 : : * reorder_grouping_sets, so we must apply the GroupingSetData annotation
2582 : : * here.
2583 : : */
2584 [ + + ]: 915 : if (!bms_is_empty(gd->unsortable_refs))
2585 : : {
2586 : 33 : List *sortable_sets = NIL;
2587 : : ListCell *lc;
2588 : :
2589 [ + - + + : 99 : foreach(lc, parse->groupingSets)
+ + ]
2590 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2591 : 70 : List *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
2592 : :
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 2593 [ + + ]: 70 : if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unsortable_refs, gset))
2594 : : {
2595 : 38 : GroupingSetData *gs = makeNode(GroupingSetData);
2596 : :
2597 : 38 : gs->set = gset;
2598 : 38 : gd->unsortable_sets = lappend(gd->unsortable_sets, gs);
2599 : :
2600 : : /*
2601 : : * We must enforce here that an unsortable set is hashable;
2602 : : * later code assumes this. Parse analysis only checks that
2603 : : * every individual column is either hashable or sortable.
2604 : : *
2605 : : * Note that passing this test doesn't guarantee we can
2606 : : * generate a plan; there might be other showstoppers.
2607 : : */
2608 [ + + ]: 38 : if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gset))
2609 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
2610 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2611 : : errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
2612 : : errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
2613 : : }
2614 : : else
2615 : 32 : sortable_sets = lappend(sortable_sets, gset);
2616 : : }
2617 : :
2618 [ + + ]: 29 : if (sortable_sets)
2619 : 24 : sets = extract_rollup_sets(sortable_sets);
2620 : : else
2621 : 5 : sets = NIL;
2622 : : }
2623 : : else
2624 : 882 : sets = extract_rollup_sets(parse->groupingSets);
2625 : :
2626 [ + + + + : 2396 : foreach(lc_set, sets)
+ + ]
2627 : : {
2628 : 1485 : List *current_sets = (List *) lfirst(lc_set);
2629 : 1485 : RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
2630 : : GroupingSetData *gs;
2631 : :
2632 : : /*
2633 : : * Reorder the current list of grouping sets into correct prefix
2634 : : * order. If only one aggregation pass is needed, try to make the
2635 : : * list match the ORDER BY clause; if more than one pass is needed, we
2636 : : * don't bother with that.
2637 : : *
2638 : : * Note that this reorders the sets from smallest-member-first to
2639 : : * largest-member-first, and applies the GroupingSetData annotations,
2640 : : * though the data will be filled in later.
2641 : : */
2642 [ + + ]: 1485 : current_sets = reorder_grouping_sets(current_sets,
2643 : 1485 : (list_length(sets) == 1
2644 : : ? parse->sortClause
2645 : : : NIL));
2646 : :
2647 : : /*
2648 : : * Get the initial (and therefore largest) grouping set.
2649 : : */
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2650 : 1485 : gs = linitial_node(GroupingSetData, current_sets);
2651 : :
2652 : : /*
2653 : : * Order the groupClause appropriately. If the first grouping set is
2654 : : * empty, then the groupClause must also be empty; otherwise we have
2655 : : * to force the groupClause to match that grouping set's order.
2656 : : *
2657 : : * (The first grouping set can be empty even though parse->groupClause
2658 : : * is not empty only if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable.
2659 : : * The groupClauses for hashed grouping sets are built later on.)
2660 : : */
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 2661 [ + + ]: 1485 : if (gs->set)
754 akorotkov@postgresql 2662 : 1410 : rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
2663 : : else
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 2664 : 75 : rollup->groupClause = NIL;
2665 : :
2666 : : /*
2667 : : * Is it hashable? We pretend empty sets are hashable even though we
2668 : : * actually force them not to be hashed later. But don't bother if
2669 : : * there's nothing but empty sets (since in that case we can't hash
2670 : : * anything).
2671 : : */
2672 [ + + ]: 1485 : if (gs->set &&
2673 [ + + ]: 1410 : !bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gs->set))
2674 : : {
2675 : 1390 : rollup->hashable = true;
2676 : 1390 : gd->any_hashable = true;
2677 : : }
2678 : :
2679 : : /*
2680 : : * Now that we've pinned down an order for the groupClause for this
2681 : : * list of grouping sets, we need to remap the entries in the grouping
2682 : : * sets from sortgrouprefs to plain indices (0-based) into the
2683 : : * groupClause for this collection of grouping sets. We keep the
2684 : : * original form for later use, though.
2685 : : */
2686 : 1485 : rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
2687 : : current_sets,
2688 : : gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
2689 : 1485 : rollup->gsets_data = current_sets;
2690 : :
2691 : 1485 : gd->rollups = lappend(gd->rollups, rollup);
2692 : : }
2693 : :
2694 [ + + ]: 911 : if (gd->unsortable_sets)
2695 : : {
2696 : : /*
2697 : : * We have not yet pinned down a groupclause for this, but we will
2698 : : * need index-based lists for estimation purposes. Construct
2699 : : * hash_sets_idx based on the entire original groupclause for now.
2700 : : */
2701 : 29 : gd->hash_sets_idx = remap_to_groupclause_idx(parse->groupClause,
2702 : : gd->unsortable_sets,
2703 : : gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
2704 : 29 : gd->any_hashable = true;
2705 : : }
2706 : :
2707 : 911 : return gd;
2708 : : }
2709 : :
2710 : : /*
2711 : : * Given a groupclause and a list of GroupingSetData, return equivalent sets
2712 : : * (without annotation) mapped to indexes into the given groupclause.
2713 : : */
2714 : : static List *
2715 : 4157 : remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause,
2716 : : List *gsets,
2717 : : int *tleref_to_colnum_map)
2718 : : {
2719 : 4157 : int ref = 0;
2720 : 4157 : List *result = NIL;
2721 : : ListCell *lc;
2722 : :
2723 [ + + + + : 9871 : foreach(lc, groupClause)
+ + ]
2724 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2725 : 5714 : SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
2726 : :
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 2727 : 5714 : tleref_to_colnum_map[gc->tleSortGroupRef] = ref++;
2728 : : }
2729 : :
2730 [ + - + + : 9464 : foreach(lc, gsets)
+ + ]
2731 : : {
2732 : 5307 : List *set = NIL;
2733 : : ListCell *lc2;
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2734 : 5307 : GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
2735 : :
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 2736 [ + + + + : 11730 : foreach(lc2, gs->set)
+ + ]
2737 : : {
2738 : 6423 : set = lappend_int(set, tleref_to_colnum_map[lfirst_int(lc2)]);
2739 : : }
2740 : :
2741 : 5307 : result = lappend(result, set);
2742 : : }
2743 : :
2744 : 4157 : return result;
2745 : : }
2746 : :
2747 : :
2748 : : /*
2749 : : * preprocess_rowmarks - set up PlanRowMarks if needed
2750 : : */
2751 : : static void
6091 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2752 : 392833 : preprocess_rowmarks(PlannerInfo *root)
2753 : : {
2754 : 392833 : Query *parse = root->parse;
2755 : : Bitmapset *rels;
2756 : : List *prowmarks;
2757 : : ListCell *l;
2758 : : int i;
2759 : :
2760 [ + + ]: 392833 : if (parse->rowMarks)
2761 : : {
2762 : : /*
2763 : : * We've got trouble if FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE appears inside
2764 : : * grouping, since grouping renders a reference to individual tuple
2765 : : * CTIDs invalid. This is also checked at parse time, but that's
2766 : : * insufficient because of rule substitution, query pullup, etc.
2767 : : */
3220 2768 : 6577 : CheckSelectLocking(parse, linitial_node(RowMarkClause,
2769 : : parse->rowMarks)->strength);
2770 : : }
2771 : : else
2772 : : {
2773 : : /*
2774 : : * We only need rowmarks for UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE, or FOR [KEY]
2775 : : * UPDATE/SHARE.
2776 : : */
6091 2777 [ + + ]: 386256 : if (parse->commandType != CMD_UPDATE &&
1004 dean.a.rasheed@gmail 2778 [ + + ]: 375808 : parse->commandType != CMD_DELETE &&
2779 [ + + ]: 372068 : parse->commandType != CMD_MERGE)
6091 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2780 : 370587 : return;
2781 : : }
2782 : :
2783 : : /*
2784 : : * We need to have rowmarks for all base relations except the target. We
2785 : : * make a bitmapset of all base rels and then remove the items we don't
2786 : : * need or have FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE marks for.
2787 : : */
1247 2788 : 22246 : rels = get_relids_in_jointree((Node *) parse->jointree, false, false);
6091 2789 [ + + ]: 22246 : if (parse->resultRelation)
2790 : 15669 : rels = bms_del_member(rels, parse->resultRelation);
2791 : :
2792 : : /*
2793 : : * Convert RowMarkClauses to PlanRowMark representation.
2794 : : */
2795 : 22246 : prowmarks = NIL;
2796 [ + + + + : 28958 : foreach(l, parse->rowMarks)
+ + ]
2797 : : {
3220 2798 : 6712 : RowMarkClause *rc = lfirst_node(RowMarkClause, l);
6089 2799 : 6712 : RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(rc->rti, parse->rtable);
2800 : : PlanRowMark *newrc;
2801 : :
2802 : : /*
2803 : : * Currently, it is syntactically impossible to have FOR UPDATE et al
2804 : : * applied to an update/delete target rel. If that ever becomes
2805 : : * possible, we should drop the target from the PlanRowMark list.
2806 : : */
6091 2807 [ - + ]: 6712 : Assert(rc->rti != parse->resultRelation);
2808 : :
2809 : : /*
2810 : : * Ignore RowMarkClauses for subqueries; they aren't real tables and
2811 : : * can't support true locking. Subqueries that got flattened into the
2812 : : * main query should be ignored completely. Any that didn't will get
2813 : : * ROW_MARK_COPY items in the next loop.
2814 : : */
6089 2815 [ + + ]: 6712 : if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
2816 : 46 : continue;
2817 : :
6091 2818 : 6666 : rels = bms_del_member(rels, rc->rti);
2819 : :
6089 2820 : 6666 : newrc = makeNode(PlanRowMark);
6091 2821 : 6666 : newrc->rti = newrc->prti = rc->rti;
5620 2822 : 6666 : newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
4118 2823 : 6666 : newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, rc->strength);
4125 2824 : 6666 : newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
2825 : 6666 : newrc->strength = rc->strength;
4284 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 2826 : 6666 : newrc->waitPolicy = rc->waitPolicy;
6091 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2827 : 6666 : newrc->isParent = false;
2828 : :
2829 : 6666 : prowmarks = lappend(prowmarks, newrc);
2830 : : }
2831 : :
2832 : : /*
2833 : : * Now, add rowmarks for any non-target, non-locked base relations.
2834 : : */
2835 : 22246 : i = 0;
2836 [ + - + + : 53102 : foreach(l, parse->rtable)
+ + ]
2837 : : {
3220 2838 : 30856 : RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
2839 : : PlanRowMark *newrc;
2840 : :
6091 2841 : 30856 : i++;
2842 [ + + ]: 30856 : if (!bms_is_member(i, rels))
2843 : 27907 : continue;
2844 : :
2845 : 2949 : newrc = makeNode(PlanRowMark);
2846 : 2949 : newrc->rti = newrc->prti = i;
5620 2847 : 2949 : newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
4118 2848 : 2949 : newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, LCS_NONE);
4125 2849 : 2949 : newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
2850 : 2949 : newrc->strength = LCS_NONE;
3296 2851 : 2949 : newrc->waitPolicy = LockWaitBlock; /* doesn't matter */
6091 2852 : 2949 : newrc->isParent = false;
2853 : :
2854 : 2949 : prowmarks = lappend(prowmarks, newrc);
2855 : : }
2856 : :
2857 : 22246 : root->rowMarks = prowmarks;
2858 : : }
2859 : :
2860 : : /*
2861 : : * Select RowMarkType to use for a given table
2862 : : */
2863 : : RowMarkType
4118 2864 : 11509 : select_rowmark_type(RangeTblEntry *rte, LockClauseStrength strength)
2865 : : {
2866 [ + + ]: 11509 : if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
2867 : : {
2868 : : /* If it's not a table at all, use ROW_MARK_COPY */
2869 : 1110 : return ROW_MARK_COPY;
2870 : : }
2871 [ + + ]: 10399 : else if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
2872 : : {
2873 : : /* Let the FDW select the rowmark type, if it wants to */
4067 2874 : 114 : FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = GetFdwRoutineByRelId(rte->relid);
2875 : :
2876 [ - + ]: 114 : if (fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType != NULL)
4067 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2877 :UBC 0 : return fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType(rte, strength);
2878 : : /* Otherwise, use ROW_MARK_COPY by default */
4118 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2879 :CBC 114 : return ROW_MARK_COPY;
2880 : : }
2881 : : else
2882 : : {
2883 : : /* Regular table, apply the appropriate lock type */
2884 [ + + + + : 10285 : switch (strength)
+ - ]
2885 : : {
2886 : 2048 : case LCS_NONE:
2887 : :
2888 : : /*
2889 : : * We don't need a tuple lock, only the ability to re-fetch
2890 : : * the row.
2891 : : */
2892 : 2048 : return ROW_MARK_REFERENCE;
2893 : : break;
2894 : 7067 : case LCS_FORKEYSHARE:
2895 : 7067 : return ROW_MARK_KEYSHARE;
2896 : : break;
2897 : 201 : case LCS_FORSHARE:
2898 : 201 : return ROW_MARK_SHARE;
2899 : : break;
2900 : 41 : case LCS_FORNOKEYUPDATE:
2901 : 41 : return ROW_MARK_NOKEYEXCLUSIVE;
2902 : : break;
2903 : 928 : case LCS_FORUPDATE:
2904 : 928 : return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE;
2905 : : break;
2906 : : }
4118 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2907 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "unrecognized LockClauseStrength %d", (int) strength);
2908 : : return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE; /* keep compiler quiet */
2909 : : }
2910 : : }
2911 : :
2912 : : /*
2913 : : * preprocess_limit - do pre-estimation for LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses
2914 : : *
2915 : : * We try to estimate the values of the LIMIT/OFFSET clauses, and pass the
2916 : : * results back in *count_est and *offset_est. These variables are set to
2917 : : * 0 if the corresponding clause is not present, and -1 if it's present
2918 : : * but we couldn't estimate the value for it. (The "0" convention is OK
2919 : : * for OFFSET but a little bit bogus for LIMIT: effectively we estimate
2920 : : * LIMIT 0 as though it were LIMIT 1. But this is in line with the planner's
2921 : : * usual practice of never estimating less than one row.) These values will
2922 : : * be passed to create_limit_path, which see if you change this code.
2923 : : *
2924 : : * The return value is the suitably adjusted tuple_fraction to use for
2925 : : * planning the query. This adjustment is not overridable, since it reflects
2926 : : * plan actions that grouping_planner() will certainly take, not assumptions
2927 : : * about context.
2928 : : */
2929 : : static double
7621 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2930 :CBC 3702 : preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
2931 : : int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est)
2932 : : {
7690 2933 : 3702 : Query *parse = root->parse;
2934 : : Node *est;
2935 : : double limit_fraction;
2936 : :
2937 : : /* Should not be called unless LIMIT or OFFSET */
7621 2938 [ + + - + ]: 3702 : Assert(parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset);
2939 : :
2940 : : /*
2941 : : * Try to obtain the clause values. We use estimate_expression_value
2942 : : * primarily because it can sometimes do something useful with Params.
2943 : : */
2944 [ + + ]: 3702 : if (parse->limitCount)
2945 : : {
7071 2946 : 3260 : est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitCount);
7621 2947 [ + - + + ]: 3260 : if (est && IsA(est, Const))
2948 : : {
2949 [ - + ]: 3255 : if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
2950 : : {
2951 : : /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
7563 bruce@momjian.us 2952 :UBC 0 : *count_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
2953 : : }
2954 : : else
2955 : : {
7279 bruce@momjian.us 2956 :CBC 3255 : *count_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
7621 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2957 [ + + ]: 3255 : if (*count_est <= 0)
3296 2958 : 190 : *count_est = 1; /* force to at least 1 */
2959 : : }
2960 : : }
2961 : : else
7621 2962 : 5 : *count_est = -1; /* can't estimate */
2963 : : }
2964 : : else
2965 : 442 : *count_est = 0; /* not present */
2966 : :
2967 [ + + ]: 3702 : if (parse->limitOffset)
2968 : : {
7071 2969 : 652 : est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitOffset);
7621 2970 [ + - + + ]: 652 : if (est && IsA(est, Const))
2971 : : {
2972 [ - + ]: 632 : if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
2973 : : {
2974 : : /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor will too */
7563 bruce@momjian.us 2975 :UBC 0 : *offset_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
2976 : : }
2977 : : else
2978 : : {
7279 bruce@momjian.us 2979 :CBC 632 : *offset_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
7621 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2980 [ - + ]: 632 : if (*offset_est < 0)
4361 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2981 :UBC 0 : *offset_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
2982 : : }
2983 : : }
2984 : : else
7621 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 2985 :CBC 20 : *offset_est = -1; /* can't estimate */
2986 : : }
2987 : : else
2988 : 3050 : *offset_est = 0; /* not present */
2989 : :
2990 [ + + ]: 3702 : if (*count_est != 0)
2991 : : {
2992 : : /*
2993 : : * A LIMIT clause limits the absolute number of tuples returned.
2994 : : * However, if it's not a constant LIMIT then we have to guess; for
2995 : : * lack of a better idea, assume 10% of the plan's result is wanted.
2996 : : */
2997 [ + + + + ]: 3260 : if (*count_est < 0 || *offset_est < 0)
2998 : : {
2999 : : /* LIMIT or OFFSET is an expression ... punt ... */
3000 : 20 : limit_fraction = 0.10;
3001 : : }
3002 : : else
3003 : : {
3004 : : /* LIMIT (plus OFFSET, if any) is max number of tuples needed */
3005 : 3240 : limit_fraction = (double) *count_est + (double) *offset_est;
3006 : : }
3007 : :
3008 : : /*
3009 : : * If we have absolute limits from both caller and LIMIT, use the
3010 : : * smaller value; likewise if they are both fractional. If one is
3011 : : * fractional and the other absolute, we can't easily determine which
3012 : : * is smaller, but we use the heuristic that the absolute will usually
3013 : : * be smaller.
3014 : : */
7690 3015 [ + + ]: 3260 : if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
3016 : : {
3017 [ + - ]: 5 : if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3018 : : {
3019 : : /* both absolute */
3020 [ - + ]: 5 : tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
3021 : : }
3022 : : else
3023 : : {
3024 : : /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use caller's value */
3025 : : }
3026 : : }
3027 [ + + ]: 3255 : else if (tuple_fraction > 0.0)
3028 : : {
3029 [ + - ]: 82 : if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3030 : : {
3031 : : /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use limit */
7621 3032 : 82 : tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
3033 : : }
3034 : : else
3035 : : {
3036 : : /* both fractional */
7621 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3037 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
3038 : : }
3039 : : }
3040 : : else
3041 : : {
3042 : : /* no info from caller, just use limit */
7690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3043 :CBC 3173 : tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
3044 : : }
3045 : : }
7621 3046 [ + + + + ]: 442 : else if (*offset_est != 0 && tuple_fraction > 0.0)
3047 : : {
3048 : : /*
3049 : : * We have an OFFSET but no LIMIT. This acts entirely differently
3050 : : * from the LIMIT case: here, we need to increase rather than decrease
3051 : : * the caller's tuple_fraction, because the OFFSET acts to cause more
3052 : : * tuples to be fetched instead of fewer. This only matters if we got
3053 : : * a tuple_fraction > 0, however.
3054 : : *
3055 : : * As above, use 10% if OFFSET is present but unestimatable.
3056 : : */
3057 [ - + ]: 12 : if (*offset_est < 0)
7621 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3058 :UBC 0 : limit_fraction = 0.10;
3059 : : else
7621 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3060 :CBC 12 : limit_fraction = (double) *offset_est;
3061 : :
3062 : : /*
3063 : : * If we have absolute counts from both caller and OFFSET, add them
3064 : : * together; likewise if they are both fractional. If one is
3065 : : * fractional and the other absolute, we want to take the larger, and
3066 : : * we heuristically assume that's the fractional one.
3067 : : */
3068 [ - + ]: 12 : if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
3069 : : {
7621 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3070 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3071 : : {
3072 : : /* both absolute, so add them together */
3073 : 0 : tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
3074 : : }
3075 : : else
3076 : : {
3077 : : /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use limit */
3078 : 0 : tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
3079 : : }
3080 : : }
3081 : : else
3082 : : {
7621 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3083 [ - + ]:CBC 12 : if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3084 : : {
3085 : : /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use caller's value */
3086 : : }
3087 : : else
3088 : : {
3089 : : /* both fractional, so add them together */
7621 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3090 :UBC 0 : tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
3091 [ # # ]: 0 : if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
3296 3092 : 0 : tuple_fraction = 0.0; /* assume fetch all */
3093 : : }
3094 : : }
3095 : : }
3096 : :
7690 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3097 :CBC 3702 : return tuple_fraction;
3098 : : }
3099 : :
3100 : : /*
3101 : : * limit_needed - do we actually need a Limit plan node?
3102 : : *
3103 : : * If we have constant-zero OFFSET and constant-null LIMIT, we can skip adding
3104 : : * a Limit node. This is worth checking for because "OFFSET 0" is a common
3105 : : * locution for an optimization fence. (Because other places in the planner
3106 : : * merely check whether parse->limitOffset isn't NULL, it will still work as
3107 : : * an optimization fence --- we're just suppressing unnecessary run-time
3108 : : * overhead.)
3109 : : *
3110 : : * This might look like it could be merged into preprocess_limit, but there's
3111 : : * a key distinction: here we need hard constants in OFFSET/LIMIT, whereas
3112 : : * in preprocess_limit it's good enough to consider estimated values.
3113 : : */
3114 : : bool
4856 3115 : 834982 : limit_needed(Query *parse)
3116 : : {
3117 : : Node *node;
3118 : :
3119 : 834982 : node = parse->limitCount;
3120 [ + + ]: 834982 : if (node)
3121 : : {
3122 [ + + ]: 7748 : if (IsA(node, Const))
3123 : : {
3124 : : /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
3125 [ + - ]: 7527 : if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
3126 : 7527 : return true; /* LIMIT with a constant value */
3127 : : }
3128 : : else
3129 : 221 : return true; /* non-constant LIMIT */
3130 : : }
3131 : :
3132 : 827234 : node = parse->limitOffset;
3133 [ + + ]: 827234 : if (node)
3134 : : {
3135 [ + + ]: 1283 : if (IsA(node, Const))
3136 : : {
3137 : : /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor would too */
3138 [ + - ]: 1025 : if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
3139 : : {
4780 bruce@momjian.us 3140 : 1025 : int64 offset = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) node)->constvalue);
3141 : :
4361 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3142 [ + + ]: 1025 : if (offset != 0)
3143 : 107 : return true; /* OFFSET with a nonzero value */
3144 : : }
3145 : : }
3146 : : else
4856 3147 : 258 : return true; /* non-constant OFFSET */
3148 : : }
3149 : :
3150 : 826869 : return false; /* don't need a Limit plan node */
3151 : : }
3152 : :
3153 : : /*
3154 : : * preprocess_groupclause - do preparatory work on GROUP BY clause
3155 : : *
3156 : : * The idea here is to adjust the ordering of the GROUP BY elements
3157 : : * (which in itself is semantically insignificant) to match ORDER BY,
3158 : : * thereby allowing a single sort operation to both implement the ORDER BY
3159 : : * requirement and set up for a Unique step that implements GROUP BY.
3160 : : * We also consider partial match between GROUP BY and ORDER BY elements,
3161 : : * which could allow to implement ORDER BY using the incremental sort.
3162 : : *
3163 : : * We also consider other orderings of the GROUP BY elements, which could
3164 : : * match the sort ordering of other possible plans (eg an indexscan) and
3165 : : * thereby reduce cost. This is implemented during the generation of grouping
3166 : : * paths. See get_useful_group_keys_orderings() for details.
3167 : : *
3168 : : * Note: we need no comparable processing of the distinctClause because
3169 : : * the parser already enforced that that matches ORDER BY.
3170 : : *
3171 : : * Note: we return a fresh List, but its elements are the same
3172 : : * SortGroupClauses appearing in parse->groupClause. This is important
3173 : : * because later processing may modify the processed_groupClause list.
3174 : : *
3175 : : * For grouping sets, the order of items is instead forced to agree with that
3176 : : * of the grouping set (and items not in the grouping set are skipped). The
3177 : : * work of sorting the order of grouping set elements to match the ORDER BY if
3178 : : * possible is done elsewhere.
3179 : : */
3180 : : static List *
754 akorotkov@postgresql 3181 : 7559 : preprocess_groupclause(PlannerInfo *root, List *force)
3182 : : {
6541 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3183 : 7559 : Query *parse = root->parse;
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3184 : 7559 : List *new_groupclause = NIL;
3185 : : ListCell *sl;
3186 : : ListCell *gl;
3187 : :
3188 : : /* For grouping sets, we need to force the ordering */
754 akorotkov@postgresql 3189 [ + + ]: 7559 : if (force)
3190 : : {
3191 [ + - + + : 9704 : foreach(sl, force)
+ + ]
3192 : : {
3193 : 5651 : Index ref = lfirst_int(sl);
3194 : 5651 : SortGroupClause *cl = get_sortgroupref_clause(ref, parse->groupClause);
3195 : :
3196 : 5651 : new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, cl);
3197 : : }
3198 : :
3199 : 4053 : return new_groupclause;
3200 : : }
3201 : :
3202 : : /* If no ORDER BY, nothing useful to do here */
3203 [ + + ]: 3506 : if (parse->sortClause == NIL)
3204 : 1984 : return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
3205 : :
3206 : : /*
3207 : : * Scan the ORDER BY clause and construct a list of matching GROUP BY
3208 : : * items, but only as far as we can make a matching prefix.
3209 : : *
3210 : : * This code assumes that the sortClause contains no duplicate items.
3211 : : */
3212 [ + - + + : 2996 : foreach(sl, parse->sortClause)
+ + ]
3213 : : {
3214 : 1990 : SortGroupClause *sc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, sl);
3215 : :
3216 [ + - + + : 2897 : foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
+ + ]
3217 : : {
3218 : 2381 : SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, gl);
3219 : :
3220 [ + + ]: 2381 : if (equal(gc, sc))
3221 : : {
3222 : 1474 : new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, gc);
3223 : 1474 : break;
3224 : : }
3225 : : }
3226 [ + + ]: 1990 : if (gl == NULL)
3227 : 516 : break; /* no match, so stop scanning */
3228 : : }
3229 : :
3230 : :
3231 : : /* If no match at all, no point in reordering GROUP BY */
3232 [ + + ]: 1522 : if (new_groupclause == NIL)
3233 : 228 : return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
3234 : :
3235 : : /*
3236 : : * Add any remaining GROUP BY items to the new list. We don't require a
3237 : : * complete match, because even partial match allows ORDER BY to be
3238 : : * implemented using incremental sort. Also, give up if there are any
3239 : : * non-sortable GROUP BY items, since then there's no hope anyway.
3240 : : */
3241 [ + - + + : 2905 : foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
+ + ]
3242 : : {
3243 : 1611 : SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, gl);
3244 : :
3245 [ + + ]: 1611 : if (list_member_ptr(new_groupclause, gc))
3246 : 1474 : continue; /* it matched an ORDER BY item */
3247 [ - + ]: 137 : if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop)) /* give up, GROUP BY can't be sorted */
754 akorotkov@postgresql 3248 :UBC 0 : return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
754 akorotkov@postgresql 3249 :CBC 137 : new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, gc);
3250 : : }
3251 : :
3252 : : /* Success --- install the rearranged GROUP BY list */
3253 [ - + ]: 1294 : Assert(list_length(parse->groupClause) == list_length(new_groupclause));
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3254 : 1294 : return new_groupclause;
3255 : : }
3256 : :
3257 : : /*
3258 : : * Extract lists of grouping sets that can be implemented using a single
3259 : : * rollup-type aggregate pass each. Returns a list of lists of grouping sets.
3260 : : *
3261 : : * Input must be sorted with smallest sets first. Result has each sublist
3262 : : * sorted with smallest sets first.
3263 : : *
3264 : : * We want to produce the absolute minimum possible number of lists here to
3265 : : * avoid excess sorts. Fortunately, there is an algorithm for this; the problem
3266 : : * of finding the minimal partition of a partially-ordered set into chains
3267 : : * (which is what we need, taking the list of grouping sets as a poset ordered
3268 : : * by set inclusion) can be mapped to the problem of finding the maximum
3269 : : * cardinality matching on a bipartite graph, which is solvable in polynomial
3270 : : * time with a worst case of no worse than O(n^2.5) and usually much
3271 : : * better. Since our N is at most 4096, we don't need to consider fallbacks to
3272 : : * heuristic or approximate methods. (Planning time for a 12-d cube is under
3273 : : * half a second on my modest system even with optimization off and assertions
3274 : : * on.)
3275 : : */
3276 : : static List *
3277 : 906 : extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets)
3278 : : {
3279 : 906 : int num_sets_raw = list_length(groupingSets);
3280 : 906 : int num_empty = 0;
4056 bruce@momjian.us 3281 : 906 : int num_sets = 0; /* distinct sets */
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3282 : 906 : int num_chains = 0;
3283 : 906 : List *result = NIL;
3284 : : List **results;
3285 : : List **orig_sets;
3286 : : Bitmapset **set_masks;
3287 : : int *chains;
3288 : : short **adjacency;
3289 : : short *adjacency_buf;
3290 : : BipartiteMatchState *state;
3291 : : int i;
3292 : : int j;
3293 : : int j_size;
3294 : 906 : ListCell *lc1 = list_head(groupingSets);
3295 : : ListCell *lc;
3296 : :
3297 : : /*
3298 : : * Start by stripping out empty sets. The algorithm doesn't require this,
3299 : : * but the planner currently needs all empty sets to be returned in the
3300 : : * first list, so we strip them here and add them back after.
3301 : : */
3302 [ + + + + ]: 1506 : while (lc1 && lfirst(lc1) == NIL)
3303 : : {
3304 : 600 : ++num_empty;
2542 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3305 : 600 : lc1 = lnext(groupingSets, lc1);
3306 : : }
3307 : :
3308 : : /* bail out now if it turns out that all we had were empty sets. */
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3309 [ + + ]: 906 : if (!lc1)
3310 : 75 : return list_make1(groupingSets);
3311 : :
3312 : : /*----------
3313 : : * We don't strictly need to remove duplicate sets here, but if we don't,
3314 : : * they tend to become scattered through the result, which is a bit
3315 : : * confusing (and irritating if we ever decide to optimize them out).
3316 : : * So we remove them here and add them back after.
3317 : : *
3318 : : * For each non-duplicate set, we fill in the following:
3319 : : *
3320 : : * orig_sets[i] = list of the original set lists
3321 : : * set_masks[i] = bitmapset for testing inclusion
3322 : : * adjacency[i] = array [n, v1, v2, ... vn] of adjacency indices
3323 : : *
3324 : : * chains[i] will be the result group this set is assigned to.
3325 : : *
3326 : : * We index all of these from 1 rather than 0 because it is convenient
3327 : : * to leave 0 free for the NIL node in the graph algorithm.
3328 : : *----------
3329 : : */
4056 bruce@momjian.us 3330 : 831 : orig_sets = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(List *));
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3331 : 831 : set_masks = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(Bitmapset *));
3332 : 831 : adjacency = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short *));
3333 : 831 : adjacency_buf = palloc((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short));
3334 : :
3335 : 831 : j_size = 0;
3336 : 831 : j = 0;
3337 : 831 : i = 1;
3338 : :
2542 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3339 [ + - + + : 2861 : for_each_cell(lc, groupingSets, lc1)
+ + ]
3340 : : {
3220 3341 : 2030 : List *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3342 : 2030 : Bitmapset *candidate_set = NULL;
3343 : : ListCell *lc2;
3344 : 2030 : int dup_of = 0;
3345 : :
3346 [ + - + + : 4827 : foreach(lc2, candidate)
+ + ]
3347 : : {
3348 : 2797 : candidate_set = bms_add_member(candidate_set, lfirst_int(lc2));
3349 : : }
3350 : :
3351 : : /* we can only be a dup if we're the same length as a previous set */
3352 [ + + ]: 2030 : if (j_size == list_length(candidate))
3353 : : {
3354 : : int k;
3355 : :
3356 [ + + ]: 1828 : for (k = j; k < i; ++k)
3357 : : {
3358 [ + + ]: 1169 : if (bms_equal(set_masks[k], candidate_set))
3359 : : {
3360 : 129 : dup_of = k;
3361 : 129 : break;
3362 : : }
3363 : : }
3364 : : }
3365 [ + - ]: 1242 : else if (j_size < list_length(candidate))
3366 : : {
3367 : 1242 : j_size = list_length(candidate);
3368 : 1242 : j = i;
3369 : : }
3370 : :
3371 [ + + ]: 2030 : if (dup_of > 0)
3372 : : {
3373 : 129 : orig_sets[dup_of] = lappend(orig_sets[dup_of], candidate);
3374 : 129 : bms_free(candidate_set);
3375 : : }
3376 : : else
3377 : : {
3378 : : int k;
4056 bruce@momjian.us 3379 : 1901 : int n_adj = 0;
3380 : :
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3381 : 1901 : orig_sets[i] = list_make1(candidate);
3382 : 1901 : set_masks[i] = candidate_set;
3383 : :
3384 : : /* fill in adjacency list; no need to compare equal-size sets */
3385 : :
3386 [ + + ]: 2973 : for (k = j - 1; k > 0; --k)
3387 : : {
3388 [ + + ]: 1072 : if (bms_is_subset(set_masks[k], candidate_set))
3389 : 937 : adjacency_buf[++n_adj] = k;
3390 : : }
3391 : :
3392 [ + + ]: 1901 : if (n_adj > 0)
3393 : : {
3394 : 513 : adjacency_buf[0] = n_adj;
3395 : 513 : adjacency[i] = palloc((n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
3396 : 513 : memcpy(adjacency[i], adjacency_buf, (n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
3397 : : }
3398 : : else
3399 : 1388 : adjacency[i] = NULL;
3400 : :
3401 : 1901 : ++i;
3402 : : }
3403 : : }
3404 : :
3405 : 831 : num_sets = i - 1;
3406 : :
3407 : : /*
3408 : : * Apply the graph matching algorithm to do the work.
3409 : : */
3410 : 831 : state = BipartiteMatch(num_sets, num_sets, adjacency);
3411 : :
3412 : : /*
3413 : : * Now, the state->pair* fields have the info we need to assign sets to
3414 : : * chains. Two sets (u,v) belong to the same chain if pair_uv[u] = v or
3415 : : * pair_vu[v] = u (both will be true, but we check both so that we can do
3416 : : * it in one pass)
3417 : : */
3418 : 831 : chains = palloc0((num_sets + 1) * sizeof(int));
3419 : :
3420 [ + + ]: 2732 : for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3421 : : {
4056 bruce@momjian.us 3422 : 1901 : int u = state->pair_vu[i];
3423 : 1901 : int v = state->pair_uv[i];
3424 : :
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3425 [ + + - + ]: 1901 : if (u > 0 && u < i)
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3426 :UBC 0 : chains[i] = chains[u];
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3427 [ + + + - ]:CBC 1901 : else if (v > 0 && v < i)
3428 : 491 : chains[i] = chains[v];
3429 : : else
3430 : 1410 : chains[i] = ++num_chains;
3431 : : }
3432 : :
3433 : : /* build result lists. */
4056 bruce@momjian.us 3434 : 831 : results = palloc0((num_chains + 1) * sizeof(List *));
3435 : :
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3436 [ + + ]: 2732 : for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3437 : : {
4056 bruce@momjian.us 3438 : 1901 : int c = chains[i];
3439 : :
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3440 [ - + ]: 1901 : Assert(c > 0);
3441 : :
3442 : 1901 : results[c] = list_concat(results[c], orig_sets[i]);
3443 : : }
3444 : :
3445 : : /* push any empty sets back on the first list. */
3446 [ + + ]: 1306 : while (num_empty-- > 0)
3447 : 475 : results[1] = lcons(NIL, results[1]);
3448 : :
3449 : : /* make result list */
3450 [ + + ]: 2241 : for (i = 1; i <= num_chains; ++i)
3451 : 1410 : result = lappend(result, results[i]);
3452 : :
3453 : : /*
3454 : : * Free all the things.
3455 : : *
3456 : : * (This is over-fussy for small sets but for large sets we could have
3457 : : * tied up a nontrivial amount of memory.)
3458 : : */
3459 : 831 : BipartiteMatchFree(state);
3460 : 831 : pfree(results);
3461 : 831 : pfree(chains);
3462 [ + + ]: 2732 : for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3463 [ + + ]: 1901 : if (adjacency[i])
3464 : 513 : pfree(adjacency[i]);
3465 : 831 : pfree(adjacency);
3466 : 831 : pfree(adjacency_buf);
3467 : 831 : pfree(orig_sets);
3468 [ + + ]: 2732 : for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3469 : 1901 : bms_free(set_masks[i]);
3470 : 831 : pfree(set_masks);
3471 : :
3472 : 831 : return result;
3473 : : }
3474 : :
3475 : : /*
3476 : : * Reorder the elements of a list of grouping sets such that they have correct
3477 : : * prefix relationships. Also inserts the GroupingSetData annotations.
3478 : : *
3479 : : * The input must be ordered with smallest sets first; the result is returned
3480 : : * with largest sets first. Note that the result shares no list substructure
3481 : : * with the input, so it's safe for the caller to modify it later.
3482 : : *
3483 : : * If we're passed in a sortclause, we follow its order of columns to the
3484 : : * extent possible, to minimize the chance that we add unnecessary sorts.
3485 : : * (We're trying here to ensure that GROUPING SETS ((a,b,c),(c)) ORDER BY c,b,a
3486 : : * gets implemented in one pass.)
3487 : : */
3488 : : static List *
1379 pg@bowt.ie 3489 : 1485 : reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause)
3490 : : {
3491 : : ListCell *lc;
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3492 : 1485 : List *previous = NIL;
3493 : 1485 : List *result = NIL;
3494 : :
1379 pg@bowt.ie 3495 [ + - + + : 4115 : foreach(lc, groupingSets)
+ + ]
3496 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3497 : 2630 : List *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
4056 bruce@momjian.us 3498 : 2630 : List *new_elems = list_difference_int(candidate, previous);
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 3499 : 2630 : GroupingSetData *gs = makeNode(GroupingSetData);
3500 : :
2557 3501 [ + + + + ]: 2774 : while (list_length(sortclause) > list_length(previous) &&
3502 : : new_elems != NIL)
3503 : : {
3504 : 244 : SortGroupClause *sc = list_nth(sortclause, list_length(previous));
3505 : 244 : int ref = sc->tleSortGroupRef;
3506 : :
3507 [ + + ]: 244 : if (list_member_int(new_elems, ref))
3508 : : {
3509 : 144 : previous = lappend_int(previous, ref);
3510 : 144 : new_elems = list_delete_int(new_elems, ref);
3511 : : }
3512 : : else
3513 : : {
3514 : : /* diverged from the sortclause; give up on it */
3515 : 100 : sortclause = NIL;
3516 : 100 : break;
3517 : : }
3518 : : }
3519 : :
3520 : 2630 : previous = list_concat(previous, new_elems);
3521 : :
3382 3522 : 2630 : gs->set = list_copy(previous);
3523 : 2630 : result = lcons(gs, result);
3524 : : }
3525 : :
4063 andres@anarazel.de 3526 : 1485 : list_free(previous);
3527 : :
3528 : 1485 : return result;
3529 : : }
3530 : :
3531 : : /*
3532 : : * has_volatile_pathkey
3533 : : * Returns true if any PathKey in 'keys' has an EquivalenceClass
3534 : : * containing a volatile function. Otherwise returns false.
3535 : : */
3536 : : static bool
1260 drowley@postgresql.o 3537 : 2004 : has_volatile_pathkey(List *keys)
3538 : : {
3539 : : ListCell *lc;
3540 : :
3541 [ + + + + : 4130 : foreach(lc, keys)
+ + ]
3542 : : {
3543 : 2139 : PathKey *pathkey = lfirst_node(PathKey, lc);
3544 : :
3545 [ + + ]: 2139 : if (pathkey->pk_eclass->ec_has_volatile)
3546 : 13 : return true;
3547 : : }
3548 : :
3549 : 1991 : return false;
3550 : : }
3551 : :
3552 : : /*
3553 : : * adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg
3554 : : * Add pathkeys to root->group_pathkeys to reflect the best set of
3555 : : * pre-ordered input for ordered aggregates.
3556 : : *
3557 : : * We define "best" as the pathkeys that suit the largest number of
3558 : : * aggregate functions. We find these by looking at the first ORDER BY /
3559 : : * DISTINCT aggregate and take the pathkeys for that before searching for
3560 : : * other aggregates that require the same or a more strict variation of the
3561 : : * same pathkeys. We then repeat that process for any remaining aggregates
3562 : : * with different pathkeys and if we find another set of pathkeys that suits a
3563 : : * larger number of aggregates then we select those pathkeys instead.
3564 : : *
3565 : : * When the best pathkeys are found we also mark each Aggref that can use
3566 : : * those pathkeys as aggpresorted = true.
3567 : : *
3568 : : * Note: When an aggregate function's ORDER BY / DISTINCT clause contains any
3569 : : * volatile functions, we never make use of these pathkeys. We want to ensure
3570 : : * that sorts using volatile functions are done independently in each Aggref
3571 : : * rather than once at the query level. If we were to allow this then Aggrefs
3572 : : * with compatible sort orders would all transition their rows in the same
3573 : : * order if those pathkeys were deemed to be the best pathkeys to sort on.
3574 : : * Whereas, if some other set of Aggref's pathkeys happened to be deemed
3575 : : * better pathkeys to sort on, then the volatile function Aggrefs would be
3576 : : * left to perform their sorts individually. To avoid this inconsistent
3577 : : * behavior which could make Aggref results depend on what other Aggrefs the
3578 : : * query contains, we always force Aggrefs with volatile functions to perform
3579 : : * their own sorts.
3580 : : */
3581 : : static void
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3582 : 1668 : adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(PlannerInfo *root)
3583 : : {
3584 : 1668 : List *grouppathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
3585 : : List *bestpathkeys;
3586 : : Bitmapset *bestaggs;
3587 : : Bitmapset *unprocessed_aggs;
3588 : : ListCell *lc;
3589 : : int i;
3590 : :
3591 : : /* Shouldn't be here if there are grouping sets */
3592 [ - + ]: 1668 : Assert(root->parse->groupingSets == NIL);
3593 : : /* Shouldn't be here unless there are some ordered aggregates */
3594 [ - + ]: 1668 : Assert(root->numOrderedAggs > 0);
3595 : :
3596 : : /* Do nothing if disabled */
3597 [ + + ]: 1668 : if (!enable_presorted_aggregate)
3598 : 5 : return;
3599 : :
3600 : : /*
3601 : : * Make a first pass over all AggInfos to collect a Bitmapset containing
3602 : : * the indexes of all AggInfos to be processed below.
3603 : : */
1428 drowley@postgresql.o 3604 : 1663 : unprocessed_aggs = NULL;
3605 [ + - + + : 3892 : foreach(lc, root->agginfos)
+ + ]
3606 : : {
3607 : 2229 : AggInfo *agginfo = lfirst_node(AggInfo, lc);
3608 : 2229 : Aggref *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
3609 : :
3610 [ + + ]: 2229 : if (AGGKIND_IS_ORDERED_SET(aggref->aggkind))
3611 : 214 : continue;
3612 : :
3613 : : /* Skip unless there's a DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause */
436 3614 [ + + + + ]: 2015 : if (aggref->aggdistinct == NIL && aggref->aggorder == NIL)
3615 : 248 : continue;
3616 : :
3617 : : /* Additional safety checks are needed if there's a FILTER clause */
3618 [ + + ]: 1767 : if (aggref->aggfilter != NULL)
3619 : : {
3620 : : ListCell *lc2;
3621 : 43 : bool allow_presort = true;
3622 : :
3623 : : /*
3624 : : * When the Aggref has a FILTER clause, it's possible that the
3625 : : * filter removes rows that cannot be sorted because the
3626 : : * expression to sort by results in an error during its
3627 : : * evaluation. This is a problem for presorting as that happens
3628 : : * before the FILTER, whereas without presorting, the Aggregate
3629 : : * node will apply the FILTER *before* sorting. So that we never
3630 : : * try to sort anything that might error, here we aim to skip over
3631 : : * any Aggrefs with arguments with expressions which, when
3632 : : * evaluated, could cause an ERROR. Vars and Consts are ok. There
3633 : : * may be more cases that should be allowed, but more thought
3634 : : * needs to be given. Err on the side of caution.
3635 : : */
3636 [ + - + + : 83 : foreach(lc2, aggref->args)
+ + ]
3637 : : {
3638 : 58 : TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lc2);
3639 : 58 : Expr *expr = tle->expr;
3640 : :
3641 [ + + ]: 68 : while (IsA(expr, RelabelType))
3642 : 10 : expr = (Expr *) (castNode(RelabelType, expr))->arg;
3643 : :
3644 : : /* Common case, Vars and Consts are ok */
3645 [ + + + + ]: 58 : if (IsA(expr, Var) || IsA(expr, Const))
3646 : 40 : continue;
3647 : :
3648 : : /* Unsupported. Don't try to presort for this Aggref */
3649 : 18 : allow_presort = false;
3650 : 18 : break;
3651 : : }
3652 : :
3653 : : /* Skip unsupported Aggrefs */
3654 [ + + ]: 43 : if (!allow_presort)
3655 : 18 : continue;
3656 : : }
3657 : :
3658 : 1749 : unprocessed_aggs = bms_add_member(unprocessed_aggs,
3659 : : foreach_current_index(lc));
3660 : : }
3661 : :
3662 : : /*
3663 : : * Now process all the unprocessed_aggs to find the best set of pathkeys
3664 : : * for the given set of aggregates.
3665 : : *
3666 : : * On the first outer loop here 'bestaggs' will be empty. We'll populate
3667 : : * this during the first loop using the pathkeys for the very first
3668 : : * AggInfo then taking any stronger pathkeys from any other AggInfos with
3669 : : * a more strict set of compatible pathkeys. Once the outer loop is
3670 : : * complete, we mark off all the aggregates with compatible pathkeys then
3671 : : * remove those from the unprocessed_aggs and repeat the process to try to
3672 : : * find another set of pathkeys that are suitable for a larger number of
3673 : : * aggregates. The outer loop will stop when there are not enough
3674 : : * unprocessed aggregates for it to be possible to find a set of pathkeys
3675 : : * to suit a larger number of aggregates.
3676 : : */
1428 3677 : 1663 : bestpathkeys = NIL;
3678 : 1663 : bestaggs = NULL;
3679 [ + + ]: 3277 : while (bms_num_members(unprocessed_aggs) > bms_num_members(bestaggs))
3680 : : {
3681 : 1614 : Bitmapset *aggindexes = NULL;
3682 : 1614 : List *currpathkeys = NIL;
3683 : :
3684 : 1614 : i = -1;
3685 [ + + ]: 3618 : while ((i = bms_next_member(unprocessed_aggs, i)) >= 0)
3686 : : {
3687 : 2004 : AggInfo *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
3688 : 2004 : Aggref *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
3689 : : List *sortlist;
3690 : : List *pathkeys;
3691 : :
3692 [ + + ]: 2004 : if (aggref->aggdistinct != NIL)
3693 : 599 : sortlist = aggref->aggdistinct;
3694 : : else
3695 : 1405 : sortlist = aggref->aggorder;
3696 : :
1260 3697 : 2004 : pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root, sortlist,
3698 : : aggref->args);
3699 : :
3700 : : /*
3701 : : * Ignore Aggrefs which have volatile functions in their ORDER BY
3702 : : * or DISTINCT clause.
3703 : : */
3704 [ + + ]: 2004 : if (has_volatile_pathkey(pathkeys))
3705 : : {
3706 : 13 : unprocessed_aggs = bms_del_member(unprocessed_aggs, i);
3707 : 13 : continue;
3708 : : }
3709 : :
3710 : : /*
3711 : : * When not set yet, take the pathkeys from the first unprocessed
3712 : : * aggregate.
3713 : : */
1428 3714 [ + + ]: 1991 : if (currpathkeys == NIL)
3715 : : {
1260 3716 : 1611 : currpathkeys = pathkeys;
3717 : :
3718 : : /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
1428 3719 [ + + ]: 1611 : if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
3720 : 226 : currpathkeys = append_pathkeys(list_copy(grouppathkeys),
3721 : : currpathkeys);
3722 : :
3723 : : /* record that we found pathkeys for this aggregate */
3724 : 1611 : aggindexes = bms_add_member(aggindexes, i);
3725 : : }
3726 : : else
3727 : : {
3728 : : /* now look for a stronger set of matching pathkeys */
3729 : :
3730 : : /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
3731 [ + + ]: 380 : if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
3732 : 240 : pathkeys = append_pathkeys(list_copy(grouppathkeys),
3733 : : pathkeys);
3734 : :
3735 : : /* are 'pathkeys' compatible or better than 'currpathkeys'? */
3736 [ + + + - ]: 380 : switch (compare_pathkeys(currpathkeys, pathkeys))
3737 : : {
3738 : 10 : case PATHKEYS_BETTER2:
3739 : : /* 'pathkeys' are stronger, use these ones instead */
3740 : 10 : currpathkeys = pathkeys;
3741 : : pg_fallthrough;
3742 : :
3743 : 55 : case PATHKEYS_BETTER1:
3744 : : /* 'pathkeys' are less strict */
3745 : : pg_fallthrough;
3746 : :
3747 : : case PATHKEYS_EQUAL:
3748 : : /* mark this aggregate as covered by 'currpathkeys' */
3749 : 55 : aggindexes = bms_add_member(aggindexes, i);
3750 : 55 : break;
3751 : :
3752 : 325 : case PATHKEYS_DIFFERENT:
3753 : 325 : break;
3754 : : }
3755 : : }
3756 : : }
3757 : :
3758 : : /* remove the aggregates that we've just processed */
3759 : 1614 : unprocessed_aggs = bms_del_members(unprocessed_aggs, aggindexes);
3760 : :
3761 : : /*
3762 : : * If this pass included more aggregates than the previous best then
3763 : : * use these ones as the best set.
3764 : : */
3765 [ + + ]: 1614 : if (bms_num_members(aggindexes) > bms_num_members(bestaggs))
3766 : : {
3767 : 1526 : bestaggs = aggindexes;
3768 : 1526 : bestpathkeys = currpathkeys;
3769 : : }
3770 : : }
3771 : :
3772 : : /*
3773 : : * If we found any ordered aggregates, update root->group_pathkeys to add
3774 : : * the best set of aggregate pathkeys. Note that bestpathkeys includes
3775 : : * the original GROUP BY pathkeys already.
3776 : : */
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3777 [ + + ]: 1663 : if (bestpathkeys != NIL)
3778 : 1476 : root->group_pathkeys = bestpathkeys;
3779 : :
3780 : : /*
3781 : : * Now that we've found the best set of aggregates we can set the
3782 : : * presorted flag to indicate to the executor that it needn't bother
3783 : : * performing a sort for these Aggrefs. We're able to do this now as
3784 : : * there's no chance of a Hash Aggregate plan as create_grouping_paths
3785 : : * will not mark the GROUP BY as GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH due to the presence
3786 : : * of ordered aggregates.
3787 : : */
1428 drowley@postgresql.o 3788 : 1663 : i = -1;
3789 [ + + ]: 3219 : while ((i = bms_next_member(bestaggs, i)) >= 0)
3790 : : {
3791 : 1556 : AggInfo *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
3792 : :
3793 [ + - + + : 3127 : foreach(lc, agginfo->aggrefs)
+ + ]
3794 : : {
3795 : 1571 : Aggref *aggref = lfirst_node(Aggref, lc);
3796 : :
3797 : 1571 : aggref->aggpresorted = true;
3798 : : }
3799 : : }
3800 : : }
3801 : :
3802 : : /*
3803 : : * Compute query_pathkeys and other pathkeys during plan generation
3804 : : */
3805 : : static void
4810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3806 : 385318 : standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra)
3807 : : {
3808 : 385318 : Query *parse = root->parse;
3809 : 385318 : standard_qp_extra *qp_extra = (standard_qp_extra *) extra;
2652 3810 : 385318 : List *tlist = root->processed_tlist;
4810 3811 : 385318 : List *activeWindows = qp_extra->activeWindows;
3812 : :
3813 : : /*
3814 : : * Calculate pathkeys that represent grouping/ordering and/or ordered
3815 : : * aggregate requirements.
3816 : : */
1259 3817 [ + + ]: 385318 : if (qp_extra->gset_data)
3818 : : {
3819 : : /*
3820 : : * With grouping sets, just use the first RollupData's groupClause. We
3821 : : * don't make any effort to optimize grouping clauses when there are
3822 : : * grouping sets, nor can we combine aggregate ordering keys with
3823 : : * grouping.
3824 : : */
3825 : 911 : List *rollups = qp_extra->gset_data->rollups;
3826 [ + + ]: 911 : List *groupClause = (rollups ? linitial_node(RollupData, rollups)->groupClause : NIL);
3827 : :
3828 [ + - ]: 911 : if (grouping_is_sortable(groupClause))
3829 : : {
3830 : : bool sortable;
3831 : :
3832 : : /*
3833 : : * The groupClause is logically below the grouping step. So if
3834 : : * there is an RTE entry for the grouping step, we need to remove
3835 : : * its RT index from the sort expressions before we make PathKeys
3836 : : * for them.
3837 : : */
658 rguo@postgresql.org 3838 : 911 : root->group_pathkeys =
3839 : 911 : make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
3840 : : &groupClause,
3841 : : tlist,
3842 : : false,
3843 : 911 : parse->hasGroupRTE,
3844 : : &sortable,
3845 : : false);
3846 [ - + ]: 911 : Assert(sortable);
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3847 : 911 : root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
3848 : : }
3849 : : else
3850 : : {
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3851 :UBC 0 : root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
3852 : 0 : root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
3853 : : }
3854 : : }
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3855 [ + + + + ]:CBC 384407 : else if (parse->groupClause || root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
3856 : 4986 : {
3857 : : /*
3858 : : * With a plain GROUP BY list, we can remove any grouping items that
3859 : : * are proven redundant by EquivalenceClass processing. For example,
3860 : : * we can remove y given "WHERE x = y GROUP BY x, y". These aren't
3861 : : * especially common cases, but they're nearly free to detect. Note
3862 : : * that we remove redundant items from processed_groupClause but not
3863 : : * the original parse->groupClause.
3864 : : */
3865 : : bool sortable;
3866 : :
3867 : : /*
3868 : : * Convert group clauses into pathkeys. Set the ec_sortref field of
3869 : : * EquivalenceClass'es if it's not set yet.
3870 : : */
3871 : 4986 : root->group_pathkeys =
3872 : 4986 : make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
3873 : : &root->processed_groupClause,
3874 : : tlist,
3875 : : true,
3876 : : false,
3877 : : &sortable,
3878 : : true);
3879 [ - + ]: 4986 : if (!sortable)
3880 : : {
3881 : : /* Can't sort; no point in considering aggregate ordering either */
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3882 :UBC 0 : root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
3883 : 0 : root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
3884 : : }
3885 : : else
3886 : : {
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3887 :CBC 4986 : root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
3888 : : /* If we have ordered aggs, consider adding onto group_pathkeys */
3889 [ + + ]: 4986 : if (root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
3890 : 1668 : adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(root);
3891 : : }
3892 : : }
3893 : : else
3894 : : {
4810 3895 : 379421 : root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
1428 drowley@postgresql.o 3896 : 379421 : root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
3897 : : }
3898 : :
3899 : : /* We consider only the first (bottom) window in pathkeys logic */
4810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3900 [ + + ]: 385318 : if (activeWindows != NIL)
3901 : : {
3220 3902 : 2232 : WindowClause *wc = linitial_node(WindowClause, activeWindows);
3903 : :
4810 3904 : 2232 : root->window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
3905 : : wc,
3906 : : tlist);
3907 : : }
3908 : : else
3909 : 383086 : root->window_pathkeys = NIL;
3910 : :
3911 : : /*
3912 : : * As with GROUP BY, we can discard any DISTINCT items that are proven
3913 : : * redundant by EquivalenceClass processing. The non-redundant list is
3914 : : * kept in root->processed_distinctClause, leaving the original
3915 : : * parse->distinctClause alone.
3916 : : */
1259 3917 [ + + ]: 385318 : if (parse->distinctClause)
3918 : : {
3919 : : bool sortable;
3920 : :
3921 : : /* Make a copy since pathkey processing can modify the list */
3922 : 1920 : root->processed_distinctClause = list_copy(parse->distinctClause);
4810 3923 : 1920 : root->distinct_pathkeys =
1259 3924 : 1920 : make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
3925 : : &root->processed_distinctClause,
3926 : : tlist,
3927 : : true,
3928 : : false,
3929 : : &sortable,
3930 : : false);
3931 [ + + ]: 1920 : if (!sortable)
3932 : 5 : root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
3933 : : }
3934 : : else
4810 3935 : 383398 : root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
3936 : :
3937 : 385318 : root->sort_pathkeys =
3938 : 385318 : make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
3939 : : parse->sortClause,
3940 : : tlist);
3941 : :
3942 : : /* setting setop_pathkeys might be useful to the union planner */
558 3943 [ + + ]: 385318 : if (qp_extra->setop != NULL)
3944 : : {
3945 : : List *groupClauses;
3946 : : bool sortable;
3947 : :
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 3948 : 10476 : groupClauses = generate_setop_child_grouplist(qp_extra->setop, tlist);
3949 : :
3950 : 10476 : root->setop_pathkeys =
3951 : 10476 : make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
3952 : : &groupClauses,
3953 : : tlist,
3954 : : false,
3955 : : false,
3956 : : &sortable,
3957 : : false);
3958 [ + + ]: 10476 : if (!sortable)
3959 : 118 : root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
3960 : : }
3961 : : else
3962 : 374842 : root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
3963 : :
3964 : : /*
3965 : : * Figure out whether we want a sorted result from query_planner.
3966 : : *
3967 : : * If we have a sortable GROUP BY clause, then we want a result sorted
3968 : : * properly for grouping. Otherwise, if we have window functions to
3969 : : * evaluate, we try to sort for the first window. Otherwise, if there's a
3970 : : * sortable DISTINCT clause that's more rigorous than the ORDER BY clause,
3971 : : * we try to produce output that's sufficiently well sorted for the
3972 : : * DISTINCT. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause, we want to sort
3973 : : * by the ORDER BY clause. Otherwise, if we're a subquery being planned
3974 : : * for a set operation which can benefit from presorted results and have a
3975 : : * sortable targetlist, we want to sort by the target list.
3976 : : *
3977 : : * Note: if we have both ORDER BY and GROUP BY, and ORDER BY is a superset
3978 : : * of GROUP BY, it would be tempting to request sort by ORDER BY --- but
3979 : : * that might just leave us failing to exploit an available sort order at
3980 : : * all. Needs more thought. The choice for DISTINCT versus ORDER BY is
3981 : : * much easier, since we know that the parser ensured that one is a
3982 : : * superset of the other.
3983 : : */
4810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3984 [ + + ]: 385318 : if (root->group_pathkeys)
3985 : 5500 : root->query_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
3986 [ + + ]: 379818 : else if (root->window_pathkeys)
3987 : 1787 : root->query_pathkeys = root->window_pathkeys;
3988 [ + + ]: 756062 : else if (list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) >
3989 : 378031 : list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
3990 : 1550 : root->query_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
3991 [ + + ]: 376481 : else if (root->sort_pathkeys)
3992 : 55407 : root->query_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 3993 [ + + ]: 321074 : else if (root->setop_pathkeys != NIL)
3994 : 9494 : root->query_pathkeys = root->setop_pathkeys;
3995 : : else
4810 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 3996 : 311580 : root->query_pathkeys = NIL;
3997 : 385318 : }
3998 : :
3999 : : /*
4000 : : * Estimate number of groups produced by grouping clauses (1 if not grouping)
4001 : : *
4002 : : * path_rows: number of output rows from scan/join step
4003 : : * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
4004 : : * target_list: target list containing group clause references
4005 : : *
4006 : : * If doing grouping sets, we also annotate the gsets data with the estimates
4007 : : * for each set and each individual rollup list, with a view to later
4008 : : * determining whether some combination of them could be hashed instead.
4009 : : */
4010 : : static double
3767 4011 : 41039 : get_number_of_groups(PlannerInfo *root,
4012 : : double path_rows,
4013 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
4014 : : List *target_list)
4015 : : {
5984 4016 : 41039 : Query *parse = root->parse;
4017 : : double dNumGroups;
4018 : :
3767 4019 [ + + ]: 41039 : if (parse->groupClause)
4020 : : {
4021 : : List *groupExprs;
4022 : :
4023 [ + + ]: 8763 : if (parse->groupingSets)
4024 : : {
4025 : : /* Add up the estimates for each grouping set */
4026 : : ListCell *lc;
4027 : :
3331 bruce@momjian.us 4028 [ - + ]: 836 : Assert(gd); /* keep Coverity happy */
4029 : :
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4030 : 836 : dNumGroups = 0;
4031 : :
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4032 [ + + + + : 2246 : foreach(lc, gd->rollups)
+ + ]
4033 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4034 : 1410 : RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
4035 : : ListCell *lc2;
4036 : : ListCell *lc3;
4037 : :
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4038 : 1410 : groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(rollup->groupClause,
4039 : : target_list);
4040 : :
4041 : 1410 : rollup->numGroups = 0.0;
4042 : :
1364 drowley@postgresql.o 4043 [ + - + + : 3915 : forboth(lc2, rollup->gsets, lc3, rollup->gsets_data)
+ - + + +
+ + - +
+ ]
4044 : : {
4045 : 2505 : List *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc2);
4046 : 2505 : GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc3);
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4047 : 2505 : double numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
4048 : : groupExprs,
4049 : : path_rows,
4050 : : &gset,
4051 : : NULL);
4052 : :
4053 : 2505 : gs->numGroups = numGroups;
4054 : 2505 : rollup->numGroups += numGroups;
4055 : : }
4056 : :
4057 : 1410 : dNumGroups += rollup->numGroups;
4058 : : }
4059 : :
4060 [ + + ]: 836 : if (gd->hash_sets_idx)
4061 : : {
4062 : : ListCell *lc2;
4063 : :
4064 : 29 : gd->dNumHashGroups = 0;
4065 : :
4066 : 29 : groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(parse->groupClause,
4067 : : target_list);
4068 : :
4069 [ + - + + : 63 : forboth(lc, gd->hash_sets_idx, lc2, gd->unsortable_sets)
+ - + + +
+ + - +
+ ]
4070 : : {
4071 : 34 : List *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4072 : 34 : GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc2);
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4073 : 34 : double numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
4074 : : groupExprs,
4075 : : path_rows,
4076 : : &gset,
4077 : : NULL);
4078 : :
4079 : 34 : gs->numGroups = numGroups;
4080 : 34 : gd->dNumHashGroups += numGroups;
4081 : : }
4082 : :
4083 : 29 : dNumGroups += gd->dNumHashGroups;
4084 : : }
4085 : : }
4086 : : else
4087 : : {
4088 : : /* Plain GROUP BY -- estimate based on optimized groupClause */
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4089 : 7927 : groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_groupClause,
4090 : : target_list);
4091 : :
3767 4092 : 7927 : dNumGroups = estimate_num_groups(root, groupExprs, path_rows,
4093 : : NULL, NULL);
4094 : : }
4095 : : }
4096 [ + + ]: 32276 : else if (parse->groupingSets)
4097 : : {
4098 : : /* Empty grouping sets ... one result row for each one */
4099 : 50 : dNumGroups = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
4100 : : }
4101 [ - + - - ]: 32226 : else if (parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual)
4102 : : {
4103 : : /* Plain aggregation, one result row */
4104 : 32226 : dNumGroups = 1;
4105 : : }
4106 : : else
4107 : : {
4108 : : /* Not grouping */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4109 :UBC 0 : dNumGroups = 1;
4110 : : }
4111 : :
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4112 :CBC 41039 : return dNumGroups;
4113 : : }
4114 : :
4115 : : /*
4116 : : * create_grouping_paths
4117 : : *
4118 : : * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for grouping and/or aggregation.
4119 : : * Along the way, we also build an upperrel for Paths which are partially
4120 : : * grouped and/or aggregated. A partially grouped and/or aggregated path
4121 : : * needs a FinalizeAggregate node to complete the aggregation. Currently,
4122 : : * the only partially grouped paths we build are also partial paths; that
4123 : : * is, they need a Gather and then a FinalizeAggregate.
4124 : : *
4125 : : * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
4126 : : * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
4127 : : * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
4128 : : *
4129 : : * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return the target computed
4130 : : * by make_group_input_target.
4131 : : */
4132 : : static RelOptInfo *
4133 : 34049 : create_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
4134 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
4135 : : PathTarget *target,
4136 : : bool target_parallel_safe,
4137 : : grouping_sets_data *gd)
4138 : : {
4139 : 34049 : Query *parse = root->parse;
4140 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
4141 : : RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel;
4142 : : AggClauseCosts agg_costs;
4143 : :
2044 heikki.linnakangas@i 4144 [ + - + - : 204294 : MemSet(&agg_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
+ - + - +
+ ]
4145 : 34049 : get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE, &agg_costs);
4146 : :
4147 : : /*
4148 : : * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
4149 : : * aggregation paths.
4150 : : */
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 4151 : 34049 : grouped_rel = make_grouping_rel(root, input_rel, target,
4152 : : target_parallel_safe, parse->havingQual);
4153 : :
4154 : : /*
4155 : : * Create either paths for a degenerate grouping or paths for ordinary
4156 : : * grouping, as appropriate.
4157 : : */
3029 4158 [ + + ]: 34049 : if (is_degenerate_grouping(root))
3024 4159 : 45 : create_degenerate_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel);
4160 : : else
4161 : : {
4162 : 34004 : int flags = 0;
4163 : : GroupPathExtraData extra;
4164 : :
4165 : : /*
4166 : : * Determine whether it's possible to perform sort-based
4167 : : * implementations of grouping. (Note that if processed_groupClause
4168 : : * is empty, grouping_is_sortable() is trivially true, and all the
4169 : : * pathkeys_contained_in() tests will succeed too, so that we'll
4170 : : * consider every surviving input path.)
4171 : : *
4172 : : * If we have grouping sets, we might be able to sort some but not all
4173 : : * of them; in this case, we need can_sort to be true as long as we
4174 : : * must consider any sorted-input plan.
4175 : : */
4176 [ + + + + ]: 34004 : if ((gd && gd->rollups != NIL)
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4177 [ + + ]: 33123 : || grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_groupClause))
3024 rhaas@postgresql.org 4178 : 33999 : flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT;
4179 : :
4180 : : /*
4181 : : * Determine whether we should consider hash-based implementations of
4182 : : * grouping.
4183 : : *
4184 : : * Hashed aggregation only applies if we're grouping. If we have
4185 : : * grouping sets, some groups might be hashable but others not; in
4186 : : * this case we set can_hash true as long as there is nothing globally
4187 : : * preventing us from hashing (and we should therefore consider plans
4188 : : * with hashes).
4189 : : *
4190 : : * Executor doesn't support hashed aggregation with DISTINCT or ORDER
4191 : : * BY aggregates. (Doing so would imply storing *all* the input
4192 : : * values in the hash table, and/or running many sorts in parallel,
4193 : : * either of which seems like a certain loser.) We similarly don't
4194 : : * support ordered-set aggregates in hashed aggregation, but that case
4195 : : * is also included in the numOrderedAggs count.
4196 : : *
4197 : : * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than
4198 : : * the other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
4199 : : */
4200 [ + + ]: 34004 : if ((parse->groupClause != NIL &&
2044 heikki.linnakangas@i 4201 [ + + + + : 7660 : root->numOrderedAggs == 0 &&
+ + ]
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4202 : 3318 : (gd ? gd->any_hashable : grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_groupClause))))
3024 rhaas@postgresql.org 4203 : 4122 : flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH;
4204 : :
4205 : : /*
4206 : : * Determine whether partial aggregation is possible.
4207 : : */
2044 heikki.linnakangas@i 4208 [ + + ]: 34004 : if (can_partial_agg(root))
3024 rhaas@postgresql.org 4209 : 30078 : flags |= GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG;
4210 : :
3022 4211 : 34004 : extra.flags = flags;
4212 : 34004 : extra.target_parallel_safe = target_parallel_safe;
4213 : 34004 : extra.havingQual = parse->havingQual;
4214 : 34004 : extra.targetList = parse->targetList;
4215 : 34004 : extra.partial_costs_set = false;
4216 : :
4217 : : /*
4218 : : * Determine whether partitionwise aggregation is in theory possible.
4219 : : * It can be disabled by the user, and for now, we don't try to
4220 : : * support grouping sets. create_ordinary_grouping_paths() will check
4221 : : * additional conditions, such as whether input_rel is partitioned.
4222 : : */
4223 [ + + + + ]: 34004 : if (enable_partitionwise_aggregate && !parse->groupingSets)
4224 : 580 : extra.patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL;
4225 : : else
4226 : 33424 : extra.patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
4227 : :
3024 4228 : 34004 : create_ordinary_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
4229 : : &agg_costs, gd, &extra,
4230 : : &partially_grouped_rel);
4231 : : }
4232 : :
3029 4233 : 34045 : set_cheapest(grouped_rel);
4234 : 34045 : return grouped_rel;
4235 : : }
4236 : :
4237 : : /*
4238 : : * make_grouping_rel
4239 : : *
4240 : : * Create a new grouping rel and set basic properties.
4241 : : *
4242 : : * input_rel represents the underlying scan/join relation.
4243 : : * target is the output expected from the grouping relation.
4244 : : */
4245 : : static RelOptInfo *
3022 4246 : 35844 : make_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
4247 : : PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
4248 : : Node *havingQual)
4249 : : {
4250 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
4251 : :
4252 [ + + + + : 35844 : if (IS_OTHER_REL(input_rel))
- + ]
4253 : : {
4254 : 1795 : grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
4255 : : input_rel->relids);
4256 : 1795 : grouped_rel->reloptkind = RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL;
4257 : : }
4258 : : else
4259 : : {
4260 : : /*
4261 : : * By tradition, the relids set for the main grouping relation is
4262 : : * NULL. (This could be changed, but might require adjustments
4263 : : * elsewhere.)
4264 : : */
4265 : 34049 : grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG, NULL);
4266 : : }
4267 : :
4268 : : /* Set target. */
4269 : 35844 : grouped_rel->reltarget = target;
4270 : :
4271 : : /*
4272 : : * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the grouped relation
4273 : : * can't be parallel-safe, either. Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
4274 : : * target list and HAVING quals are parallel-safe.
4275 : : */
4276 [ + + + + : 58927 : if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe &&
+ + ]
210 peter@eisentraut.org 4277 :GNC 23083 : is_parallel_safe(root, havingQual))
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 4278 :CBC 23058 : grouped_rel->consider_parallel = true;
4279 : :
4280 : : /* Assume that the same path generation strategies are allowed */
153 rhaas@postgresql.org 4281 :GNC 35844 : grouped_rel->pgs_mask = input_rel->pgs_mask;
4282 : :
4283 : : /*
4284 : : * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the grouped rel.
4285 : : */
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 4286 :CBC 35844 : grouped_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
4287 : 35844 : grouped_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
4288 : 35844 : grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
4289 : 35844 : grouped_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
4290 : :
4291 : 35844 : return grouped_rel;
4292 : : }
4293 : :
4294 : : /*
4295 : : * is_degenerate_grouping
4296 : : *
4297 : : * A degenerate grouping is one in which the query has a HAVING qual and/or
4298 : : * grouping sets, but no aggregates and no GROUP BY (which implies that the
4299 : : * grouping sets are all empty).
4300 : : */
4301 : : static bool
3029 4302 : 34049 : is_degenerate_grouping(PlannerInfo *root)
4303 : : {
4304 : 34049 : Query *parse = root->parse;
4305 : :
4306 [ + + ]: 32908 : return (root->hasHavingQual || parse->groupingSets) &&
4307 [ + + + + : 66957 : !parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL;
+ + ]
4308 : : }
4309 : :
4310 : : /*
4311 : : * create_degenerate_grouping_paths
4312 : : *
4313 : : * When the grouping is degenerate (see is_degenerate_grouping), we are
4314 : : * supposed to emit either zero or one row for each grouping set depending on
4315 : : * whether HAVING succeeds. Furthermore, there cannot be any variables in
4316 : : * either HAVING or the targetlist, so we actually do not need the FROM table
4317 : : * at all! We can just throw away the plan-so-far and generate a Result node.
4318 : : * This is a sufficiently unusual corner case that it's not worth contorting
4319 : : * the structure of this module to avoid having to generate the earlier paths
4320 : : * in the first place.
4321 : : */
4322 : : static void
4323 : 45 : create_degenerate_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
4324 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel)
4325 : : {
4326 : 45 : Query *parse = root->parse;
4327 : : int nrows;
4328 : : Path *path;
4329 : :
4330 : 45 : nrows = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
4331 [ + + ]: 45 : if (nrows > 1)
4332 : : {
4333 : : /*
4334 : : * Doesn't seem worthwhile writing code to cons up a generate_series
4335 : : * or a values scan to emit multiple rows. Instead just make N clones
4336 : : * and append them. (With a volatile HAVING clause, this means you
4337 : : * might get between 0 and N output rows. Offhand I think that's
4338 : : * desired.)
4339 : : */
140 rhaas@postgresql.org 4340 :GNC 10 : AppendPathInput append = {0};
4341 : :
3029 rhaas@postgresql.org 4342 [ + + ]:GBC 30 : while (--nrows >= 0)
4343 : : {
4344 : : path = (Path *)
2710 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4345 : 20 : create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
4346 : 20 : grouped_rel->reltarget,
4347 : 20 : (List *) parse->havingQual);
140 rhaas@postgresql.org 4348 :GNC 20 : append.subpaths = lappend(append.subpaths, path);
4349 : : }
4350 : : path = (Path *)
3006 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 4351 :GBC 10 : create_append_path(root,
4352 : : grouped_rel,
4353 : : append,
4354 : : NIL,
4355 : : NULL,
4356 : : 0,
4357 : : false,
4358 : : -1);
4359 : : }
4360 : : else
4361 : : {
4362 : : /* No grouping sets, or just one, so one output row */
4363 : : path = (Path *)
2710 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4364 :CBC 35 : create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
4365 : 35 : grouped_rel->reltarget,
4366 : 35 : (List *) parse->havingQual);
4367 : : }
4368 : :
3029 rhaas@postgresql.org 4369 : 45 : add_path(grouped_rel, path);
4370 : 45 : }
4371 : :
4372 : : /*
4373 : : * create_ordinary_grouping_paths
4374 : : *
4375 : : * Create grouping paths for the ordinary (that is, non-degenerate) case.
4376 : : *
4377 : : * We need to consider sorted and hashed aggregation in the same function,
4378 : : * because otherwise (1) it would be harder to throw an appropriate error
4379 : : * message if neither way works, and (2) we should not allow hashtable size
4380 : : * considerations to dissuade us from using hashing if sorting is not possible.
4381 : : *
4382 : : * *partially_grouped_rel_p will be set to the partially grouped rel which this
4383 : : * function creates, or to NULL if it doesn't create one.
4384 : : */
4385 : : static void
4386 : 35799 : create_ordinary_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
4387 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
4388 : : const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
4389 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
4390 : : GroupPathExtraData *extra,
4391 : : RelOptInfo **partially_grouped_rel_p)
4392 : : {
3024 4393 : 35799 : RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel = NULL;
3022 4394 : 35799 : PartitionwiseAggregateType patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
4395 : :
4396 : : /*
4397 : : * If this is the topmost grouping relation or if the parent relation is
4398 : : * doing some form of partitionwise aggregation, then we may be able to do
4399 : : * it at this level also. However, if the input relation is not
4400 : : * partitioned, partitionwise aggregate is impossible.
4401 : : */
4402 [ + + ]: 35799 : if (extra->patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE &&
2672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4403 [ + + + - : 2375 : IS_PARTITIONED_REL(input_rel))
+ + + - +
+ ]
4404 : : {
4405 : : /*
4406 : : * If this is the topmost relation or if the parent relation is doing
4407 : : * full partitionwise aggregation, then we can do full partitionwise
4408 : : * aggregation provided that the GROUP BY clause contains all of the
4409 : : * partitioning columns at this level and the collation used by GROUP
4410 : : * BY matches the partitioning collation. Otherwise, we can do at
4411 : : * most partial partitionwise aggregation. But if partial aggregation
4412 : : * is not supported in general then we can't use it for partitionwise
4413 : : * aggregation either.
4414 : : *
4415 : : * Check parse->groupClause not processed_groupClause, because it's
4416 : : * okay if some of the partitioning columns were proved redundant.
4417 : : */
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 4418 [ + + + + ]: 1360 : if (extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL &&
4419 : 640 : group_by_has_partkey(input_rel, extra->targetList,
4420 : 640 : root->parse->groupClause))
4421 : 404 : patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL;
4422 [ + + ]: 316 : else if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
4423 : 281 : patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL;
4424 : : else
4425 : 35 : patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
4426 : : }
4427 : :
4428 : : /*
4429 : : * Before generating paths for grouped_rel, we first generate any possible
4430 : : * partially grouped paths; that way, later code can easily consider both
4431 : : * parallel and non-parallel approaches to grouping.
4432 : : */
4433 [ + + ]: 35799 : if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
4434 : : {
4435 : : bool force_rel_creation;
4436 : :
4437 : : /*
4438 : : * If we're doing partitionwise aggregation at this level, force
4439 : : * creation of a partially_grouped_rel so we can add partitionwise
4440 : : * paths to it.
4441 : : */
4442 : 31813 : force_rel_creation = (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL);
4443 : :
4444 : : partially_grouped_rel =
3024 4445 : 31813 : create_partial_grouping_paths(root,
4446 : : grouped_rel,
4447 : : input_rel,
4448 : : gd,
4449 : : extra,
4450 : : force_rel_creation);
4451 : : }
4452 : :
4453 : : /* Set out parameter. */
3022 4454 : 35799 : *partially_grouped_rel_p = partially_grouped_rel;
4455 : :
4456 : : /* Apply partitionwise aggregation technique, if possible. */
4457 [ + + ]: 35799 : if (patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE)
4458 : 685 : create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
4459 : : partially_grouped_rel, agg_costs,
4460 : : gd, patype, extra);
4461 : :
4462 : : /* If we are doing partial aggregation only, return. */
4463 [ + + ]: 35799 : if (extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL)
4464 : : {
4465 [ - + ]: 713 : Assert(partially_grouped_rel);
4466 : :
4467 [ + - ]: 713 : if (partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
4468 : 713 : set_cheapest(partially_grouped_rel);
4469 : :
4470 : 713 : return;
4471 : : }
4472 : :
4473 : : /* Gather any partially grouped partial paths. */
4474 [ + + + + ]: 35086 : if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->partial_pathlist)
3024 4475 : 2321 : gather_grouping_paths(root, partially_grouped_rel);
4476 : :
4477 : : /* Now choose the best path(s) for partially_grouped_rel. */
265 rguo@postgresql.org 4478 [ + + + - ]:GNC 35086 : if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
4479 : 2499 : set_cheapest(partially_grouped_rel);
4480 : :
4481 : : /* Build final grouping paths */
3024 rhaas@postgresql.org 4482 :CBC 35086 : add_paths_to_grouping_rel(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
4483 : : partially_grouped_rel, agg_costs, gd,
4484 : : extra);
4485 : :
4486 : : /* Give a helpful error if we failed to find any implementation */
3077 4487 [ + + ]: 35086 : if (grouped_rel->pathlist == NIL)
4488 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
4489 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
4490 : : errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
4491 : : errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
4492 : :
4493 : : /*
4494 : : * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
4495 : : * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
4496 : : */
4497 [ + + ]: 35082 : if (grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
4498 [ + + ]: 170 : grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
4499 : 169 : grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
4500 : : input_rel, grouped_rel,
4501 : : extra);
4502 : :
4503 : : /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
4504 [ - + ]: 35082 : if (create_upper_paths_hook)
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 4505 :UBC 0 : (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
4506 : : input_rel, grouped_rel,
4507 : : extra);
4508 : : }
4509 : :
4510 : : /*
4511 : : * For a given input path, consider the possible ways of doing grouping sets on
4512 : : * it, by combinations of hashing and sorting. This can be called multiple
4513 : : * times, so it's important that it not scribble on input. No result is
4514 : : * returned, but any generated paths are added to grouped_rel.
4515 : : */
4516 : : static void
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 4517 :CBC 1782 : consider_groupingsets_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
4518 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
4519 : : Path *path,
4520 : : bool is_sorted,
4521 : : bool can_hash,
4522 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
4523 : : const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
4524 : : double dNumGroups)
4525 : : {
4526 : 1782 : Query *parse = root->parse;
1801 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4527 : 1782 : Size hash_mem_limit = get_hash_memory_limit();
4528 : :
4529 : : /*
4530 : : * If we're not being offered sorted input, then only consider plans that
4531 : : * can be done entirely by hashing.
4532 : : *
4533 : : * We can hash everything if it looks like it'll fit in hash_mem. But if
4534 : : * the input is actually sorted despite not being advertised as such, we
4535 : : * prefer to make use of that in order to use less memory.
4536 : : *
4537 : : * If none of the grouping sets are sortable, then ignore the hash_mem
4538 : : * limit and generate a path anyway, since otherwise we'll just fail.
4539 : : */
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 4540 [ + + ]: 1782 : if (!is_sorted)
4541 : : {
4542 : 807 : List *new_rollups = NIL;
4543 : 807 : RollupData *unhashed_rollup = NULL;
4544 : : List *sets_data;
4545 : 807 : List *empty_sets_data = NIL;
4546 : 807 : List *empty_sets = NIL;
4547 : : ListCell *lc;
4548 : 807 : ListCell *l_start = list_head(gd->rollups);
4549 : 807 : AggStrategy strat = AGG_HASHED;
4550 : : double hashsize;
4551 : 807 : double exclude_groups = 0.0;
4552 : :
4553 [ - + ]: 807 : Assert(can_hash);
4554 : :
4555 : : /*
4556 : : * If the input is coincidentally sorted usefully (which can happen
4557 : : * even if is_sorted is false, since that only means that our caller
4558 : : * has set up the sorting for us), then save some hashtable space by
4559 : : * making use of that. But we need to watch out for degenerate cases:
4560 : : *
4561 : : * 1) If there are any empty grouping sets, then group_pathkeys might
4562 : : * be NIL if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable. In this case,
4563 : : * there will be a rollup containing only empty groups, and the
4564 : : * pathkeys_contained_in test is vacuously true; this is ok.
4565 : : *
4566 : : * XXX: the above relies on the fact that group_pathkeys is generated
4567 : : * from the first rollup. If we add the ability to consider multiple
4568 : : * sort orders for grouping input, this assumption might fail.
4569 : : *
4570 : : * 2) If there are no empty sets and only unsortable sets, then the
4571 : : * rollups list will be empty (and thus l_start == NULL), and
4572 : : * group_pathkeys will be NIL; we must ensure that the vacuously-true
4573 : : * pathkeys_contained_in test doesn't cause us to crash.
4574 : : */
3023 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4575 [ + + + + ]: 1609 : if (l_start != NULL &&
4576 : 802 : pathkeys_contained_in(root->group_pathkeys, path->pathkeys))
4577 : : {
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 4578 : 40 : unhashed_rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, l_start);
4579 : 40 : exclude_groups = unhashed_rollup->numGroups;
2542 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4580 : 40 : l_start = lnext(gd->rollups, l_start);
4581 : : }
4582 : :
2044 heikki.linnakangas@i 4583 : 807 : hashsize = estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
4584 : : path,
4585 : : agg_costs,
4586 : : dNumGroups - exclude_groups);
4587 : :
4588 : : /*
4589 : : * gd->rollups is empty if we have only unsortable columns to work
4590 : : * with. Override hash_mem in that case; otherwise, we'll rely on the
4591 : : * sorted-input case to generate usable mixed paths.
4592 : : */
1801 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4593 [ + + + - ]: 807 : if (hashsize > hash_mem_limit && gd->rollups)
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 4594 : 15 : return; /* nope, won't fit */
4595 : :
4596 : : /*
4597 : : * We need to burst the existing rollups list into individual grouping
4598 : : * sets and recompute a groupClause for each set.
4599 : : */
4600 : 792 : sets_data = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
4601 : :
2542 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4602 [ + + + + : 2013 : for_each_cell(lc, gd->rollups, l_start)
+ + ]
4603 : : {
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 4604 : 1241 : RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
4605 : :
4606 : : /*
4607 : : * If we find an unhashable rollup that's not been skipped by the
4608 : : * "actually sorted" check above, we can't cope; we'd need sorted
4609 : : * input (with a different sort order) but we can't get that here.
4610 : : * So bail out; we'll get a valid path from the is_sorted case
4611 : : * instead.
4612 : : *
4613 : : * The mere presence of empty grouping sets doesn't make a rollup
4614 : : * unhashable (see preprocess_grouping_sets), we handle those
4615 : : * specially below.
4616 : : */
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4617 [ + + ]: 1241 : if (!rollup->hashable)
4618 : 20 : return;
4619 : :
2514 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4620 : 1221 : sets_data = list_concat(sets_data, rollup->gsets_data);
4621 : : }
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4622 [ + - + + : 3053 : foreach(lc, sets_data)
+ + ]
4623 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4624 : 2281 : GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4625 : 2281 : List *gset = gs->set;
4626 : : RollupData *rollup;
4627 : :
4628 [ + + ]: 2281 : if (gset == NIL)
4629 : : {
4630 : : /* Empty grouping sets can't be hashed. */
4631 : 445 : empty_sets_data = lappend(empty_sets_data, gs);
4632 : 445 : empty_sets = lappend(empty_sets, NIL);
4633 : : }
4634 : : else
4635 : : {
4636 : 1836 : rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
4637 : :
754 akorotkov@postgresql 4638 : 1836 : rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gset);
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4639 : 1836 : rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
4640 : 1836 : rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
4641 : : rollup->gsets_data,
4642 : : gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
4643 : 1836 : rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
4644 : 1836 : rollup->hashable = true;
4645 : 1836 : rollup->is_hashed = true;
4646 : 1836 : new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, rollup);
4647 : : }
4648 : : }
4649 : :
4650 : : /*
4651 : : * If we didn't find anything nonempty to hash, then bail. We'll
4652 : : * generate a path from the is_sorted case.
4653 : : */
4654 [ - + ]: 772 : if (new_rollups == NIL)
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4655 :UBC 0 : return;
4656 : :
4657 : : /*
4658 : : * If there were empty grouping sets they should have been in the
4659 : : * first rollup.
4660 : : */
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4661 [ + + - + ]:CBC 772 : Assert(!unhashed_rollup || !empty_sets);
4662 : :
4663 [ + + ]: 772 : if (unhashed_rollup)
4664 : : {
4665 : 40 : new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, unhashed_rollup);
4666 : 40 : strat = AGG_MIXED;
4667 : : }
4668 [ + + ]: 732 : else if (empty_sets)
4669 : : {
4670 : 405 : RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
4671 : :
4672 : 405 : rollup->groupClause = NIL;
4673 : 405 : rollup->gsets_data = empty_sets_data;
4674 : 405 : rollup->gsets = empty_sets;
4675 : 405 : rollup->numGroups = list_length(empty_sets);
4676 : 405 : rollup->hashable = false;
4677 : 405 : rollup->is_hashed = false;
4678 : 405 : new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, rollup);
4679 : 405 : strat = AGG_MIXED;
4680 : : }
4681 : :
4682 : 772 : add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
4683 : 772 : create_groupingsets_path(root,
4684 : : grouped_rel,
4685 : : path,
4686 : 772 : (List *) parse->havingQual,
4687 : : strat,
4688 : : new_rollups,
4689 : : agg_costs));
4690 : 772 : return;
4691 : : }
4692 : :
4693 : : /*
4694 : : * If we have sorted input but nothing we can do with it, bail.
4695 : : */
1413 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4696 [ - + ]: 975 : if (gd->rollups == NIL)
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4697 :UBC 0 : return;
4698 : :
4699 : : /*
4700 : : * Given sorted input, we try and make two paths: one sorted and one mixed
4701 : : * sort/hash. (We need to try both because hashagg might be disabled, or
4702 : : * some columns might not be sortable.)
4703 : : *
4704 : : * can_hash is passed in as false if some obstacle elsewhere (such as
4705 : : * ordered aggs) means that we shouldn't consider hashing at all.
4706 : : */
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4707 [ + + + - ]:CBC 975 : if (can_hash && gd->any_hashable)
4708 : : {
4709 : 896 : List *rollups = NIL;
4710 : 896 : List *hash_sets = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
1801 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4711 : 896 : double availspace = hash_mem_limit;
4712 : : ListCell *lc;
4713 : :
4714 : : /*
4715 : : * Account first for space needed for groups we can't sort at all.
4716 : : */
2044 heikki.linnakangas@i 4717 : 896 : availspace -= estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
4718 : : path,
4719 : : agg_costs,
4720 : : gd->dNumHashGroups);
4721 : :
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4722 [ + - + + ]: 896 : if (availspace > 0 && list_length(gd->rollups) > 1)
4723 : : {
4724 : : double scale;
4725 : 501 : int num_rollups = list_length(gd->rollups);
4726 : : int k_capacity;
4727 : 501 : int *k_weights = palloc(num_rollups * sizeof(int));
4728 : 501 : Bitmapset *hash_items = NULL;
4729 : : int i;
4730 : :
4731 : : /*
4732 : : * We treat this as a knapsack problem: the knapsack capacity
4733 : : * represents hash_mem, the item weights are the estimated memory
4734 : : * usage of the hashtables needed to implement a single rollup,
4735 : : * and we really ought to use the cost saving as the item value;
4736 : : * however, currently the costs assigned to sort nodes don't
4737 : : * reflect the comparison costs well, and so we treat all items as
4738 : : * of equal value (each rollup we hash instead saves us one sort).
4739 : : *
4740 : : * To use the discrete knapsack, we need to scale the values to a
4741 : : * reasonably small bounded range. We choose to allow a 5% error
4742 : : * margin; we have no more than 4096 rollups in the worst possible
4743 : : * case, which with a 5% error margin will require a bit over 42MB
4744 : : * of workspace. (Anyone wanting to plan queries that complex had
4745 : : * better have the memory for it. In more reasonable cases, with
4746 : : * no more than a couple of dozen rollups, the memory usage will
4747 : : * be negligible.)
4748 : : *
4749 : : * k_capacity is naturally bounded, but we clamp the values for
4750 : : * scale and weight (below) to avoid overflows or underflows (or
4751 : : * uselessly trying to use a scale factor less than 1 byte).
4752 : : */
4753 [ + - ]: 501 : scale = Max(availspace / (20.0 * num_rollups), 1.0);
4754 : 501 : k_capacity = (int) floor(availspace / scale);
4755 : :
4756 : : /*
4757 : : * We leave the first rollup out of consideration since it's the
4758 : : * one that matches the input sort order. We assign indexes "i"
4759 : : * to only those entries considered for hashing; the second loop,
4760 : : * below, must use the same condition.
4761 : : */
4762 : 501 : i = 0;
2101 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4763 [ + - + + : 1222 : for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
+ + ]
4764 : : {
3220 4765 : 721 : RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
4766 : :
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4767 [ + - ]: 721 : if (rollup->hashable)
4768 : : {
2044 heikki.linnakangas@i 4769 : 721 : double sz = estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
4770 : : path,
4771 : : agg_costs,
4772 : : rollup->numGroups);
4773 : :
4774 : : /*
4775 : : * If sz is enormous, but hash_mem (and hence scale) is
4776 : : * small, avoid integer overflow here.
4777 : : */
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4778 [ + + ]: 721 : k_weights[i] = (int) Min(floor(sz / scale),
4779 : : k_capacity + 1.0);
4780 : 721 : ++i;
4781 : : }
4782 : : }
4783 : :
4784 : : /*
4785 : : * Apply knapsack algorithm; compute the set of items which
4786 : : * maximizes the value stored (in this case the number of sorts
4787 : : * saved) while keeping the total size (approximately) within
4788 : : * capacity.
4789 : : */
4790 [ + - ]: 501 : if (i > 0)
4791 : 501 : hash_items = DiscreteKnapsack(k_capacity, i, k_weights, NULL);
4792 : :
4793 [ + - ]: 501 : if (!bms_is_empty(hash_items))
4794 : : {
4795 : 501 : rollups = list_make1(linitial(gd->rollups));
4796 : :
4797 : 501 : i = 0;
2101 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4798 [ + - + + : 1222 : for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
+ + ]
4799 : : {
3220 4800 : 721 : RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
4801 : :
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4802 [ + - ]: 721 : if (rollup->hashable)
4803 : : {
4804 [ + + ]: 721 : if (bms_is_member(i, hash_items))
4805 : 691 : hash_sets = list_concat(hash_sets,
2514 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4806 : 691 : rollup->gsets_data);
4807 : : else
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4808 : 30 : rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
4809 : 721 : ++i;
4810 : : }
4811 : : else
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4812 :UBC 0 : rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
4813 : : }
4814 : : }
4815 : : }
4816 : :
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4817 [ + + + + ]:CBC 896 : if (!rollups && hash_sets)
4818 : 20 : rollups = list_copy(gd->rollups);
4819 : :
4820 [ + + + + : 1703 : foreach(lc, hash_sets)
+ + ]
4821 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4822 : 807 : GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4823 : 807 : RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
4824 : :
4825 [ - + ]: 807 : Assert(gs->set != NIL);
4826 : :
754 akorotkov@postgresql 4827 : 807 : rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
3382 rhodiumtoad@postgres 4828 : 807 : rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
4829 : 807 : rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
4830 : : rollup->gsets_data,
4831 : : gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
4832 : 807 : rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
4833 : 807 : rollup->hashable = true;
4834 : 807 : rollup->is_hashed = true;
4835 : 807 : rollups = lcons(rollup, rollups);
4836 : : }
4837 : :
4838 [ + + ]: 896 : if (rollups)
4839 : : {
4840 : 521 : add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
4841 : 521 : create_groupingsets_path(root,
4842 : : grouped_rel,
4843 : : path,
4844 : 521 : (List *) parse->havingQual,
4845 : : AGG_MIXED,
4846 : : rollups,
4847 : : agg_costs));
4848 : : }
4849 : : }
4850 : :
4851 : : /*
4852 : : * Now try the simple sorted case.
4853 : : */
4854 [ + + ]: 975 : if (!gd->unsortable_sets)
4855 : 951 : add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
4856 : 951 : create_groupingsets_path(root,
4857 : : grouped_rel,
4858 : : path,
4859 : 951 : (List *) parse->havingQual,
4860 : : AGG_SORTED,
4861 : : gd->rollups,
4862 : : agg_costs));
4863 : : }
4864 : :
4865 : : /*
4866 : : * create_window_paths
4867 : : *
4868 : : * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for window-function evaluation.
4869 : : *
4870 : : * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
4871 : : * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
4872 : : * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
4873 : : * wflists: result of find_window_functions
4874 : : * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
4875 : : *
4876 : : * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return input_target.
4877 : : */
4878 : : static RelOptInfo *
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4879 : 2232 : create_window_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
4880 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
4881 : : PathTarget *input_target,
4882 : : PathTarget *output_target,
4883 : : bool output_target_parallel_safe,
4884 : : WindowFuncLists *wflists,
4885 : : List *activeWindows)
4886 : : {
4887 : : RelOptInfo *window_rel;
4888 : : ListCell *lc;
4889 : :
4890 : : /* For now, do all work in the (WINDOW, NULL) upperrel */
4891 : 2232 : window_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_WINDOW, NULL);
4892 : :
4893 : : /*
4894 : : * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the window relation
4895 : : * can't be parallel-safe, either. Otherwise, we need to examine the
4896 : : * target list and active windows for non-parallel-safe constructs.
4897 : : */
3036 rhaas@postgresql.org 4898 [ + + - + : 2232 : if (input_rel->consider_parallel && output_target_parallel_safe &&
- - ]
3602 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4899 :UBC 0 : is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) activeWindows))
3651 rhaas@postgresql.org 4900 : 0 : window_rel->consider_parallel = true;
4901 : :
4902 : : /*
4903 : : * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the window rel.
4904 : : */
3651 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4905 :CBC 2232 : window_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
3637 4906 : 2232 : window_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
4907 : 2232 : window_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
3651 4908 : 2232 : window_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
4909 : :
4910 : : /*
4911 : : * Consider computing window functions starting from the existing
4912 : : * cheapest-total path (which will likely require a sort) as well as any
4913 : : * existing paths that satisfy or partially satisfy root->window_pathkeys.
4914 : : */
3767 4915 [ + - + + : 4726 : foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
4916 : : {
4917 : 2494 : Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
4918 : : int presorted_keys;
4919 : :
4920 [ + + + + ]: 2756 : if (path == input_rel->cheapest_total_path ||
2114 drowley@postgresql.o 4921 : 262 : pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->window_pathkeys, path->pathkeys,
4922 : 116 : &presorted_keys) ||
4923 [ + + ]: 116 : presorted_keys > 0)
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4924 : 2399 : create_one_window_path(root,
4925 : : window_rel,
4926 : : path,
4927 : : input_target,
4928 : : output_target,
4929 : : wflists,
4930 : : activeWindows);
4931 : : }
4932 : :
4933 : : /*
4934 : : * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
4935 : : * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
4936 : : */
3651 4937 [ + + ]: 2232 : if (window_rel->fdwroutine &&
4938 [ + - ]: 6 : window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
4939 : 6 : window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
4940 : : input_rel, window_rel,
4941 : : NULL);
4942 : :
4943 : : /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
3731 4944 [ - + ]: 2232 : if (create_upper_paths_hook)
3731 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4945 :UBC 0 : (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
4946 : : input_rel, window_rel, NULL);
4947 : :
4948 : : /* Now choose the best path(s) */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4949 :CBC 2232 : set_cheapest(window_rel);
4950 : :
4951 : 2232 : return window_rel;
4952 : : }
4953 : :
4954 : : /*
4955 : : * Stack window-function implementation steps atop the given Path, and
4956 : : * add the result to window_rel.
4957 : : *
4958 : : * window_rel: upperrel to contain result
4959 : : * path: input Path to use (must return input_target)
4960 : : * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
4961 : : * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
4962 : : * wflists: result of find_window_functions
4963 : : * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
4964 : : */
4965 : : static void
4966 : 2399 : create_one_window_path(PlannerInfo *root,
4967 : : RelOptInfo *window_rel,
4968 : : Path *path,
4969 : : PathTarget *input_target,
4970 : : PathTarget *output_target,
4971 : : WindowFuncLists *wflists,
4972 : : List *activeWindows)
4973 : : {
4974 : : PathTarget *window_target;
4975 : : ListCell *l;
1544 drowley@postgresql.o 4976 : 2399 : List *topqual = NIL;
4977 : :
4978 : : /*
4979 : : * Since each window clause could require a different sort order, we stack
4980 : : * up a WindowAgg node for each clause, with sort steps between them as
4981 : : * needed. (We assume that select_active_windows chose a good order for
4982 : : * executing the clauses in.)
4983 : : *
4984 : : * input_target should contain all Vars and Aggs needed for the result.
4985 : : * (In some cases we wouldn't need to propagate all of these all the way
4986 : : * to the top, since they might only be needed as inputs to WindowFuncs.
4987 : : * It's probably not worth trying to optimize that though.) It must also
4988 : : * contain all window partitioning and sorting expressions, to ensure
4989 : : * they're computed only once at the bottom of the stack (that's critical
4990 : : * for volatile functions). As we climb up the stack, we'll add outputs
4991 : : * for the WindowFuncs computed at each level.
4992 : : */
3765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 4993 : 2399 : window_target = input_target;
4994 : :
3767 4995 [ + - + + : 4953 : foreach(l, activeWindows)
+ + ]
4996 : : {
3220 4997 : 2554 : WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, l);
4998 : : List *window_pathkeys;
786 drowley@postgresql.o 4999 : 2554 : List *runcondition = NIL;
5000 : : int presorted_keys;
5001 : : bool is_sorted;
5002 : : bool topwindow;
5003 : : ListCell *lc2;
5004 : :
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5005 : 2554 : window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
5006 : : wc,
5007 : : root->processed_tlist);
5008 : :
2114 drowley@postgresql.o 5009 : 2554 : is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(window_pathkeys,
5010 : : path->pathkeys,
5011 : : &presorted_keys);
5012 : :
5013 : : /* Sort if necessary */
5014 [ + + ]: 2554 : if (!is_sorted)
5015 : : {
5016 : : /*
5017 : : * No presorted keys or incremental sort disabled, just perform a
5018 : : * complete sort.
5019 : : */
5020 [ + + - + ]: 1841 : if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
5021 : 1790 : path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root, window_rel,
5022 : : path,
5023 : : window_pathkeys,
5024 : : -1.0);
5025 : : else
5026 : : {
5027 : : /*
5028 : : * Since we have presorted keys and incremental sort is
5029 : : * enabled, just use incremental sort.
5030 : : */
5031 : 51 : path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
5032 : : window_rel,
5033 : : path,
5034 : : window_pathkeys,
5035 : : presorted_keys,
5036 : : -1.0);
5037 : : }
5038 : : }
5039 : :
2542 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5040 [ + + ]: 2554 : if (lnext(activeWindows, l))
5041 : : {
5042 : : /*
5043 : : * Add the current WindowFuncs to the output target for this
5044 : : * intermediate WindowAggPath. We must copy window_target to
5045 : : * avoid changing the previous path's target.
5046 : : *
5047 : : * Note: a WindowFunc adds nothing to the target's eval costs; but
5048 : : * we do need to account for the increase in tlist width.
5049 : : */
924 5050 : 155 : int64 tuple_width = window_target->width;
5051 : :
3765 5052 : 155 : window_target = copy_pathtarget(window_target);
5053 [ + - + + : 370 : foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
+ + ]
5054 : : {
3368 5055 : 215 : WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
5056 : :
3765 5057 : 215 : add_column_to_pathtarget(window_target, (Expr *) wfunc, 0);
924 5058 : 215 : tuple_width += get_typavgwidth(wfunc->wintype, -1);
5059 : : }
5060 : 155 : window_target->width = clamp_width_est(tuple_width);
5061 : : }
5062 : : else
5063 : : {
5064 : : /* Install the goal target in the topmost WindowAgg */
3765 5065 : 2399 : window_target = output_target;
5066 : : }
5067 : :
5068 : : /* mark the final item in the list as the top-level window */
1544 drowley@postgresql.o 5069 : 2554 : topwindow = foreach_current_index(l) == list_length(activeWindows) - 1;
5070 : :
5071 : : /*
5072 : : * Collect the WindowFuncRunConditions from each WindowFunc and
5073 : : * convert them into OpExprs
5074 : : */
786 5075 [ + - + + : 5841 : foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
+ + ]
5076 : : {
5077 : : ListCell *lc3;
5078 : 3287 : WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
5079 : :
5080 [ + + + + : 3437 : foreach(lc3, wfunc->runCondition)
+ + ]
5081 : : {
5082 : : WindowFuncRunCondition *wfuncrc =
5083 : 150 : lfirst_node(WindowFuncRunCondition, lc3);
5084 : : Expr *opexpr;
5085 : : Expr *leftop;
5086 : : Expr *rightop;
5087 : :
5088 [ + + ]: 150 : if (wfuncrc->wfunc_left)
5089 : : {
5090 : 135 : leftop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
5091 : 135 : rightop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
5092 : : }
5093 : : else
5094 : : {
5095 : 15 : leftop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
5096 : 15 : rightop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
5097 : : }
5098 : :
5099 : 150 : opexpr = make_opclause(wfuncrc->opno,
5100 : : BOOLOID,
5101 : : false,
5102 : : leftop,
5103 : : rightop,
5104 : : InvalidOid,
5105 : : wfuncrc->inputcollid);
5106 : :
5107 : 150 : runcondition = lappend(runcondition, opexpr);
5108 : :
5109 [ + + ]: 150 : if (!topwindow)
5110 : 20 : topqual = lappend(topqual, opexpr);
5111 : : }
5112 : : }
5113 : :
5114 : : path = (Path *)
3765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5115 [ + + ]: 2554 : create_windowagg_path(root, window_rel, path, window_target,
3767 5116 : 2554 : wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref],
5117 : : runcondition, wc,
5118 : : topwindow ? topqual : NIL, topwindow);
5119 : : }
5120 : :
5121 : 2399 : add_path(window_rel, path);
7751 5122 : 2399 : }
5123 : :
5124 : : /*
5125 : : * create_distinct_paths
5126 : : *
5127 : : * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for SELECT DISTINCT evaluation.
5128 : : *
5129 : : * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
5130 : : * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
5131 : : *
5132 : : * Note: input paths should already compute the desired pathtarget, since
5133 : : * Sort/Unique won't project anything.
5134 : : */
5135 : : static RelOptInfo *
874 drowley@postgresql.o 5136 : 1920 : create_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
5137 : : PathTarget *target)
5138 : : {
5139 : : RelOptInfo *distinct_rel;
5140 : :
5141 : : /* For now, do all work in the (DISTINCT, NULL) upperrel */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5142 : 1920 : distinct_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_DISTINCT, NULL);
5143 : :
5144 : : /*
5145 : : * We don't compute anything at this level, so distinct_rel will be
5146 : : * parallel-safe if the input rel is parallel-safe. In particular, if
5147 : : * there is a DISTINCT ON (...) clause, any path for the input_rel will
5148 : : * output those expressions, and will not be parallel-safe unless those
5149 : : * expressions are parallel-safe.
5150 : : */
3651 rhaas@postgresql.org 5151 : 1920 : distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
5152 : :
5153 : : /*
5154 : : * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the distinct_rel.
5155 : : */
tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5156 : 1920 : distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
3637 5157 : 1920 : distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
5158 : 1920 : distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
3651 5159 : 1920 : distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
5160 : :
5161 : : /* build distinct paths based on input_rel's pathlist */
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5162 : 1920 : create_final_distinct_paths(root, input_rel, distinct_rel);
5163 : :
5164 : : /* now build distinct paths based on input_rel's partial_pathlist */
874 5165 : 1920 : create_partial_distinct_paths(root, input_rel, distinct_rel, target);
5166 : :
5167 : : /* Give a helpful error if we failed to create any paths */
1773 5168 [ - + ]: 1920 : if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5169 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
5170 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5171 : : errmsg("could not implement DISTINCT"),
5172 : : errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
5173 : :
5174 : : /*
5175 : : * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
5176 : : * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
5177 : : */
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5178 [ + + ]:CBC 1920 : if (distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
5179 [ + - ]: 8 : distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
5180 : 8 : distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
5181 : : UPPERREL_DISTINCT,
5182 : : input_rel,
5183 : : distinct_rel,
5184 : : NULL);
5185 : :
5186 : : /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
5187 [ - + ]: 1920 : if (create_upper_paths_hook)
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5188 :UBC 0 : (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_DISTINCT, input_rel,
5189 : : distinct_rel, NULL);
5190 : :
5191 : : /* Now choose the best path(s) */
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5192 :CBC 1920 : set_cheapest(distinct_rel);
5193 : :
5194 : 1920 : return distinct_rel;
5195 : : }
5196 : :
5197 : : /*
5198 : : * create_partial_distinct_paths
5199 : : *
5200 : : * Process 'input_rel' partial paths and add unique/aggregate paths to the
5201 : : * UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT rel. For paths created, add Gather/GatherMerge
5202 : : * paths on top and add a final unique/aggregate path to remove any duplicate
5203 : : * produced from combining rows from parallel workers.
5204 : : */
5205 : : static void
5206 : 1920 : create_partial_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
5207 : : RelOptInfo *final_distinct_rel,
5208 : : PathTarget *target)
5209 : : {
5210 : : RelOptInfo *partial_distinct_rel;
5211 : : Query *parse;
5212 : : List *distinctExprs;
5213 : : double numDistinctRows;
5214 : : Path *cheapest_partial_path;
5215 : : ListCell *lc;
5216 : :
5217 : : /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
5218 [ + + + + ]: 1920 : if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
5219 : 1830 : return;
5220 : :
5221 : 90 : parse = root->parse;
5222 : :
5223 : : /* can't do parallel DISTINCT ON */
5224 [ - + ]: 90 : if (parse->hasDistinctOn)
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5225 :UBC 0 : return;
5226 : :
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5227 :CBC 90 : partial_distinct_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
5228 : : NULL);
874 5229 : 90 : partial_distinct_rel->reltarget = target;
1773 5230 : 90 : partial_distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
5231 : :
5232 : : /*
5233 : : * If input_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the partial_distinct_rel.
5234 : : */
5235 : 90 : partial_distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
5236 : 90 : partial_distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
5237 : 90 : partial_distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
5238 : 90 : partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
5239 : :
5240 : 90 : cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
5241 : :
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5242 : 90 : distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
5243 : : parse->targetList);
5244 : :
5245 : : /* estimate how many distinct rows we'll get from each worker */
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5246 : 90 : numDistinctRows = estimate_num_groups(root, distinctExprs,
5247 : : cheapest_partial_path->rows,
5248 : : NULL, NULL);
5249 : :
5250 : : /*
5251 : : * Try sorting the cheapest path and incrementally sorting any paths with
5252 : : * presorted keys and put a unique paths atop of those. We'll also
5253 : : * attempt to reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's
5254 : : * pathkeys as much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to
5255 : : * re-sort.
5256 : : */
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5257 [ + - ]: 90 : if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5258 : : {
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5259 [ + - + + : 193 : foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
+ + ]
5260 : : {
1266 5261 : 103 : Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5262 : : Path *sorted_path;
581 rguo@postgresql.org 5263 : 103 : List *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
5264 : :
5265 : : useful_pathkeys_list =
5266 : 103 : get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(root,
5267 : : root->distinct_pathkeys,
5268 : : input_path->pathkeys);
5269 [ - + ]: 103 : Assert(list_length(useful_pathkeys_list) > 0);
5270 : :
5271 [ + - + + : 319 : foreach_node(List, useful_pathkeys, useful_pathkeys_list)
+ + ]
5272 : : {
5273 : 113 : sorted_path = make_ordered_path(root,
5274 : : partial_distinct_rel,
5275 : : input_path,
5276 : : cheapest_partial_path,
5277 : : useful_pathkeys,
5278 : : -1.0);
5279 : :
5280 [ + + ]: 113 : if (sorted_path == NULL)
1266 drowley@postgresql.o 5281 : 8 : continue;
5282 : :
5283 : : /*
5284 : : * An empty distinct_pathkeys means all tuples have the same
5285 : : * value for the DISTINCT clause. See
5286 : : * create_final_distinct_paths()
5287 : : */
581 rguo@postgresql.org 5288 [ + + ]: 105 : if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
5289 : : {
5290 : : Node *limitCount;
5291 : :
5292 : 5 : limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
5293 : : sizeof(int64),
5294 : : Int64GetDatum(1), false,
5295 : : true);
5296 : :
5297 : : /*
5298 : : * Apply a LimitPath onto the partial path to restrict the
5299 : : * tuples from each worker to 1.
5300 : : * create_final_distinct_paths will need to apply an
5301 : : * additional LimitPath to restrict this to a single row
5302 : : * after the Gather node. If the query already has a
5303 : : * LIMIT clause, then we could end up with three Limit
5304 : : * nodes in the final plan. Consolidating the top two of
5305 : : * these could be done, but does not seem worth troubling
5306 : : * over.
5307 : : */
5308 : 5 : add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
5309 : 5 : create_limit_path(root, partial_distinct_rel,
5310 : : sorted_path,
5311 : : NULL,
5312 : : limitCount,
5313 : : LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT,
5314 : : 0, 1));
5315 : : }
5316 : : else
5317 : : {
5318 : 100 : add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
315 rguo@postgresql.org 5319 :GNC 100 : create_unique_path(root, partial_distinct_rel,
5320 : : sorted_path,
5321 : 100 : list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
5322 : : numDistinctRows));
5323 : : }
5324 : : }
5325 : : }
5326 : : }
5327 : :
5328 : : /*
5329 : : * Now try hash aggregate paths, if enabled and hashing is possible. Since
5330 : : * we're not on the hook to ensure we do our best to create at least one
5331 : : * path here, we treat enable_hashagg as a hard off-switch rather than the
5332 : : * slightly softer variant in create_final_distinct_paths.
5333 : : */
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5334 [ + + + - ]:CBC 90 : if (enable_hashagg && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5335 : : {
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5336 : 65 : add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
5337 : 65 : create_agg_path(root,
5338 : : partial_distinct_rel,
5339 : : cheapest_partial_path,
5340 : : cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
5341 : : AGG_HASHED,
5342 : : AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
5343 : : root->processed_distinctClause,
5344 : : NIL,
5345 : : NULL,
5346 : : numDistinctRows));
5347 : : }
5348 : :
5349 : : /*
5350 : : * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
5351 : : * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
5352 : : */
5353 [ - + ]: 90 : if (partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5354 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
5355 : 0 : partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
5356 : : UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
5357 : : input_rel,
5358 : : partial_distinct_rel,
5359 : : NULL);
5360 : :
5361 : : /* Let extensions possibly add some more partial paths */
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5362 [ - + ]:CBC 90 : if (create_upper_paths_hook)
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5363 :UBC 0 : (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
5364 : : input_rel, partial_distinct_rel, NULL);
5365 : :
1773 drowley@postgresql.o 5366 [ + - ]:CBC 90 : if (partial_distinct_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
5367 : : {
878 5368 : 90 : generate_useful_gather_paths(root, partial_distinct_rel, true);
1773 5369 : 90 : set_cheapest(partial_distinct_rel);
5370 : :
5371 : : /*
5372 : : * Finally, create paths to distinctify the final result. This step
5373 : : * is needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from
5374 : : * parallel workers.
5375 : : */
5376 : 90 : create_final_distinct_paths(root, partial_distinct_rel,
5377 : : final_distinct_rel);
5378 : : }
5379 : : }
5380 : :
5381 : : /*
5382 : : * create_final_distinct_paths
5383 : : * Create distinct paths in 'distinct_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
5384 : : *
5385 : : * input_rel: contains the source-data paths
5386 : : * distinct_rel: destination relation for storing created paths
5387 : : */
5388 : : static RelOptInfo *
5389 : 2010 : create_final_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
5390 : : RelOptInfo *distinct_rel)
5391 : : {
5392 : 2010 : Query *parse = root->parse;
5393 : 2010 : Path *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
5394 : : double numDistinctRows;
5395 : : bool allow_hash;
5396 : :
5397 : : /* Estimate number of distinct rows there will be */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5398 [ + + + - : 2010 : if (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets || parse->hasAggs ||
+ + ]
5399 [ - + ]: 1951 : root->hasHavingQual)
5400 : : {
5401 : : /*
5402 : : * If there was grouping or aggregation, use the number of input rows
5403 : : * as the estimated number of DISTINCT rows (ie, assume the input is
5404 : : * already mostly unique).
5405 : : */
5406 : 59 : numDistinctRows = cheapest_input_path->rows;
5407 : : }
5408 : : else
5409 : : {
5410 : : /*
5411 : : * Otherwise, the UNIQUE filter has effects comparable to GROUP BY.
5412 : : */
5413 : : List *distinctExprs;
5414 : :
1259 5415 : 1951 : distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
5416 : : parse->targetList);
3767 5417 : 1951 : numDistinctRows = estimate_num_groups(root, distinctExprs,
5418 : : cheapest_input_path->rows,
5419 : : NULL, NULL);
5420 : : }
5421 : :
5422 : : /*
5423 : : * Consider sort-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
5424 : : */
1259 5425 [ + + ]: 2010 : if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5426 : : {
5427 : : /*
5428 : : * Firstly, if we have any adequately-presorted paths, just stick a
5429 : : * Unique node on those. We also, consider doing an explicit sort of
5430 : : * the cheapest input path and Unique'ing that. If any paths have
5431 : : * presorted keys then we'll create an incremental sort atop of those
5432 : : * before adding a unique node on the top. We'll also attempt to
5433 : : * reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's pathkeys as
5434 : : * much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to re-sort.
5435 : : *
5436 : : * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must sort by the more rigorous of
5437 : : * DISTINCT and ORDER BY, else it won't have the desired behavior.
5438 : : * Also, if we do have to do an explicit sort, we might as well use
5439 : : * the more rigorous ordering to avoid a second sort later. (Note
5440 : : * that the parser will have ensured that one clause is a prefix of
5441 : : * the other.)
5442 : : */
5443 : : List *needed_pathkeys;
5444 : : ListCell *lc;
1266 drowley@postgresql.o 5445 [ + + ]: 2005 : double limittuples = root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL ? 1.0 : -1.0;
5446 : :
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5447 [ + + + + ]: 2192 : if (parse->hasDistinctOn &&
5448 : 187 : list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) <
5449 : 187 : list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
5450 : 53 : needed_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
5451 : : else
5452 : 1952 : needed_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
5453 : :
5454 [ + - + + : 5319 : foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
5455 : : {
1266 drowley@postgresql.o 5456 : 3314 : Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5457 : : Path *sorted_path;
581 rguo@postgresql.org 5458 : 3314 : List *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
5459 : :
5460 : : useful_pathkeys_list =
5461 : 3314 : get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(root,
5462 : : needed_pathkeys,
5463 : : input_path->pathkeys);
5464 [ - + ]: 3314 : Assert(list_length(useful_pathkeys_list) > 0);
5465 : :
5466 [ + - + + : 10442 : foreach_node(List, useful_pathkeys, useful_pathkeys_list)
+ + ]
5467 : : {
5468 : 3814 : sorted_path = make_ordered_path(root,
5469 : : distinct_rel,
5470 : : input_path,
5471 : : cheapest_input_path,
5472 : : useful_pathkeys,
5473 : : limittuples);
5474 : :
5475 [ + + ]: 3814 : if (sorted_path == NULL)
1266 drowley@postgresql.o 5476 : 531 : continue;
5477 : :
5478 : : /*
5479 : : * distinct_pathkeys may have become empty if all of the
5480 : : * pathkeys were determined to be redundant. If all of the
5481 : : * pathkeys are redundant then each DISTINCT target must only
5482 : : * allow a single value, therefore all resulting tuples must
5483 : : * be identical (or at least indistinguishable by an equality
5484 : : * check). We can uniquify these tuples simply by just taking
5485 : : * the first tuple. All we do here is add a path to do "LIMIT
5486 : : * 1" atop of 'sorted_path'. When doing a DISTINCT ON we may
5487 : : * still have a non-NIL sort_pathkeys list, so we must still
5488 : : * only do this with paths which are correctly sorted by
5489 : : * sort_pathkeys.
5490 : : */
581 rguo@postgresql.org 5491 [ + + ]: 3283 : if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
5492 : : {
5493 : : Node *limitCount;
5494 : :
5495 : 96 : limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
5496 : : sizeof(int64),
5497 : : Int64GetDatum(1), false,
5498 : : true);
5499 : :
5500 : : /*
5501 : : * If the query already has a LIMIT clause, then we could
5502 : : * end up with a duplicate LimitPath in the final plan.
5503 : : * That does not seem worth troubling over too much.
5504 : : */
5505 : 96 : add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
5506 : 96 : create_limit_path(root, distinct_rel, sorted_path,
5507 : : NULL, limitCount,
5508 : : LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT, 0, 1));
5509 : : }
5510 : : else
5511 : : {
5512 : 3187 : add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
315 rguo@postgresql.org 5513 :GNC 3187 : create_unique_path(root, distinct_rel,
5514 : : sorted_path,
5515 : 3187 : list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
5516 : : numDistinctRows));
5517 : : }
5518 : : }
5519 : : }
5520 : : }
5521 : :
5522 : : /*
5523 : : * Consider hash-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
5524 : : *
5525 : : * If we were not able to make any other types of path, we *must* hash or
5526 : : * die trying. If we do have other choices, there are two things that
5527 : : * should prevent selection of hashing: if the query uses DISTINCT ON
5528 : : * (because it won't really have the expected behavior if we hash), or if
5529 : : * enable_hashagg is off.
5530 : : *
5531 : : * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than the
5532 : : * other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
5533 : : */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5534 [ + + ]:CBC 2010 : if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
5535 : 5 : allow_hash = true; /* we have no alternatives */
5536 [ + + + + ]: 2005 : else if (parse->hasDistinctOn || !enable_hashagg)
5537 : 312 : allow_hash = false; /* policy-based decision not to hash */
5538 : : else
2164 pg@bowt.ie 5539 : 1693 : allow_hash = true; /* default */
5540 : :
1259 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5541 [ + + + - ]: 2010 : if (allow_hash && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5542 : : {
5543 : : /* Generate hashed aggregate path --- no sort needed */
3767 5544 : 1698 : add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
5545 : 1698 : create_agg_path(root,
5546 : : distinct_rel,
5547 : : cheapest_input_path,
5548 : : cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
5549 : : AGG_HASHED,
5550 : : AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
5551 : : root->processed_distinctClause,
5552 : : NIL,
5553 : : NULL,
5554 : : numDistinctRows));
5555 : : }
5556 : :
5557 : 2010 : return distinct_rel;
5558 : : }
5559 : :
5560 : : /*
5561 : : * get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct
5562 : : * Get useful orderings of pathkeys for distinctClause by reordering
5563 : : * 'needed_pathkeys' to match the given 'path_pathkeys' as much as possible.
5564 : : *
5565 : : * This returns a list of pathkeys that can be useful for DISTINCT or DISTINCT
5566 : : * ON clause. For convenience, it always includes the given 'needed_pathkeys'.
5567 : : */
5568 : : static List *
581 rguo@postgresql.org 5569 : 3417 : get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(PlannerInfo *root, List *needed_pathkeys,
5570 : : List *path_pathkeys)
5571 : : {
5572 : 3417 : List *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
5573 : 3417 : List *useful_pathkeys = NIL;
5574 : :
5575 : : /* always include the given 'needed_pathkeys' */
5576 : 3417 : useful_pathkeys_list = lappend(useful_pathkeys_list,
5577 : : needed_pathkeys);
5578 : :
5579 [ - + ]: 3417 : if (!enable_distinct_reordering)
581 rguo@postgresql.org 5580 :UBC 0 : return useful_pathkeys_list;
5581 : :
5582 : : /*
5583 : : * Scan the given 'path_pathkeys' and construct a list of PathKey nodes
5584 : : * that match 'needed_pathkeys', but only up to the longest matching
5585 : : * prefix.
5586 : : *
5587 : : * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must ensure that the resulting pathkey
5588 : : * list matches initial distinctClause pathkeys; otherwise, it won't have
5589 : : * the desired behavior.
5590 : : */
581 rguo@postgresql.org 5591 [ + + + + :CBC 8537 : foreach_node(PathKey, pathkey, path_pathkeys)
+ + ]
5592 : : {
5593 : : /*
5594 : : * The PathKey nodes are canonical, so they can be checked for
5595 : : * equality by simple pointer comparison.
5596 : : */
5597 [ + + ]: 1725 : if (!list_member_ptr(needed_pathkeys, pathkey))
5598 : 7 : break;
5599 [ + + ]: 1718 : if (root->parse->hasDistinctOn &&
5600 [ + + ]: 139 : !list_member_ptr(root->distinct_pathkeys, pathkey))
5601 : 15 : break;
5602 : :
5603 : 1703 : useful_pathkeys = lappend(useful_pathkeys, pathkey);
5604 : : }
5605 : :
5606 : : /* If no match at all, no point in reordering needed_pathkeys */
5607 [ + + ]: 3417 : if (useful_pathkeys == NIL)
5608 : 1962 : return useful_pathkeys_list;
5609 : :
5610 : : /*
5611 : : * If not full match, the resulting pathkey list is not useful without
5612 : : * incremental sort.
5613 : : */
5614 [ + + ]: 1455 : if (list_length(useful_pathkeys) < list_length(needed_pathkeys) &&
5615 [ + + ]: 924 : !enable_incremental_sort)
5616 : 48 : return useful_pathkeys_list;
5617 : :
5618 : : /* Append the remaining PathKey nodes in needed_pathkeys */
5619 : 1407 : useful_pathkeys = list_concat_unique_ptr(useful_pathkeys,
5620 : : needed_pathkeys);
5621 : :
5622 : : /*
5623 : : * If the resulting pathkey list is the same as the 'needed_pathkeys',
5624 : : * just drop it.
5625 : : */
5626 [ + + ]: 1407 : if (compare_pathkeys(needed_pathkeys,
5627 : : useful_pathkeys) == PATHKEYS_EQUAL)
5628 : 897 : return useful_pathkeys_list;
5629 : :
5630 : 510 : useful_pathkeys_list = lappend(useful_pathkeys_list,
5631 : : useful_pathkeys);
5632 : :
5633 : 510 : return useful_pathkeys_list;
5634 : : }
5635 : :
5636 : : /*
5637 : : * create_ordered_paths
5638 : : *
5639 : : * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for ORDER BY evaluation.
5640 : : *
5641 : : * All paths in the result must satisfy the ORDER BY ordering.
5642 : : * The only new paths we need consider are an explicit full sort
5643 : : * and incremental sort on the cheapest-total existing path.
5644 : : *
5645 : : * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
5646 : : * target: the output tlist the result Paths must emit
5647 : : * limit_tuples: estimated bound on the number of output tuples,
5648 : : * or -1 if no LIMIT or couldn't estimate
5649 : : *
5650 : : * XXX This only looks at sort_pathkeys. I wonder if it needs to look at the
5651 : : * other pathkeys (grouping, ...) like generate_useful_gather_paths.
5652 : : */
5653 : : static RelOptInfo *
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5654 : 60867 : create_ordered_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
5655 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
5656 : : PathTarget *target,
5657 : : bool target_parallel_safe,
5658 : : double limit_tuples)
5659 : : {
5660 : 60867 : Path *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
5661 : : RelOptInfo *ordered_rel;
5662 : : ListCell *lc;
5663 : :
5664 : : /* For now, do all work in the (ORDERED, NULL) upperrel */
5665 : 60867 : ordered_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_ORDERED, NULL);
5666 : :
5667 : : /*
5668 : : * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the ordered relation
5669 : : * can't be parallel-safe, either. Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
5670 : : * target list is parallel-safe.
5671 : : */
3036 rhaas@postgresql.org 5672 [ + + + + ]: 60867 : if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe)
3651 5673 : 42757 : ordered_rel->consider_parallel = true;
5674 : :
5675 : : /* Assume that the same path generation strategies are allowed. */
153 rhaas@postgresql.org 5676 :GNC 60867 : ordered_rel->pgs_mask = input_rel->pgs_mask;
5677 : :
5678 : : /*
5679 : : * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the ordered_rel.
5680 : : */
3651 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5681 :CBC 60867 : ordered_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
3637 5682 : 60867 : ordered_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
5683 : 60867 : ordered_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
3651 5684 : 60867 : ordered_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
5685 : :
3767 5686 [ + - + + : 153127 : foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
5687 : : {
2276 tomas.vondra@postgre 5688 : 92260 : Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5689 : : Path *sorted_path;
5690 : : bool is_sorted;
5691 : : int presorted_keys;
5692 : :
5693 : 92260 : is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->sort_pathkeys,
5694 : : input_path->pathkeys, &presorted_keys);
5695 : :
5696 [ + + ]: 92260 : if (is_sorted)
1292 drowley@postgresql.o 5697 : 36354 : sorted_path = input_path;
5698 : : else
5699 : : {
5700 : : /*
5701 : : * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
5702 : : * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
5703 : : * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
5704 : : * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
5705 : : * input path).
5706 : : */
5707 [ + + ]: 55906 : if (input_path != cheapest_input_path &&
5708 [ + + + + ]: 4563 : (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
5709 : 1599 : continue;
5710 : :
5711 : : /*
5712 : : * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
5713 : : * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
5714 : : * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
5715 : : */
5716 [ + + + + ]: 54307 : if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
2276 tomas.vondra@postgre 5717 : 50887 : sorted_path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
5718 : : ordered_rel,
5719 : : input_path,
5720 : : root->sort_pathkeys,
5721 : : limit_tuples);
5722 : : else
1292 drowley@postgresql.o 5723 : 3420 : sorted_path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
5724 : : ordered_rel,
5725 : : input_path,
5726 : : root->sort_pathkeys,
5727 : : presorted_keys,
5728 : : limit_tuples);
5729 : : }
5730 : :
5731 : : /*
5732 : : * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions from
5733 : : * the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
5734 : : */
664 rguo@postgresql.org 5735 [ + + ]: 90661 : if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
1292 drowley@postgresql.o 5736 : 298 : sorted_path = apply_projection_to_path(root, ordered_rel,
5737 : : sorted_path, target);
5738 : :
5739 : 90661 : add_path(ordered_rel, sorted_path);
5740 : : }
5741 : :
5742 : : /*
5743 : : * generate_gather_paths() will have already generated a simple Gather
5744 : : * path for the best parallel path, if any, and the loop above will have
5745 : : * considered sorting it. Similarly, generate_gather_paths() will also
5746 : : * have generated order-preserving Gather Merge plans which can be used
5747 : : * without sorting if they happen to match the sort_pathkeys, and the loop
5748 : : * above will have handled those as well. However, there's one more
5749 : : * possibility: it may make sense to sort the cheapest partial path or
5750 : : * incrementally sort any partial path that is partially sorted according
5751 : : * to the required output order and then use Gather Merge.
5752 : : */
3400 rhaas@postgresql.org 5753 [ + + + + ]: 60867 : if (ordered_rel->consider_parallel && root->sort_pathkeys != NIL &&
5754 [ + + ]: 42637 : input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
5755 : : {
5756 : : Path *cheapest_partial_path;
5757 : :
5758 : 2367 : cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
5759 : :
881 drowley@postgresql.o 5760 [ + - + + : 5289 : foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
+ + ]
5761 : : {
5762 : 2922 : Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5763 : : Path *sorted_path;
5764 : : bool is_sorted;
5765 : : int presorted_keys;
5766 : : double total_groups;
5767 : :
5768 : 2922 : is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->sort_pathkeys,
5769 : : input_path->pathkeys,
5770 : : &presorted_keys);
5771 : :
5772 [ + + ]: 2922 : if (is_sorted)
5773 : 476 : continue;
5774 : :
5775 : : /*
5776 : : * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
5777 : : * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
5778 : : * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
5779 : : * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
5780 : : * partial path).
5781 : : */
5782 [ + + ]: 2446 : if (input_path != cheapest_partial_path &&
5783 [ + - - + ]: 101 : (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
881 drowley@postgresql.o 5784 :UBC 0 : continue;
5785 : :
5786 : : /*
5787 : : * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
5788 : : * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
5789 : : * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
5790 : : */
881 drowley@postgresql.o 5791 [ + + + + ]:CBC 2446 : if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
5792 : 2330 : sorted_path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
5793 : : ordered_rel,
5794 : : input_path,
5795 : : root->sort_pathkeys,
5796 : : limit_tuples);
5797 : : else
2275 tomas.vondra@postgre 5798 : 116 : sorted_path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
5799 : : ordered_rel,
5800 : : input_path,
5801 : : root->sort_pathkeys,
5802 : : presorted_keys,
5803 : : limit_tuples);
707 rguo@postgresql.org 5804 : 2446 : total_groups = compute_gather_rows(sorted_path);
5805 : : sorted_path = (Path *)
881 drowley@postgresql.o 5806 : 2446 : create_gather_merge_path(root, ordered_rel,
5807 : : sorted_path,
5808 : : sorted_path->pathtarget,
5809 : : root->sort_pathkeys, NULL,
5810 : : &total_groups);
5811 : :
5812 : : /*
5813 : : * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions
5814 : : * from the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
5815 : : */
664 rguo@postgresql.org 5816 [ + + ]: 2446 : if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
881 drowley@postgresql.o 5817 : 5 : sorted_path = apply_projection_to_path(root, ordered_rel,
5818 : : sorted_path, target);
5819 : :
5820 : 2446 : add_path(ordered_rel, sorted_path);
5821 : : }
5822 : : }
5823 : :
5824 : : /*
5825 : : * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
5826 : : * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
5827 : : */
3651 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5828 [ + + ]: 60867 : if (ordered_rel->fdwroutine &&
5829 [ + + ]: 197 : ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
5830 : 189 : ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
5831 : : input_rel, ordered_rel,
5832 : : NULL);
5833 : :
5834 : : /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
3731 5835 [ - + ]: 60867 : if (create_upper_paths_hook)
3731 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5836 :UBC 0 : (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
5837 : : input_rel, ordered_rel, NULL);
5838 : :
5839 : : /*
5840 : : * No need to bother with set_cheapest here; grouping_planner does not
5841 : : * need us to do it.
5842 : : */
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5843 [ - + ]:CBC 60867 : Assert(ordered_rel->pathlist != NIL);
5844 : :
5845 : 60867 : return ordered_rel;
5846 : : }
5847 : :
5848 : :
5849 : : /*
5850 : : * make_group_input_target
5851 : : * Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to grouping nodes.
5852 : : *
5853 : : * If there is grouping or aggregation, the scan/join subplan cannot emit
5854 : : * the query's final targetlist; for example, it certainly can't emit any
5855 : : * aggregate function calls. This routine generates the correct target
5856 : : * for the scan/join subplan.
5857 : : *
5858 : : * The query target list passed from the parser already contains entries
5859 : : * for all ORDER BY and GROUP BY expressions, but it will not have entries
5860 : : * for variables used only in HAVING clauses; so we need to add those
5861 : : * variables to the subplan target list. Also, we flatten all expressions
5862 : : * except GROUP BY items into their component variables; other expressions
5863 : : * will be computed by the upper plan nodes rather than by the subplan.
5864 : : * For example, given a query like
5865 : : * SELECT a+b,SUM(c+d) FROM table GROUP BY a+b;
5866 : : * we want to pass this targetlist to the subplan:
5867 : : * a+b,c,d
5868 : : * where the a+b target will be used by the Sort/Group steps, and the
5869 : : * other targets will be used for computing the final results.
5870 : : *
5871 : : * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
5872 : : *
5873 : : * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the Paths returned from
5874 : : * query_planner().
5875 : : */
5876 : : static PathTarget *
3763 5877 : 34049 : make_group_input_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *final_target)
5878 : : {
7695 5879 : 34049 : Query *parse = root->parse;
5880 : : PathTarget *input_target;
5881 : : List *non_group_cols;
5882 : : List *non_group_vars;
5883 : : int i;
5884 : : ListCell *lc;
5885 : :
5886 : : /*
5887 : : * We must build a target containing all grouping columns, plus any other
5888 : : * Vars mentioned in the query's targetlist and HAVING qual.
5889 : : */
3763 5890 : 34049 : input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
5463 5891 : 34049 : non_group_cols = NIL;
5892 : :
3763 5893 : 34049 : i = 0;
5894 [ + + + + : 85782 : foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
+ + ]
5895 : : {
5896 : 51733 : Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
3669 5897 [ + - ]: 51733 : Index sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i);
5898 : :
1259 5899 [ + + + + : 59933 : if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
+ + ]
5900 : 8200 : get_sortgroupref_clause_noerr(sgref,
5901 : : root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
5902 : : {
5903 : : /*
5904 : : * It's a grouping column, so add it to the input target as-is.
5905 : : *
5906 : : * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step. So
5907 : : * with grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the
5908 : : * grouping step if there is any from the target expression.
5909 : : */
658 rguo@postgresql.org 5910 [ + - + + ]: 6684 : if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
5911 : : {
5912 [ - + ]: 1803 : Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
5913 : : expr = (Expr *)
5914 : 1803 : remove_nulling_relids((Node *) expr,
5915 : 1803 : bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
5916 : : NULL);
5917 : : }
3763 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5918 : 6684 : add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr, sgref);
5919 : : }
5920 : : else
5921 : : {
5922 : : /*
5923 : : * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
5924 : : * call to pull_var_clause.
5925 : : */
5926 : 45049 : non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, expr);
5927 : : }
5928 : :
5929 : 51733 : i++;
5930 : : }
5931 : :
5932 : : /*
5933 : : * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars it uses, too.
5934 : : */
5463 5935 [ + + ]: 34049 : if (parse->havingQual)
5936 : 840 : non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, parse->havingQual);
5937 : :
5938 : : /*
5939 : : * Pull out all the Vars mentioned in non-group cols (plus HAVING), and
5940 : : * add them to the input target if not already present. (A Var used
5941 : : * directly as a GROUP BY item will be present already.) Note this
5942 : : * includes Vars used in resjunk items, so we are covering the needs of
5943 : : * ORDER BY and window specifications. Vars used within Aggrefs and
5944 : : * WindowFuncs will be pulled out here, too.
5945 : : *
5946 : : * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step. So with
5947 : : * grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the grouping step if
5948 : : * there is any from the non-group Vars.
5949 : : */
5950 : 34049 : non_group_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) non_group_cols,
5951 : : PVC_RECURSE_AGGREGATES |
5952 : : PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
5953 : : PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
658 rguo@postgresql.org 5954 [ + + + + ]: 34049 : if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
5955 : : {
5956 [ - + ]: 836 : Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
5957 : : non_group_vars = (List *)
5958 : 836 : remove_nulling_relids((Node *) non_group_vars,
5959 : 836 : bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
5960 : : NULL);
5961 : : }
3763 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5962 : 34049 : add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, non_group_vars);
5963 : :
5964 : : /* clean up cruft */
5463 5965 : 34049 : list_free(non_group_vars);
5966 : 34049 : list_free(non_group_cols);
5967 : :
5968 : : /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
3763 5969 : 34049 : return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
5970 : : }
5971 : :
5972 : : /*
5973 : : * make_partial_grouping_target
5974 : : * Generate appropriate PathTarget for output of partial aggregate
5975 : : * (or partial grouping, if there are no aggregates) nodes.
5976 : : *
5977 : : * A partial aggregation node needs to emit all the same aggregates that
5978 : : * a regular aggregation node would, plus any aggregates used in HAVING;
5979 : : * except that the Aggref nodes should be marked as partial aggregates.
5980 : : *
5981 : : * In addition, we'd better emit any Vars and PlaceHolderVars that are
5982 : : * used outside of Aggrefs in the aggregation tlist and HAVING. (Presumably,
5983 : : * these would be Vars that are grouped by or used in grouping expressions.)
5984 : : *
5985 : : * grouping_target is the tlist to be emitted by the topmost aggregation step.
5986 : : * havingQual represents the HAVING clause.
5987 : : */
5988 : : static PathTarget *
3029 rhaas@postgresql.org 5989 : 3212 : make_partial_grouping_target(PlannerInfo *root,
5990 : : PathTarget *grouping_target,
5991 : : Node *havingQual)
5992 : : {
5993 : : PathTarget *partial_target;
5994 : : List *non_group_cols;
5995 : : List *non_group_exprs;
5996 : : int i;
5997 : : ListCell *lc;
5998 : :
3656 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 5999 : 3212 : partial_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
3753 rhaas@postgresql.org 6000 : 3212 : non_group_cols = NIL;
6001 : :
6002 : 3212 : i = 0;
3656 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6003 [ + - + + : 10585 : foreach(lc, grouping_target->exprs)
+ + ]
6004 : : {
3753 rhaas@postgresql.org 6005 : 7373 : Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
3656 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6006 [ + - ]: 7373 : Index sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(grouping_target, i);
6007 : :
1259 6008 [ + + + + : 11315 : if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
+ + ]
6009 : 3942 : get_sortgroupref_clause_noerr(sgref,
6010 : : root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
6011 : : {
6012 : : /*
6013 : : * It's a grouping column, so add it to the partial_target as-is.
6014 : : * (This allows the upper agg step to repeat the grouping calcs.)
6015 : : */
3656 6016 : 2340 : add_column_to_pathtarget(partial_target, expr, sgref);
6017 : : }
6018 : : else
6019 : : {
6020 : : /*
6021 : : * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
6022 : : * call to pull_var_clause.
6023 : : */
3753 rhaas@postgresql.org 6024 : 5033 : non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, expr);
6025 : : }
6026 : :
6027 : 7373 : i++;
6028 : : }
6029 : :
6030 : : /*
6031 : : * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars/Aggrefs it uses, too.
6032 : : */
3029 6033 [ + + ]: 3212 : if (havingQual)
6034 : 729 : non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, havingQual);
6035 : :
6036 : : /*
6037 : : * Pull out all the Vars, PlaceHolderVars, and Aggrefs mentioned in
6038 : : * non-group cols (plus HAVING), and add them to the partial_target if not
6039 : : * already present. (An expression used directly as a GROUP BY item will
6040 : : * be present already.) Note this includes Vars used in resjunk items, so
6041 : : * we are covering the needs of ORDER BY and window specifications.
6042 : : */
3753 6043 : 3212 : non_group_exprs = pull_var_clause((Node *) non_group_cols,
6044 : : PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
6045 : : PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
6046 : : PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
6047 : :
3656 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6048 : 3212 : add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(partial_target, non_group_exprs);
6049 : :
6050 : : /*
6051 : : * Adjust Aggrefs to put them in partial mode. At this point all Aggrefs
6052 : : * are at the top level of the target list, so we can just scan the list
6053 : : * rather than recursing through the expression trees.
6054 : : */
6055 [ + - + + : 11099 : foreach(lc, partial_target->exprs)
+ + ]
6056 : : {
6057 : 7887 : Aggref *aggref = (Aggref *) lfirst(lc);
6058 : :
6059 [ + + ]: 7887 : if (IsA(aggref, Aggref))
6060 : : {
6061 : : Aggref *newaggref;
6062 : :
6063 : : /*
6064 : : * We shouldn't need to copy the substructure of the Aggref node,
6065 : : * but flat-copy the node itself to avoid damaging other trees.
6066 : : */
6067 : 5522 : newaggref = makeNode(Aggref);
6068 : 5522 : memcpy(newaggref, aggref, sizeof(Aggref));
6069 : :
6070 : : /* For now, assume serialization is required */
6071 : 5522 : mark_partial_aggref(newaggref, AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL);
6072 : :
6073 : 5522 : lfirst(lc) = newaggref;
6074 : : }
6075 : : }
6076 : :
6077 : : /* clean up cruft */
3753 rhaas@postgresql.org 6078 : 3212 : list_free(non_group_exprs);
6079 : 3212 : list_free(non_group_cols);
6080 : :
6081 : : /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
3656 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6082 : 3212 : return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, partial_target);
6083 : : }
6084 : :
6085 : : /*
6086 : : * mark_partial_aggref
6087 : : * Adjust an Aggref to make it represent a partial-aggregation step.
6088 : : *
6089 : : * The Aggref node is modified in-place; caller must do any copying required.
6090 : : */
6091 : : void
6092 : 15383 : mark_partial_aggref(Aggref *agg, AggSplit aggsplit)
6093 : : {
6094 : : /* aggtranstype should be computed by this point */
6095 [ - + ]: 15383 : Assert(OidIsValid(agg->aggtranstype));
6096 : : /* ... but aggsplit should still be as the parser left it */
6097 [ - + ]: 15383 : Assert(agg->aggsplit == AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE);
6098 : :
6099 : : /* Mark the Aggref with the intended partial-aggregation mode */
6100 : 15383 : agg->aggsplit = aggsplit;
6101 : :
6102 : : /*
6103 : : * Adjust result type if needed. Normally, a partial aggregate returns
6104 : : * the aggregate's transition type; but if that's INTERNAL and we're
6105 : : * serializing, it returns BYTEA instead.
6106 : : */
6107 [ + + ]: 15383 : if (DO_AGGSPLIT_SKIPFINAL(aggsplit))
6108 : : {
6109 [ + + + - ]: 13472 : if (agg->aggtranstype == INTERNALOID && DO_AGGSPLIT_SERIALIZE(aggsplit))
6110 : 261 : agg->aggtype = BYTEAOID;
6111 : : else
6112 : 13211 : agg->aggtype = agg->aggtranstype;
6113 : : }
3753 rhaas@postgresql.org 6114 : 15383 : }
6115 : :
6116 : : /*
6117 : : * postprocess_setop_tlist
6118 : : * Fix up targetlist returned by plan_set_operations().
6119 : : *
6120 : : * We need to transpose sort key info from the orig_tlist into new_tlist.
6121 : : * NOTE: this would not be good enough if we supported resjunk sort keys
6122 : : * for results of set operations --- then, we'd need to project a whole
6123 : : * new tlist to evaluate the resjunk columns. For now, just ereport if we
6124 : : * find any resjunk columns in orig_tlist.
6125 : : */
6126 : : static List *
9364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6127 : 4826 : postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist)
6128 : : {
6129 : : ListCell *l;
8070 neilc@samurai.com 6130 : 4826 : ListCell *orig_tlist_item = list_head(orig_tlist);
6131 : :
9364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6132 [ + + + + : 18620 : foreach(l, new_tlist)
+ + ]
6133 : : {
3220 6134 : 13794 : TargetEntry *new_tle = lfirst_node(TargetEntry, l);
6135 : : TargetEntry *orig_tle;
6136 : :
6137 : : /* ignore resjunk columns in setop result */
7755 6138 [ - + ]: 13794 : if (new_tle->resjunk)
9364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6139 :UBC 0 : continue;
6140 : :
8070 neilc@samurai.com 6141 [ - + ]:CBC 13794 : Assert(orig_tlist_item != NULL);
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6142 : 13794 : orig_tle = lfirst_node(TargetEntry, orig_tlist_item);
2542 6143 : 13794 : orig_tlist_item = lnext(orig_tlist, orig_tlist_item);
7563 bruce@momjian.us 6144 [ - + ]: 13794 : if (orig_tle->resjunk) /* should not happen */
8376 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6145 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
7755 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6146 [ - + ]:CBC 13794 : Assert(new_tle->resno == orig_tle->resno);
6147 : 13794 : new_tle->ressortgroupref = orig_tle->ressortgroupref;
6148 : : }
8070 neilc@samurai.com 6149 [ - + ]: 4826 : if (orig_tlist_item != NULL)
8376 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6150 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
9364 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6151 :CBC 4826 : return new_tlist;
6152 : : }
6153 : :
6154 : : /*
6155 : : * optimize_window_clauses
6156 : : * Call each WindowFunc's prosupport function to see if we're able to
6157 : : * make any adjustments to any of the WindowClause's so that the executor
6158 : : * can execute the window functions in a more optimal way.
6159 : : *
6160 : : * Currently we only allow adjustments to the WindowClause's frameOptions. We
6161 : : * may allow more things to be done here in the future.
6162 : : */
6163 : : static void
1285 drowley@postgresql.o 6164 : 2232 : optimize_window_clauses(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
6165 : : {
6166 : 2232 : List *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
6167 : : ListCell *lc;
6168 : :
6169 [ + - + + : 4669 : foreach(lc, windowClause)
+ + ]
6170 : : {
6171 : 2437 : WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
6172 : : ListCell *lc2;
6173 : 2437 : int optimizedFrameOptions = 0;
6174 : :
6175 [ - + ]: 2437 : Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
6176 : :
6177 : : /* skip any WindowClauses that have no WindowFuncs */
6178 [ + + ]: 2437 : if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
6179 : 20 : continue;
6180 : :
6181 [ + - + + : 2960 : foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
+ + ]
6182 : : {
6183 : : SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause req;
6184 : : SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause *res;
6185 : 2452 : WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
6186 : : Oid prosupport;
6187 : :
6188 : 2452 : prosupport = get_func_support(wfunc->winfnoid);
6189 : :
6190 : : /* Check if there's a support function for 'wfunc' */
6191 [ + + ]: 2452 : if (!OidIsValid(prosupport))
6192 : 1909 : break; /* can't optimize this WindowClause */
6193 : :
6194 : 730 : req.type = T_SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause;
6195 : 730 : req.window_clause = wc;
6196 : 730 : req.window_func = wfunc;
6197 : 730 : req.frameOptions = wc->frameOptions;
6198 : :
6199 : : /* call the support function */
6200 : : res = (SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause *)
6201 : 730 : DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(prosupport,
6202 : : PointerGetDatum(&req)));
6203 : :
6204 : : /*
6205 : : * Skip to next WindowClause if the support function does not
6206 : : * support this request type.
6207 : : */
6208 [ + + ]: 730 : if (res == NULL)
6209 : 187 : break;
6210 : :
6211 : : /*
6212 : : * Save these frameOptions for the first WindowFunc for this
6213 : : * WindowClause.
6214 : : */
6215 [ + + ]: 543 : if (foreach_current_index(lc2) == 0)
6216 : 523 : optimizedFrameOptions = res->frameOptions;
6217 : :
6218 : : /*
6219 : : * On subsequent WindowFuncs, if the frameOptions are not the same
6220 : : * then we're unable to optimize the frameOptions for this
6221 : : * WindowClause.
6222 : : */
6223 [ - + ]: 20 : else if (optimizedFrameOptions != res->frameOptions)
1285 drowley@postgresql.o 6224 :UBC 0 : break; /* skip to the next WindowClause, if any */
6225 : : }
6226 : :
6227 : : /* adjust the frameOptions if all WindowFunc's agree that it's ok */
1285 drowley@postgresql.o 6228 [ + + + - ]:CBC 2417 : if (lc2 == NULL && wc->frameOptions != optimizedFrameOptions)
6229 : : {
6230 : : ListCell *lc3;
6231 : :
6232 : : /* apply the new frame options */
6233 : 508 : wc->frameOptions = optimizedFrameOptions;
6234 : :
6235 : : /*
6236 : : * We now check to see if changing the frameOptions has caused
6237 : : * this WindowClause to be a duplicate of some other WindowClause.
6238 : : * This can only happen if we have multiple WindowClauses, so
6239 : : * don't bother if there's only 1.
6240 : : */
6241 [ + + ]: 508 : if (list_length(windowClause) == 1)
6242 : 433 : continue;
6243 : :
6244 : : /*
6245 : : * Do the duplicate check and reuse the existing WindowClause if
6246 : : * we find a duplicate.
6247 : : */
6248 [ + - + + : 190 : foreach(lc3, windowClause)
+ + ]
6249 : : {
6250 : 145 : WindowClause *existing_wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc3);
6251 : :
6252 : : /* skip over the WindowClause we're currently editing */
6253 [ + + ]: 145 : if (existing_wc == wc)
6254 : 45 : continue;
6255 : :
6256 : : /*
6257 : : * Perform the same duplicate check that is done in
6258 : : * transformWindowFuncCall.
6259 : : */
6260 [ + - + + ]: 200 : if (equal(wc->partitionClause, existing_wc->partitionClause) &&
6261 : 100 : equal(wc->orderClause, existing_wc->orderClause) &&
6262 [ + + + - ]: 100 : wc->frameOptions == existing_wc->frameOptions &&
6263 [ + - ]: 60 : equal(wc->startOffset, existing_wc->startOffset) &&
6264 : 30 : equal(wc->endOffset, existing_wc->endOffset))
6265 : : {
6266 : : ListCell *lc4;
6267 : :
6268 : : /*
6269 : : * Now move each WindowFunc in 'wc' into 'existing_wc'.
6270 : : * This required adjusting each WindowFunc's winref and
6271 : : * moving the WindowFuncs in 'wc' to the list of
6272 : : * WindowFuncs in 'existing_wc'.
6273 : : */
6274 [ + - + + : 65 : foreach(lc4, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
+ + ]
6275 : : {
6276 : 35 : WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc4);
6277 : :
6278 : 35 : wfunc->winref = existing_wc->winref;
6279 : : }
6280 : :
6281 : : /* move list items */
6282 : 60 : wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref] = list_concat(wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref],
6283 : 30 : wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref]);
6284 : 30 : wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] = NIL;
6285 : :
6286 : : /*
6287 : : * transformWindowFuncCall() should have made sure there
6288 : : * are no other duplicates, so we needn't bother looking
6289 : : * any further.
6290 : : */
6291 : 30 : break;
6292 : : }
6293 : : }
6294 : : }
6295 : : }
6296 : 2232 : }
6297 : :
6298 : : /*
6299 : : * select_active_windows
6300 : : * Create a list of the "active" window clauses (ie, those referenced
6301 : : * by non-deleted WindowFuncs) in the order they are to be executed.
6302 : : */
6303 : : static List *
6393 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6304 : 2232 : select_active_windows(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
6305 : : {
2846 rhodiumtoad@postgres 6306 : 2232 : List *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
6307 : 2232 : List *result = NIL;
6308 : : ListCell *lc;
6309 : 2232 : int nActive = 0;
202 michael@paquier.xyz 6310 :GNC 2232 : WindowClauseSortData *actives = palloc_array(WindowClauseSortData,
6311 : : list_length(windowClause));
6312 : :
6313 : : /* First, construct an array of the active windows */
2846 rhodiumtoad@postgres 6314 [ + - + + :CBC 4669 : foreach(lc, windowClause)
+ + ]
6315 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6316 : 2437 : WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
6317 : :
6318 : : /* It's only active if wflists shows some related WindowFuncs */
6393 6319 [ - + ]: 2437 : Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
2846 rhodiumtoad@postgres 6320 [ + + ]: 2437 : if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
6321 : 50 : continue;
6322 : :
6323 : 2387 : actives[nActive].wc = wc; /* original clause */
6324 : :
6325 : : /*
6326 : : * For sorting, we want the list of partition keys followed by the
6327 : : * list of sort keys. But pathkeys construction will remove duplicates
6328 : : * between the two, so we can as well (even though we can't detect all
6329 : : * of the duplicates, since some may come from ECs - that might mean
6330 : : * we miss optimization chances here). We must, however, ensure that
6331 : : * the order of entries is preserved with respect to the ones we do
6332 : : * keep.
6333 : : *
6334 : : * partitionClause and orderClause had their own duplicates removed in
6335 : : * parse analysis, so we're only concerned here with removing
6336 : : * orderClause entries that also appear in partitionClause.
6337 : : */
6338 : 4774 : actives[nActive].uniqueOrder =
6339 : 2387 : list_concat_unique(list_copy(wc->partitionClause),
6340 : 2387 : wc->orderClause);
6341 : 2387 : nActive++;
6342 : : }
6343 : :
6344 : : /*
6345 : : * Sort active windows by their partitioning/ordering clauses, ignoring
6346 : : * any framing clauses, so that the windows that need the same sorting are
6347 : : * adjacent in the list. When we come to generate paths, this will avoid
6348 : : * inserting additional Sort nodes.
6349 : : *
6350 : : * This is how we implement a specific requirement from the SQL standard,
6351 : : * which says that when two or more windows are order-equivalent (i.e.
6352 : : * have matching partition and order clauses, even if their names or
6353 : : * framing clauses differ), then all peer rows must be presented in the
6354 : : * same order in all of them. If we allowed multiple sort nodes for such
6355 : : * cases, we'd risk having the peer rows end up in different orders in
6356 : : * equivalent windows due to sort instability. (See General Rule 4 of
6357 : : * <window clause> in SQL2008 - SQL2016.)
6358 : : *
6359 : : * Additionally, if the entire list of clauses of one window is a prefix
6360 : : * of another, put first the window with stronger sorting requirements.
6361 : : * This way we will first sort for stronger window, and won't have to sort
6362 : : * again for the weaker one.
6363 : : */
6364 : 2232 : qsort(actives, nActive, sizeof(WindowClauseSortData), common_prefix_cmp);
6365 : :
6366 : : /* build ordered list of the original WindowClause nodes */
6367 [ + + ]: 4619 : for (int i = 0; i < nActive; i++)
6368 : 2387 : result = lappend(result, actives[i].wc);
6369 : :
6370 : 2232 : pfree(actives);
6371 : :
6372 : 2232 : return result;
6373 : : }
6374 : :
6375 : : /*
6376 : : * name_active_windows
6377 : : * Ensure all active windows have unique names.
6378 : : *
6379 : : * The parser will have checked that user-assigned window names are unique
6380 : : * within the Query. Here we assign made-up names to any unnamed
6381 : : * WindowClauses for the benefit of EXPLAIN. (We don't want to do this
6382 : : * at parse time, because it'd mess up decompilation of views.)
6383 : : *
6384 : : * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
6385 : : */
6386 : : static void
476 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6387 : 2232 : name_active_windows(List *activeWindows)
6388 : : {
6389 : 2232 : int next_n = 1;
6390 : : char newname[16];
6391 : : ListCell *lc;
6392 : :
6393 [ + - + + : 4619 : foreach(lc, activeWindows)
+ + ]
6394 : : {
6395 : 2387 : WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
6396 : :
6397 : : /* Nothing to do if it has a name already. */
6398 [ + + ]: 2387 : if (wc->name)
6399 : 480 : continue;
6400 : :
6401 : : /* Select a name not currently present in the list. */
6402 : : for (;;)
6403 : 5 : {
6404 : : ListCell *lc2;
6405 : :
6406 : 1912 : snprintf(newname, sizeof(newname), "w%d", next_n++);
6407 [ + - + + : 4114 : foreach(lc2, activeWindows)
+ + ]
6408 : : {
6409 : 2207 : WindowClause *wc2 = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc2);
6410 : :
6411 [ + + + + ]: 2207 : if (wc2->name && strcmp(wc2->name, newname) == 0)
6412 : 5 : break; /* matched */
6413 : : }
6414 [ + + ]: 1912 : if (lc2 == NULL)
6415 : 1907 : break; /* reached the end with no match */
6416 : : }
6417 : 1907 : wc->name = pstrdup(newname);
6418 : : }
6419 : 2232 : }
6420 : :
6421 : : /*
6422 : : * common_prefix_cmp
6423 : : * QSort comparison function for WindowClauseSortData
6424 : : *
6425 : : * Sort the windows by the required sorting clauses. First, compare the sort
6426 : : * clauses themselves. Second, if one window's clauses are a prefix of another
6427 : : * one's clauses, put the window with more sort clauses first.
6428 : : *
6429 : : * We purposefully sort by the highest tleSortGroupRef first. Since
6430 : : * tleSortGroupRefs are assigned for the query's DISTINCT and ORDER BY first
6431 : : * and because here we sort the lowest tleSortGroupRefs last, if a
6432 : : * WindowClause is sharing a tleSortGroupRef with the query's DISTINCT or
6433 : : * ORDER BY clause, this makes it more likely that the final WindowAgg will
6434 : : * provide presorted input for the query's DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause, thus
6435 : : * reducing the total number of sorts required for the query.
6436 : : */
6437 : : static int
2846 rhodiumtoad@postgres 6438 : 170 : common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
6439 : : {
6440 : 170 : const WindowClauseSortData *wcsa = a;
6441 : 170 : const WindowClauseSortData *wcsb = b;
6442 : : ListCell *item_a;
6443 : : ListCell *item_b;
6444 : :
6445 [ + + + + : 305 : forboth(item_a, wcsa->uniqueOrder, item_b, wcsb->uniqueOrder)
+ + + + +
+ + + +
+ ]
6446 : : {
6447 : 220 : SortGroupClause *sca = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, item_a);
6448 : 220 : SortGroupClause *scb = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, item_b);
6449 : :
6450 [ + + ]: 220 : if (sca->tleSortGroupRef > scb->tleSortGroupRef)
6451 : 85 : return -1;
6452 [ + + ]: 210 : else if (sca->tleSortGroupRef < scb->tleSortGroupRef)
6453 : 55 : return 1;
6454 [ - + ]: 155 : else if (sca->sortop > scb->sortop)
2846 rhodiumtoad@postgres 6455 :UBC 0 : return -1;
2846 rhodiumtoad@postgres 6456 [ + + ]:CBC 155 : else if (sca->sortop < scb->sortop)
6457 : 20 : return 1;
6458 [ - + - - ]: 135 : else if (sca->nulls_first && !scb->nulls_first)
2846 rhodiumtoad@postgres 6459 :UBC 0 : return -1;
2846 rhodiumtoad@postgres 6460 [ + - - + ]:CBC 135 : else if (!sca->nulls_first && scb->nulls_first)
2846 rhodiumtoad@postgres 6461 :UBC 0 : return 1;
6462 : : /* no need to compare eqop, since it is fully determined by sortop */
6463 : : }
6464 : :
2846 rhodiumtoad@postgres 6465 [ + + ]:CBC 85 : if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) > list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
6466 : 5 : return -1;
6467 [ + + ]: 80 : else if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) < list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
6468 : 25 : return 1;
6469 : :
6470 : 55 : return 0;
6471 : : }
6472 : :
6473 : : /*
6474 : : * make_window_input_target
6475 : : * Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to WindowAgg nodes.
6476 : : *
6477 : : * When the query has window functions, this function computes the desired
6478 : : * target to be computed by the node just below the first WindowAgg.
6479 : : * This tlist must contain all values needed to evaluate the window functions,
6480 : : * compute the final target list, and perform any required final sort step.
6481 : : * If multiple WindowAggs are needed, each intermediate one adds its window
6482 : : * function results onto this base tlist; only the topmost WindowAgg computes
6483 : : * the actual desired target list.
6484 : : *
6485 : : * This function is much like make_group_input_target, though not quite enough
6486 : : * like it to share code. As in that function, we flatten most expressions
6487 : : * into their component variables. But we do not want to flatten window
6488 : : * PARTITION BY/ORDER BY clauses, since that might result in multiple
6489 : : * evaluations of them, which would be bad (possibly even resulting in
6490 : : * inconsistent answers, if they contain volatile functions).
6491 : : * Also, we must not flatten GROUP BY clauses that were left unflattened by
6492 : : * make_group_input_target, because we may no longer have access to the
6493 : : * individual Vars in them.
6494 : : *
6495 : : * Another key difference from make_group_input_target is that we don't
6496 : : * flatten Aggref expressions, since those are to be computed below the
6497 : : * window functions and just referenced like Vars above that.
6498 : : *
6499 : : * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
6500 : : * 'activeWindows' is the list of active windows previously identified by
6501 : : * select_active_windows.
6502 : : *
6503 : : * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
6504 : : * below the first WindowAgg node.
6505 : : */
6506 : : static PathTarget *
3765 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6507 : 2232 : make_window_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
6508 : : PathTarget *final_target,
6509 : : List *activeWindows)
6510 : : {
6511 : : PathTarget *input_target;
6512 : : Bitmapset *sgrefs;
6513 : : List *flattenable_cols;
6514 : : List *flattenable_vars;
6515 : : int i;
6516 : : ListCell *lc;
6517 : :
1259 6518 [ - + ]: 2232 : Assert(root->parse->hasWindowFuncs);
6519 : :
6520 : : /*
6521 : : * Collect the sortgroupref numbers of window PARTITION/ORDER BY clauses
6522 : : * into a bitmapset for convenient reference below.
6523 : : */
5038 6524 : 2232 : sgrefs = NULL;
6301 6525 [ + - + + : 4619 : foreach(lc, activeWindows)
+ + ]
6526 : : {
3220 6527 : 2387 : WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
6528 : : ListCell *lc2;
6529 : :
6301 6530 [ + + + + : 3009 : foreach(lc2, wc->partitionClause)
+ + ]
6531 : : {
3220 6532 : 622 : SortGroupClause *sortcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc2);
6533 : :
6301 6534 : 622 : sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
6535 : : }
6536 [ + + + + : 4307 : foreach(lc2, wc->orderClause)
+ + ]
6537 : : {
3220 6538 : 1920 : SortGroupClause *sortcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc2);
6539 : :
6301 6540 : 1920 : sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
6541 : : }
6542 : : }
6543 : :
6544 : : /* Add in sortgroupref numbers of GROUP BY clauses, too */
1259 6545 [ + + + + : 2388 : foreach(lc, root->processed_groupClause)
+ + ]
6546 : : {
3220 6547 : 156 : SortGroupClause *grpcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
6548 : :
5038 6549 : 156 : sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, grpcl->tleSortGroupRef);
6550 : : }
6551 : :
6552 : : /*
6553 : : * Construct a target containing all the non-flattenable targetlist items,
6554 : : * and save aside the others for a moment.
6555 : : */
3763 6556 : 2232 : input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
5038 6557 : 2232 : flattenable_cols = NIL;
6558 : :
3763 6559 : 2232 : i = 0;
6560 [ + - + + : 9369 : foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
+ + ]
6561 : : {
6562 : 7137 : Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
3669 6563 [ + - ]: 7137 : Index sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i);
6564 : :
6565 : : /*
6566 : : * Don't want to deconstruct window clauses or GROUP BY items. (Note
6567 : : * that such items can't contain window functions, so it's okay to
6568 : : * compute them below the WindowAgg nodes.)
6569 : : */
3763 6570 [ + + + + ]: 7137 : if (sgref != 0 && bms_is_member(sgref, sgrefs))
6571 : : {
6572 : : /*
6573 : : * Don't want to deconstruct this value, so add it to the input
6574 : : * target as-is.
6575 : : */
6576 : 2404 : add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr, sgref);
6577 : : }
6578 : : else
6579 : : {
6580 : : /*
6581 : : * Column is to be flattened, so just remember the expression for
6582 : : * later call to pull_var_clause.
6583 : : */
6584 : 4733 : flattenable_cols = lappend(flattenable_cols, expr);
6585 : : }
6586 : :
6587 : 7137 : i++;
6588 : : }
6589 : :
6590 : : /*
6591 : : * Pull out all the Vars and Aggrefs mentioned in flattenable columns, and
6592 : : * add them to the input target if not already present. (Some might be
6593 : : * there already because they're used directly as window/group clauses.)
6594 : : *
6595 : : * Note: it's essential to use PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES here, so that any
6596 : : * Aggrefs are placed in the Agg node's tlist and not left to be computed
6597 : : * at higher levels. On the other hand, we should recurse into
6598 : : * WindowFuncs to make sure their input expressions are available.
6599 : : */
5038 6600 : 2232 : flattenable_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) flattenable_cols,
6601 : : PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
6602 : : PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
6603 : : PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
3763 6604 : 2232 : add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, flattenable_vars);
6605 : :
6606 : : /* clean up cruft */
5038 6607 : 2232 : list_free(flattenable_vars);
6608 : 2232 : list_free(flattenable_cols);
6609 : :
6610 : : /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
3763 6611 : 2232 : return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
6612 : : }
6613 : :
6614 : : /*
6615 : : * make_pathkeys_for_window
6616 : : * Create a pathkeys list describing the required input ordering
6617 : : * for the given WindowClause.
6618 : : *
6619 : : * Modifies wc's partitionClause to remove any clauses which are deemed
6620 : : * redundant by the pathkey logic.
6621 : : *
6622 : : * The required ordering is first the PARTITION keys, then the ORDER keys.
6623 : : * In the future we might try to implement windowing using hashing, in which
6624 : : * case the ordering could be relaxed, but for now we always sort.
6625 : : */
6626 : : static List *
6393 6627 : 4786 : make_pathkeys_for_window(PlannerInfo *root, WindowClause *wc,
6628 : : List *tlist)
6629 : : {
1093 drowley@postgresql.o 6630 : 4786 : List *window_pathkeys = NIL;
6631 : :
6632 : : /* Throw error if can't sort */
6393 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6633 [ - + ]: 4786 : if (!grouping_is_sortable(wc->partitionClause))
6393 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6634 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
6635 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
6636 : : errmsg("could not implement window PARTITION BY"),
6637 : : errdetail("Window partitioning columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
6393 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6638 [ - + ]:CBC 4786 : if (!grouping_is_sortable(wc->orderClause))
6393 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6639 [ # # ]:UBC 0 : ereport(ERROR,
6640 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
6641 : : errmsg("could not implement window ORDER BY"),
6642 : : errdetail("Window ordering columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
6643 : :
6644 : : /*
6645 : : * First fetch the pathkeys for the PARTITION BY clause. We can safely
6646 : : * remove any clauses from the wc->partitionClause for redundant pathkeys.
6647 : : */
1093 drowley@postgresql.o 6648 [ + + ]:CBC 4786 : if (wc->partitionClause != NIL)
6649 : : {
6650 : : bool sortable;
6651 : :
6652 : 1088 : window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
6653 : : &wc->partitionClause,
6654 : : tlist,
6655 : : true,
6656 : : false,
6657 : : &sortable,
6658 : : false);
6659 : :
6660 [ - + ]: 1088 : Assert(sortable);
6661 : : }
6662 : :
6663 : : /*
6664 : : * In principle, we could also consider removing redundant ORDER BY items
6665 : : * too as doing so does not alter the result of peer row checks done by
6666 : : * the executor. However, we must *not* remove the ordering column for
6667 : : * RANGE OFFSET cases, as the executor needs that for in_range tests even
6668 : : * if it's known to be equal to some partitioning column.
6669 : : */
6670 [ + + ]: 4786 : if (wc->orderClause != NIL)
6671 : : {
6672 : : List *orderby_pathkeys;
6673 : :
6674 : 3754 : orderby_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
6675 : : wc->orderClause,
6676 : : tlist);
6677 : :
6678 : : /* Okay, make the combined pathkeys */
6679 [ + + ]: 3754 : if (window_pathkeys != NIL)
6680 : 781 : window_pathkeys = append_pathkeys(window_pathkeys, orderby_pathkeys);
6681 : : else
6682 : 2973 : window_pathkeys = orderby_pathkeys;
6683 : : }
6684 : :
6393 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6685 : 4786 : return window_pathkeys;
6686 : : }
6687 : :
6688 : : /*
6689 : : * make_sort_input_target
6690 : : * Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to Sort step.
6691 : : *
6692 : : * If the query has ORDER BY, this function chooses the target to be computed
6693 : : * by the node just below the Sort (and DISTINCT, if any, since Unique can't
6694 : : * project) steps. This might or might not be identical to the query's final
6695 : : * output target.
6696 : : *
6697 : : * The main argument for keeping the sort-input tlist the same as the final
6698 : : * is that we avoid a separate projection node (which will be needed if
6699 : : * they're different, because Sort can't project). However, there are also
6700 : : * advantages to postponing tlist evaluation till after the Sort: it ensures
6701 : : * a consistent order of evaluation for any volatile functions in the tlist,
6702 : : * and if there's also a LIMIT, we can stop the query without ever computing
6703 : : * tlist functions for later rows, which is beneficial for both volatile and
6704 : : * expensive functions.
6705 : : *
6706 : : * Our current policy is to postpone volatile expressions till after the sort
6707 : : * unconditionally (assuming that that's possible, ie they are in plain tlist
6708 : : * columns and not ORDER BY/GROUP BY/DISTINCT columns). We also prefer to
6709 : : * postpone set-returning expressions, because running them beforehand would
6710 : : * bloat the sort dataset, and because it might cause unexpected output order
6711 : : * if the sort isn't stable. However there's a constraint on that: all SRFs
6712 : : * in the tlist should be evaluated at the same plan step, so that they can
6713 : : * run in sync in nodeProjectSet. So if any SRFs are in sort columns, we
6714 : : * mustn't postpone any SRFs. (Note that in principle that policy should
6715 : : * probably get applied to the group/window input targetlists too, but we
6716 : : * have not done that historically.) Lastly, expensive expressions are
6717 : : * postponed if there is a LIMIT, or if root->tuple_fraction shows that
6718 : : * partial evaluation of the query is possible (if neither is true, we expect
6719 : : * to have to evaluate the expressions for every row anyway), or if there are
6720 : : * any volatile or set-returning expressions (since once we've put in a
6721 : : * projection at all, it won't cost any more to postpone more stuff).
6722 : : *
6723 : : * Another issue that could potentially be considered here is that
6724 : : * evaluating tlist expressions could result in data that's either wider
6725 : : * or narrower than the input Vars, thus changing the volume of data that
6726 : : * has to go through the Sort. However, we usually have only a very bad
6727 : : * idea of the output width of any expression more complex than a Var,
6728 : : * so for now it seems too risky to try to optimize on that basis.
6729 : : *
6730 : : * Note that if we do produce a modified sort-input target, and then the
6731 : : * query ends up not using an explicit Sort, no particular harm is done:
6732 : : * we'll initially use the modified target for the preceding path nodes,
6733 : : * but then change them to the final target with apply_projection_to_path.
6734 : : * Moreover, in such a case the guarantees about evaluation order of
6735 : : * volatile functions still hold, since the rows are sorted already.
6736 : : *
6737 : : * This function has some things in common with make_group_input_target and
6738 : : * make_window_input_target, though the detailed rules for what to do are
6739 : : * different. We never flatten/postpone any grouping or ordering columns;
6740 : : * those are needed before the sort. If we do flatten a particular
6741 : : * expression, we leave Aggref and WindowFunc nodes alone, since those were
6742 : : * computed earlier.
6743 : : *
6744 : : * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
6745 : : * 'have_postponed_srfs' is an output argument, see below
6746 : : *
6747 : : * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
6748 : : * below the Sort step (and the Distinct step, if any). This will be
6749 : : * exactly final_target if we decide a projection step wouldn't be helpful.
6750 : : *
6751 : : * In addition, *have_postponed_srfs is set to true if we choose to postpone
6752 : : * any set-returning functions to after the Sort.
6753 : : */
6754 : : static PathTarget *
3763 6755 : 57669 : make_sort_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
6756 : : PathTarget *final_target,
6757 : : bool *have_postponed_srfs)
6758 : : {
6759 : 57669 : Query *parse = root->parse;
6760 : : PathTarget *input_target;
6761 : : int ncols;
6762 : : bool *col_is_srf;
6763 : : bool *postpone_col;
6764 : : bool have_srf;
6765 : : bool have_volatile;
6766 : : bool have_expensive;
6767 : : bool have_srf_sortcols;
6768 : : bool postpone_srfs;
6769 : : List *postponable_cols;
6770 : : List *postponable_vars;
6771 : : int i;
6772 : : ListCell *lc;
6773 : :
6774 : : /* Shouldn't get here unless query has ORDER BY */
6775 [ - + ]: 57669 : Assert(parse->sortClause);
6776 : :
3296 6777 : 57669 : *have_postponed_srfs = false; /* default result */
6778 : :
6779 : : /* Inspect tlist and collect per-column information */
3763 6780 : 57669 : ncols = list_length(final_target->exprs);
3749 6781 : 57669 : col_is_srf = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
3763 6782 : 57669 : postpone_col = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
3749 6783 : 57669 : have_srf = have_volatile = have_expensive = have_srf_sortcols = false;
6784 : :
3763 6785 : 57669 : i = 0;
6786 [ + - + + : 329202 : foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
+ + ]
6787 : : {
6788 : 271533 : Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
6789 : :
6790 : : /*
6791 : : * If the column has a sortgroupref, assume it has to be evaluated
6792 : : * before sorting. Generally such columns would be ORDER BY, GROUP
6793 : : * BY, etc targets. One exception is columns that were removed from
6794 : : * GROUP BY by remove_useless_groupby_columns() ... but those would
6795 : : * only be Vars anyway. There don't seem to be any cases where it
6796 : : * would be worth the trouble to double-check.
6797 : : */
3669 6798 [ + - + + ]: 271533 : if (get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i) == 0)
6799 : : {
6800 : : /*
6801 : : * Check for SRF or volatile functions. Check the SRF case first
6802 : : * because we must know whether we have any postponed SRFs.
6803 : : */
3577 6804 [ + + + + ]: 190355 : if (parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
6805 : 180 : expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
6806 : : {
6807 : : /* We'll decide below whether these are postponable */
3749 6808 : 80 : col_is_srf[i] = true;
3763 6809 : 80 : have_srf = true;
6810 : : }
6811 [ + + ]: 190095 : else if (contain_volatile_functions((Node *) expr))
6812 : : {
6813 : : /* Unconditionally postpone */
6814 : 190 : postpone_col[i] = true;
6815 : 190 : have_volatile = true;
6816 : : }
6817 : : else
6818 : : {
6819 : : /*
6820 : : * Else check the cost. XXX it's annoying to have to do this
6821 : : * when set_pathtarget_cost_width() just did it. Refactor to
6822 : : * allow sharing the work?
6823 : : */
6824 : : QualCost cost;
6825 : :
6826 : 189905 : cost_qual_eval_node(&cost, (Node *) expr, root);
6827 : :
6828 : : /*
6829 : : * We arbitrarily define "expensive" as "more than 10X
6830 : : * cpu_operator_cost". Note this will take in any PL function
6831 : : * with default cost.
6832 : : */
6833 [ + + ]: 189905 : if (cost.per_tuple > 10 * cpu_operator_cost)
6834 : : {
6835 : 13923 : postpone_col[i] = true;
6836 : 13923 : have_expensive = true;
6837 : : }
6838 : : }
6839 : : }
6840 : : else
6841 : : {
6842 : : /* For sortgroupref cols, just check if any contain SRFs */
3749 6843 [ + + ]: 81358 : if (!have_srf_sortcols &&
3577 6844 [ + + + + ]: 81615 : parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
3749 6845 : 277 : expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
6846 : 122 : have_srf_sortcols = true;
6847 : : }
6848 : :
3763 6849 : 271533 : i++;
6850 : : }
6851 : :
6852 : : /*
6853 : : * We can postpone SRFs if we have some but none are in sortgroupref cols.
6854 : : */
3749 6855 [ + + + + ]: 57669 : postpone_srfs = (have_srf && !have_srf_sortcols);
6856 : :
6857 : : /*
6858 : : * If we don't need a post-sort projection, just return final_target.
6859 : : */
6860 [ + + + + ]: 57669 : if (!(postpone_srfs || have_volatile ||
3763 6861 [ + + ]: 57431 : (have_expensive &&
6862 [ + + + - ]: 8382 : (parse->limitCount || root->tuple_fraction > 0))))
6863 : 57401 : return final_target;
6864 : :
6865 : : /*
6866 : : * Report whether the post-sort projection will contain set-returning
6867 : : * functions. This is important because it affects whether the Sort can
6868 : : * rely on the query's LIMIT (if any) to bound the number of rows it needs
6869 : : * to return.
6870 : : */
3749 6871 : 268 : *have_postponed_srfs = postpone_srfs;
6872 : :
6873 : : /*
6874 : : * Construct the sort-input target, taking all non-postponable columns and
6875 : : * then adding Vars, PlaceHolderVars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs found in
6876 : : * the postponable ones.
6877 : : */
3763 6878 : 268 : input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
6879 : 268 : postponable_cols = NIL;
6880 : :
6881 : 268 : i = 0;
6882 [ + - + + : 1875 : foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
+ + ]
6883 : : {
6884 : 1607 : Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
6885 : :
3749 6886 [ + + + + : 1607 : if (postpone_col[i] || (postpone_srfs && col_is_srf[i]))
+ + ]
3763 6887 : 320 : postponable_cols = lappend(postponable_cols, expr);
6888 : : else
6889 : 1287 : add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr,
3296 6890 [ + - ]: 1287 : get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i));
6891 : :
3763 6892 : 1607 : i++;
6893 : : }
6894 : :
6895 : : /*
6896 : : * Pull out all the Vars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs mentioned in
6897 : : * postponable columns, and add them to the sort-input target if not
6898 : : * already present. (Some might be there already.) We mustn't
6899 : : * deconstruct Aggrefs or WindowFuncs here, since the projection node
6900 : : * would be unable to recompute them.
6901 : : */
6902 : 268 : postponable_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) postponable_cols,
6903 : : PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
6904 : : PVC_INCLUDE_WINDOWFUNCS |
6905 : : PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
6906 : 268 : add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, postponable_vars);
6907 : :
6908 : : /* clean up cruft */
6909 : 268 : list_free(postponable_vars);
6910 : 268 : list_free(postponable_cols);
6911 : :
6912 : : /* XXX this represents even more redundant cost calculation ... */
6913 : 268 : return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
6914 : : }
6915 : :
6916 : : /*
6917 : : * get_cheapest_fractional_path
6918 : : * Find the cheapest path for retrieving a specified fraction of all
6919 : : * the tuples expected to be returned by the given relation.
6920 : : *
6921 : : * Do not consider parameterized paths. If the caller needs a path for upper
6922 : : * rel, it can't have parameterized paths. If the caller needs an append
6923 : : * subpath, it could become limited by the treatment of similar
6924 : : * parameterization of all the subpaths.
6925 : : *
6926 : : * We interpret tuple_fraction the same way as grouping_planner.
6927 : : *
6928 : : * We assume set_cheapest() has been run on the given rel.
6929 : : */
6930 : : Path *
3767 6931 : 358846 : get_cheapest_fractional_path(RelOptInfo *rel, double tuple_fraction)
6932 : : {
6933 : 358846 : Path *best_path = rel->cheapest_total_path;
6934 : : ListCell *l;
6935 : :
6936 : : /* If all tuples will be retrieved, just return the cheapest-total path */
6937 [ + + ]: 358846 : if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
6938 : 351951 : return best_path;
6939 : :
6940 : : /* Convert absolute # of tuples to a fraction; no need to clamp to 0..1 */
3748 6941 [ + + + + ]: 6895 : if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0 && best_path->rows > 0)
3767 6942 : 2922 : tuple_fraction /= best_path->rows;
6943 : :
6944 [ + - + + : 17401 : foreach(l, rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
6945 : : {
6946 : 10506 : Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(l);
6947 : :
477 akorotkov@postgresql 6948 [ + + ]: 10506 : if (path->param_info)
6949 : 166 : continue;
6950 : :
3767 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 6951 [ + + + + ]: 13785 : if (path == rel->cheapest_total_path ||
3296 6952 : 3445 : compare_fractional_path_costs(best_path, path, tuple_fraction) <= 0)
3767 6953 : 10019 : continue;
6954 : :
6955 : 321 : best_path = path;
6956 : : }
6957 : :
6958 : 6895 : return best_path;
6959 : : }
6960 : :
6961 : : /*
6962 : : * adjust_paths_for_srfs
6963 : : * Fix up the Paths of the given upperrel to handle tSRFs properly.
6964 : : *
6965 : : * The executor can only handle set-returning functions that appear at the
6966 : : * top level of the targetlist of a ProjectSet plan node. If we have any SRFs
6967 : : * that are not at top level, we need to split up the evaluation into multiple
6968 : : * plan levels in which each level satisfies this constraint. This function
6969 : : * modifies each Path of an upperrel that (might) compute any SRFs in its
6970 : : * output tlist to insert appropriate projection steps.
6971 : : *
6972 : : * The given targets and targets_contain_srfs lists are from
6973 : : * split_pathtarget_at_srfs(). We assume the existing Paths emit the first
6974 : : * target in targets.
6975 : : */
6976 : : static void
3450 andres@anarazel.de 6977 : 10655 : adjust_paths_for_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
6978 : : List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs)
6979 : : {
6980 : : ListCell *lc;
6981 : :
6982 [ - + ]: 10655 : Assert(list_length(targets) == list_length(targets_contain_srfs));
6983 [ - + ]: 10655 : Assert(!linitial_int(targets_contain_srfs));
6984 : :
6985 : : /* If no SRFs appear at this plan level, nothing to do */
6986 [ + + ]: 10655 : if (list_length(targets) == 1)
6987 : 491 : return;
6988 : :
6989 : : /*
6990 : : * Stack SRF-evaluation nodes atop each path for the rel.
6991 : : *
6992 : : * In principle we should re-run set_cheapest() here to identify the
6993 : : * cheapest path, but it seems unlikely that adding the same tlist eval
6994 : : * costs to all the paths would change that, so we don't bother. Instead,
6995 : : * just assume that the cheapest-startup and cheapest-total paths remain
6996 : : * so. (There should be no parameterized paths anymore, so we needn't
6997 : : * worry about updating cheapest_parameterized_paths.)
6998 : : */
6999 [ + - + + : 20358 : foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
7000 : : {
7001 : 10194 : Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7002 : 10194 : Path *newpath = subpath;
7003 : : ListCell *lc1,
7004 : : *lc2;
7005 : :
7006 [ - + ]: 10194 : Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
7007 [ + - + + : 31367 : forboth(lc1, targets, lc2, targets_contain_srfs)
+ - + + +
+ + - +
+ ]
7008 : : {
3220 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7009 : 21173 : PathTarget *thistarget = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc1);
3450 andres@anarazel.de 7010 : 21173 : bool contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
7011 : :
7012 : : /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
7013 [ + + ]: 21173 : if (contains_srfs)
7014 : 10244 : newpath = (Path *) create_set_projection_path(root,
7015 : : rel,
7016 : : newpath,
7017 : : thistarget);
7018 : : else
7019 : 10929 : newpath = (Path *) apply_projection_to_path(root,
7020 : : rel,
7021 : : newpath,
7022 : : thistarget);
7023 : : }
7024 : 10194 : lfirst(lc) = newpath;
7025 [ + + ]: 10194 : if (subpath == rel->cheapest_startup_path)
7026 : 239 : rel->cheapest_startup_path = newpath;
7027 [ + + ]: 10194 : if (subpath == rel->cheapest_total_path)
7028 : 239 : rel->cheapest_total_path = newpath;
7029 : : }
7030 : :
7031 : : /* Likewise for partial paths, if any */
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 7032 [ + + + + : 10179 : foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
+ + ]
7033 : : {
7034 : 15 : Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7035 : 15 : Path *newpath = subpath;
7036 : : ListCell *lc1,
7037 : : *lc2;
7038 : :
7039 [ - + ]: 15 : Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
7040 [ + - + + : 60 : forboth(lc1, targets, lc2, targets_contain_srfs)
+ - + + +
+ + - +
+ ]
7041 : : {
7042 : 45 : PathTarget *thistarget = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc1);
7043 : 45 : bool contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
7044 : :
7045 : : /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
7046 [ + + ]: 45 : if (contains_srfs)
7047 : 15 : newpath = (Path *) create_set_projection_path(root,
7048 : : rel,
7049 : : newpath,
7050 : : thistarget);
7051 : : else
7052 : : {
7053 : : /* avoid apply_projection_to_path, in case of multiple refs */
7054 : 30 : newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
7055 : : rel,
7056 : : newpath,
7057 : : thistarget);
7058 : : }
7059 : : }
7060 : 15 : lfirst(lc) = newpath;
7061 : : }
7062 : : }
7063 : :
7064 : : /*
7065 : : * expression_planner
7066 : : * Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression.
7067 : : *
7068 : : * Various utility commands need to evaluate expressions that are not part
7069 : : * of a plannable query. They can do so using the executor's regular
7070 : : * expression-execution machinery, but first the expression has to be fed
7071 : : * through here to transform it from parser output to something executable.
7072 : : *
7073 : : * Currently, we disallow sublinks in standalone expressions, so there's no
7074 : : * real "planning" involved here. (That might not always be true though.)
7075 : : * What we must do is run eval_const_expressions to ensure that any function
7076 : : * calls are converted to positional notation and function default arguments
7077 : : * get inserted. The fact that constant subexpressions get simplified is a
7078 : : * side-effect that is useful when the expression will get evaluated more than
7079 : : * once. Also, we must fix operator function IDs.
7080 : : *
7081 : : * This does not return any information about dependencies of the expression.
7082 : : * Hence callers should use the results only for the duration of the current
7083 : : * query. Callers that would like to cache the results for longer should use
7084 : : * expression_planner_with_deps, probably via the plancache.
7085 : : *
7086 : : * Note: this must not make any damaging changes to the passed-in expression
7087 : : * tree. (It would actually be okay to apply fix_opfuncids to it, but since
7088 : : * we first do an expression_tree_mutator-based walk, what is returned will
7089 : : * be a new node tree.) The result is constructed in the current memory
7090 : : * context; beware that this can leak a lot of additional stuff there, too.
7091 : : */
7092 : : Expr *
7093 : 137783 : expression_planner(Expr *expr)
7094 : : {
7095 : : Node *result;
7096 : :
7097 : : /*
7098 : : * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
7099 : : * simplify constant subexprs
7100 : : */
7101 : 137783 : result = eval_const_expressions(NULL, (Node *) expr);
7102 : :
7103 : : /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
7104 : 137771 : fix_opfuncids(result);
7105 : :
7106 : 137771 : return (Expr *) result;
7107 : : }
7108 : :
7109 : : /*
7110 : : * expression_planner_with_deps
7111 : : * Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression,
7112 : : * returning expression dependency information along with the result.
7113 : : *
7114 : : * This is identical to expression_planner() except that it also returns
7115 : : * information about possible dependencies of the expression, ie identities of
7116 : : * objects whose definitions affect the result. As in a PlannedStmt, these
7117 : : * are expressed as a list of relation Oids and a list of PlanInvalItems.
7118 : : */
7119 : : Expr *
2756 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7120 : 270 : expression_planner_with_deps(Expr *expr,
7121 : : List **relationOids,
7122 : : List **invalItems)
7123 : : {
7124 : : Node *result;
7125 : : PlannerGlobal glob;
7126 : : PlannerInfo root;
7127 : :
7128 : : /* Make up dummy planner state so we can use setrefs machinery */
7129 [ + - + - : 7830 : MemSet(&glob, 0, sizeof(glob));
+ - + - +
+ ]
7130 : 270 : glob.type = T_PlannerGlobal;
7131 : 270 : glob.relationOids = NIL;
7132 : 270 : glob.invalItems = NIL;
7133 : :
7134 [ + - + - : 25380 : MemSet(&root, 0, sizeof(root));
+ - + - +
+ ]
7135 : 270 : root.type = T_PlannerInfo;
7136 : 270 : root.glob = &glob;
7137 : :
7138 : : /*
7139 : : * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
7140 : : * simplify constant subexprs. Collect identities of inlined functions
7141 : : * and elided domains, too.
7142 : : */
7143 : 270 : result = eval_const_expressions(&root, (Node *) expr);
7144 : :
7145 : : /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
7146 : 270 : fix_opfuncids(result);
7147 : :
7148 : : /*
7149 : : * Now walk the finished expression to find anything else we ought to
7150 : : * record as an expression dependency.
7151 : : */
7152 : 270 : (void) extract_query_dependencies_walker(result, &root);
7153 : :
7154 : 270 : *relationOids = glob.relationOids;
7155 : 270 : *invalItems = glob.invalItems;
7156 : :
7157 : 270 : return (Expr *) result;
7158 : : }
7159 : :
7160 : :
7161 : : /*
7162 : : * plan_cluster_use_sort
7163 : : * Use the planner to decide how CLUSTER should implement sorting
7164 : : *
7165 : : * tableOid is the OID of a table to be clustered on its index indexOid
7166 : : * (which is already known to be a btree index). Decide whether it's
7167 : : * cheaper to do an indexscan or a seqscan-plus-sort to execute the CLUSTER.
7168 : : * Return true to use sorting, false to use an indexscan.
7169 : : *
7170 : : * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table.
7171 : : */
7172 : : bool
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 7173 : 145 : plan_cluster_use_sort(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
7174 : : {
7175 : : PlannerInfo *root;
7176 : : Query *query;
7177 : : PlannerGlobal *glob;
7178 : : RangeTblEntry *rte;
7179 : : RelOptInfo *rel;
7180 : : IndexOptInfo *indexInfo;
7181 : : QualCost indexExprCost;
7182 : : Cost comparisonCost;
7183 : : Path *seqScanPath;
7184 : : Path seqScanAndSortPath;
7185 : : IndexPath *indexScanPath;
7186 : : ListCell *lc;
7187 : :
7188 : : /* We can short-circuit the cost comparison if indexscans are disabled */
7189 [ + + ]: 145 : if (!enable_indexscan)
7190 : 20 : return true; /* use sort */
7191 : :
7192 : : /* Set up mostly-dummy planner state */
7193 : 125 : query = makeNode(Query);
7194 : 125 : query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
7195 : :
7196 : 125 : glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
7197 : :
7198 : 125 : root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
7199 : 125 : root->parse = query;
7200 : 125 : root->glob = glob;
7201 : 125 : root->query_level = 1;
7202 : 125 : root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
7203 : 125 : root->wt_param_id = -1;
1247 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7204 : 125 : root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
7205 : :
7206 : : /* Build a minimal RTE for the rel */
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 7207 : 125 : rte = makeNode(RangeTblEntry);
7208 : 125 : rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
7209 : 125 : rte->relid = tableOid;
7210 : 125 : rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
2830 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7211 : 125 : rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 7212 : 125 : rte->lateral = false;
7213 : 125 : rte->inh = false;
7214 : 125 : rte->inFromCl = true;
7215 : 125 : query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
1302 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7216 : 125 : addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
7217 : :
7218 : : /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 7219 : 125 : setup_simple_rel_arrays(root);
7220 : :
7221 : : /* Build RelOptInfo */
7222 : 125 : rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
7223 : :
7224 : : /* Locate IndexOptInfo for the target index */
7225 : 125 : indexInfo = NULL;
7226 [ + - + - : 155 : foreach(lc, rel->indexlist)
+ - ]
7227 : : {
7228 : 155 : indexInfo = lfirst_node(IndexOptInfo, lc);
7229 [ + + ]: 155 : if (indexInfo->indexoid == indexOid)
7230 : 125 : break;
7231 : : }
7232 : :
7233 : : /*
7234 : : * It's possible that get_relation_info did not generate an IndexOptInfo
7235 : : * for the desired index; this could happen if it's not yet reached its
7236 : : * indcheckxmin usability horizon, or if it's a system index and we're
7237 : : * ignoring system indexes. In such cases we should tell CLUSTER to not
7238 : : * trust the index contents but use seqscan-and-sort.
7239 : : */
7240 [ - + ]: 125 : if (lc == NULL) /* not in the list? */
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 7241 :UBC 0 : return true; /* use sort */
7242 : :
7243 : : /*
7244 : : * Rather than doing all the pushups that would be needed to use
7245 : : * set_baserel_size_estimates, just do a quick hack for rows and width.
7246 : : */
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 7247 :CBC 125 : rel->rows = rel->tuples;
7248 : 125 : rel->reltarget->width = get_relation_data_width(tableOid, NULL);
7249 : :
7250 : 125 : root->total_table_pages = rel->pages;
7251 : :
7252 : : /*
7253 : : * Determine eval cost of the index expressions, if any. We need to
7254 : : * charge twice that amount for each tuple comparison that happens during
7255 : : * the sort, since tuplesort.c will have to re-evaluate the index
7256 : : * expressions each time. (XXX that's pretty inefficient...)
7257 : : */
7258 : 125 : cost_qual_eval(&indexExprCost, indexInfo->indexprs, root);
7259 : 125 : comparisonCost = 2.0 * (indexExprCost.startup + indexExprCost.per_tuple);
7260 : :
7261 : : /* Estimate the cost of seq scan + sort */
7262 : 125 : seqScanPath = create_seqscan_path(root, rel, NULL, 0);
7263 : 125 : cost_sort(&seqScanAndSortPath, root, NIL,
7264 : : seqScanPath->disabled_nodes,
7265 : 125 : seqScanPath->total_cost, rel->tuples, rel->reltarget->width,
7266 : : comparisonCost, maintenance_work_mem, -1.0);
7267 : :
7268 : : /* Estimate the cost of index scan */
7269 : 125 : indexScanPath = create_index_path(root, indexInfo,
7270 : : NIL, NIL, NIL, NIL,
7271 : : ForwardScanDirection, false,
7272 : : NULL, 1.0, false);
7273 : :
7274 : 125 : return (seqScanAndSortPath.total_cost < indexScanPath->path.total_cost);
7275 : : }
7276 : :
7277 : : /*
7278 : : * plan_create_index_workers
7279 : : * Use the planner to decide how many parallel worker processes
7280 : : * CREATE INDEX should request for use
7281 : : *
7282 : : * tableOid is the table on which the index is to be built. indexOid is the
7283 : : * OID of an index to be created or reindexed (which must be an index with
7284 : : * support for parallel builds - currently btree, GIN, or BRIN).
7285 : : *
7286 : : * Return value is the number of parallel worker processes to request. It
7287 : : * may be unsafe to proceed if this is 0. Note that this does not include the
7288 : : * leader participating as a worker (value is always a number of parallel
7289 : : * worker processes).
7290 : : *
7291 : : * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table and
7292 : : * index.
7293 : : */
7294 : : int
3070 7295 : 23190 : plan_create_index_workers(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
7296 : : {
7297 : : PlannerInfo *root;
7298 : : Query *query;
7299 : : PlannerGlobal *glob;
7300 : : RangeTblEntry *rte;
7301 : : Relation heap;
7302 : : Relation index;
7303 : : RelOptInfo *rel;
7304 : : int parallel_workers;
7305 : : BlockNumber heap_blocks;
7306 : : double reltuples;
7307 : : double allvisfrac;
7308 : :
7309 : : /*
7310 : : * We don't allow performing parallel operation in standalone backend or
7311 : : * when parallelism is disabled.
7312 : : */
2038 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7313 [ + + + + ]: 23190 : if (!IsUnderPostmaster || max_parallel_maintenance_workers == 0)
3070 rhaas@postgresql.org 7314 : 297 : return 0;
7315 : :
7316 : : /* Set up largely-dummy planner state */
7317 : 22893 : query = makeNode(Query);
7318 : 22893 : query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
7319 : :
7320 : 22893 : glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
7321 : :
7322 : 22893 : root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
7323 : 22893 : root->parse = query;
7324 : 22893 : root->glob = glob;
7325 : 22893 : root->query_level = 1;
7326 : 22893 : root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
7327 : 22893 : root->wt_param_id = -1;
1247 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7328 : 22893 : root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
7329 : :
7330 : : /*
7331 : : * Build a minimal RTE.
7332 : : *
7333 : : * Mark the RTE with inh = true. This is a kludge to prevent
7334 : : * get_relation_info() from fetching index info, which is necessary
7335 : : * because it does not expect that any IndexOptInfo is currently
7336 : : * undergoing REINDEX.
7337 : : */
3070 rhaas@postgresql.org 7338 : 22893 : rte = makeNode(RangeTblEntry);
7339 : 22893 : rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
7340 : 22893 : rte->relid = tableOid;
7341 : 22893 : rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
2830 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7342 : 22893 : rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
3070 rhaas@postgresql.org 7343 : 22893 : rte->lateral = false;
7344 : 22893 : rte->inh = true;
7345 : 22893 : rte->inFromCl = true;
7346 : 22893 : query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
1302 alvherre@alvh.no-ip. 7347 : 22893 : addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
7348 : :
7349 : : /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
3070 rhaas@postgresql.org 7350 : 22893 : setup_simple_rel_arrays(root);
7351 : :
7352 : : /* Build RelOptInfo */
7353 : 22893 : rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
7354 : :
7355 : : /* Rels are assumed already locked by the caller */
2717 andres@anarazel.de 7356 : 22893 : heap = table_open(tableOid, NoLock);
3070 rhaas@postgresql.org 7357 : 22893 : index = index_open(indexOid, NoLock);
7358 : :
7359 : : /*
7360 : : * Determine if it's safe to proceed.
7361 : : *
7362 : : * Currently, parallel workers can't access the leader's temporary tables.
7363 : : * Furthermore, any index predicate or index expressions must be parallel
7364 : : * safe.
7365 : : */
7366 [ + + ]: 22893 : if (heap->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP ||
845 michael@paquier.xyz 7367 [ + + ]: 21502 : !is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) RelationGetIndexExpressions(index)) ||
7368 [ - + ]: 21412 : !is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) RelationGetIndexPredicate(index)))
7369 : : {
3070 rhaas@postgresql.org 7370 : 1481 : parallel_workers = 0;
7371 : 1481 : goto done;
7372 : : }
7373 : :
7374 : : /*
7375 : : * If parallel_workers storage parameter is set for the table, accept that
7376 : : * as the number of parallel worker processes to launch (though still cap
7377 : : * at max_parallel_maintenance_workers). Note that we deliberately do not
7378 : : * consider any other factor when parallel_workers is set. (e.g., memory
7379 : : * use by workers.)
7380 : : */
7381 [ + + ]: 21412 : if (rel->rel_parallel_workers != -1)
7382 : : {
7383 : 57 : parallel_workers = Min(rel->rel_parallel_workers,
7384 : : max_parallel_maintenance_workers);
7385 : 57 : goto done;
7386 : : }
7387 : :
7388 : : /*
7389 : : * Estimate heap relation size ourselves, since rel->pages cannot be
7390 : : * trusted (heap RTE was marked as inheritance parent)
7391 : : */
7392 : 21355 : estimate_rel_size(heap, NULL, &heap_blocks, &reltuples, &allvisfrac);
7393 : :
7394 : : /*
7395 : : * Determine number of workers to scan the heap relation using generic
7396 : : * model
7397 : : */
7398 : 21355 : parallel_workers = compute_parallel_worker(rel, heap_blocks, -1,
7399 : : max_parallel_maintenance_workers);
7400 : :
7401 : : /*
7402 : : * Cap workers based on available maintenance_work_mem as needed.
7403 : : *
7404 : : * Note that each tuplesort participant receives an even share of the
7405 : : * total maintenance_work_mem budget. Aim to leave participants
7406 : : * (including the leader as a participant) with no less than 32MB of
7407 : : * memory. This leaves cases where maintenance_work_mem is set to 64MB
7408 : : * immediately past the threshold of being capable of launching a single
7409 : : * parallel worker to sort.
7410 : : */
7411 [ + + ]: 21464 : while (parallel_workers > 0 &&
515 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7412 [ + + ]: 219 : maintenance_work_mem / (parallel_workers + 1) < 32 * 1024)
3070 rhaas@postgresql.org 7413 : 109 : parallel_workers--;
7414 : :
7415 : 21355 : done:
7416 : 22893 : index_close(index, NoLock);
2717 andres@anarazel.de 7417 : 22893 : table_close(heap, NoLock);
7418 : :
3070 rhaas@postgresql.org 7419 : 22893 : return parallel_workers;
7420 : : }
7421 : :
7422 : : /*
7423 : : * add_paths_to_grouping_rel
7424 : : *
7425 : : * Add non-partial paths to grouping relation.
7426 : : */
7427 : : static void
3077 7428 : 35086 : add_paths_to_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
7429 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
7430 : : RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
7431 : : const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
7432 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
7433 : : GroupPathExtraData *extra)
7434 : : {
7435 : 35086 : Query *parse = root->parse;
7436 : 35086 : Path *cheapest_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
265 rguo@postgresql.org 7437 :GNC 35086 : Path *cheapest_partially_grouped_path = NULL;
7438 : : ListCell *lc;
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 7439 :CBC 35086 : bool can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
7440 : 35086 : bool can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
7441 : 35086 : List *havingQual = (List *) extra->havingQual;
7442 : 35086 : AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
265 rguo@postgresql.org 7443 :GNC 35086 : double dNumGroups = 0;
7444 : 35086 : double dNumFinalGroups = 0;
7445 : :
7446 : : /*
7447 : : * Estimate number of groups for non-split aggregation.
7448 : : */
7449 : 35086 : dNumGroups = get_number_of_groups(root,
7450 : : cheapest_path->rows,
7451 : : gd,
7452 : : extra->targetList);
7453 : :
7454 [ + + + - ]: 35086 : if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
7455 : : {
7456 : 2499 : cheapest_partially_grouped_path =
7457 : : partially_grouped_rel->cheapest_total_path;
7458 : :
7459 : : /*
7460 : : * Estimate number of groups for final phase of partial aggregation.
7461 : : */
7462 : : dNumFinalGroups =
7463 : 2499 : get_number_of_groups(root,
7464 : : cheapest_partially_grouped_path->rows,
7465 : : gd,
7466 : : extra->targetList);
7467 : : }
7468 : :
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 7469 [ + + ]:CBC 35086 : if (can_sort)
7470 : : {
7471 : : /*
7472 : : * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
7473 : : * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
7474 : : * with presorted keys.
7475 : : */
7476 [ + - + + : 72751 : foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
7477 : : {
7478 : : ListCell *lc2;
7479 : 37670 : Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
891 akorotkov@postgresql 7480 : 37670 : Path *path_save = path;
7481 : 37670 : List *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
7482 : :
7483 : : /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7484 : 37670 : pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
7485 : :
7486 [ - + ]: 37670 : Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
7487 : :
7488 [ + - + + : 75457 : foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
+ + ]
7489 : : {
754 7490 : 37787 : GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
7491 : :
7492 : : /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
891 7493 : 37787 : path = path_save;
7494 : :
7495 : 37787 : path = make_ordered_path(root,
7496 : : grouped_rel,
7497 : : path,
7498 : : cheapest_path,
7499 : : info->pathkeys,
7500 : : -1.0);
7501 [ + + ]: 37787 : if (path == NULL)
7502 : 306 : continue;
7503 : :
7504 : : /* Now decide what to stick atop it */
7505 [ + + ]: 37481 : if (parse->groupingSets)
7506 : : {
7507 : 975 : consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
7508 : : path, true, can_hash,
7509 : : gd, agg_costs, dNumGroups);
7510 : : }
7511 [ + + ]: 36506 : else if (parse->hasAggs)
7512 : : {
7513 : : /*
7514 : : * We have aggregation, possibly with plain GROUP BY. Make
7515 : : * an AggPath.
7516 : : */
1366 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7517 : 35814 : add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7518 : 35814 : create_agg_path(root,
7519 : : grouped_rel,
7520 : : path,
7521 : 35814 : grouped_rel->reltarget,
7522 : 35814 : parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7523 : : AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
7524 : : info->clauses,
7525 : : havingQual,
7526 : : agg_costs,
7527 : : dNumGroups));
7528 : : }
891 akorotkov@postgresql 7529 [ + - ]: 692 : else if (parse->groupClause)
7530 : : {
7531 : : /*
7532 : : * We have GROUP BY without aggregation or grouping sets.
7533 : : * Make a GroupPath.
7534 : : */
1366 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7535 : 692 : add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7536 : 692 : create_group_path(root,
7537 : : grouped_rel,
7538 : : path,
7539 : : info->clauses,
7540 : : havingQual,
7541 : : dNumGroups));
7542 : : }
7543 : : else
7544 : : {
7545 : : /* Other cases should have been handled above */
891 akorotkov@postgresql 7546 :UBC 0 : Assert(false);
7547 : : }
7548 : : }
7549 : : }
7550 : :
7551 : : /*
7552 : : * Instead of operating directly on the input relation, we can
7553 : : * consider finalizing a partially aggregated path.
7554 : : */
891 akorotkov@postgresql 7555 [ + + ]:CBC 35081 : if (partially_grouped_rel != NULL)
7556 : : {
7557 [ + - + + : 6444 : foreach(lc, partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
7558 : : {
7559 : : ListCell *lc2;
7560 : 3945 : Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7561 : 3945 : Path *path_save = path;
7562 : 3945 : List *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
7563 : :
7564 : : /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7565 : 3945 : pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
7566 : :
7567 [ - + ]: 3945 : Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
7568 : :
7569 : : /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
7570 [ + - + + : 7890 : foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
+ + ]
7571 : : {
754 7572 : 3945 : GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
7573 : :
7574 : : /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
891 7575 : 3945 : path = path_save;
7576 : :
7577 : 3945 : path = make_ordered_path(root,
7578 : : grouped_rel,
7579 : : path,
7580 : : cheapest_partially_grouped_path,
7581 : : info->pathkeys,
7582 : : -1.0);
7583 : :
7584 [ + + ]: 3945 : if (path == NULL)
7585 : 172 : continue;
7586 : :
7587 [ + + ]: 3773 : if (parse->hasAggs)
7588 : 3571 : add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7589 : 3571 : create_agg_path(root,
7590 : : grouped_rel,
7591 : : path,
7592 : 3571 : grouped_rel->reltarget,
7593 : 3571 : parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7594 : : AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
7595 : : info->clauses,
7596 : : havingQual,
7597 : : agg_final_costs,
7598 : : dNumFinalGroups));
7599 : : else
7600 : 202 : add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7601 : 202 : create_group_path(root,
7602 : : grouped_rel,
7603 : : path,
7604 : : info->clauses,
7605 : : havingQual,
7606 : : dNumFinalGroups));
7607 : :
7608 : : }
7609 : : }
7610 : : }
7611 : : }
7612 : :
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 7613 [ + + ]: 35086 : if (can_hash)
7614 : : {
7615 [ + + ]: 5144 : if (parse->groupingSets)
7616 : : {
7617 : : /*
7618 : : * Try for a hash-only groupingsets path over unsorted input.
7619 : : */
7620 : 807 : consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
7621 : : cheapest_path, false, true,
7622 : : gd, agg_costs, dNumGroups);
7623 : : }
7624 : : else
7625 : : {
7626 : : /*
7627 : : * Generate a HashAgg Path. We just need an Agg over the
7628 : : * cheapest-total input path, since input order won't matter.
7629 : : */
2164 pg@bowt.ie 7630 : 4337 : add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7631 : 4337 : create_agg_path(root, grouped_rel,
7632 : : cheapest_path,
7633 : 4337 : grouped_rel->reltarget,
7634 : : AGG_HASHED,
7635 : : AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
7636 : : root->processed_groupClause,
7637 : : havingQual,
7638 : : agg_costs,
7639 : : dNumGroups));
7640 : : }
7641 : :
7642 : : /*
7643 : : * Generate a Finalize HashAgg Path atop of the cheapest partially
7644 : : * grouped path, assuming there is one
7645 : : */
3024 rhaas@postgresql.org 7646 [ + + + - ]: 5144 : if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
7647 : : {
2164 pg@bowt.ie 7648 : 1192 : add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7649 : 1192 : create_agg_path(root,
7650 : : grouped_rel,
7651 : : cheapest_partially_grouped_path,
7652 : 1192 : grouped_rel->reltarget,
7653 : : AGG_HASHED,
7654 : : AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
7655 : : root->processed_groupClause,
7656 : : havingQual,
7657 : : agg_final_costs,
7658 : : dNumFinalGroups));
7659 : : }
7660 : : }
7661 : :
7662 : : /*
7663 : : * When partitionwise aggregate is used, we might have fully aggregated
7664 : : * paths in the partial pathlist, because add_paths_to_append_rel() will
7665 : : * consider a path for grouped_rel consisting of a Parallel Append of
7666 : : * non-partial paths from each child.
7667 : : */
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 7668 [ + + ]: 35086 : if (grouped_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
7669 : 265 : gather_grouping_paths(root, grouped_rel);
5745 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 7670 : 35086 : }
7671 : :
7672 : : /*
7673 : : * create_partial_grouping_paths
7674 : : *
7675 : : * Create a new upper relation representing the result of partial aggregation
7676 : : * and populate it with appropriate paths. Note that we don't finalize the
7677 : : * lists of paths here, so the caller can add additional partial or non-partial
7678 : : * paths and must afterward call gather_grouping_paths and set_cheapest on
7679 : : * the returned upper relation.
7680 : : *
7681 : : * All paths for this new upper relation -- both partial and non-partial --
7682 : : * have been partially aggregated but require a subsequent FinalizeAggregate
7683 : : * step.
7684 : : *
7685 : : * NB: This function is allowed to return NULL if it determines that there is
7686 : : * no real need to create a new RelOptInfo.
7687 : : */
7688 : : static RelOptInfo *
3024 rhaas@postgresql.org 7689 : 31813 : create_partial_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
7690 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
7691 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
7692 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
7693 : : GroupPathExtraData *extra,
7694 : : bool force_rel_creation)
7695 : : {
3077 7696 : 31813 : Query *parse = root->parse;
7697 : : RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel;
265 rguo@postgresql.org 7698 :GNC 31813 : RelOptInfo *eager_agg_rel = NULL;
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 7699 :CBC 31813 : AggClauseCosts *agg_partial_costs = &extra->agg_partial_costs;
7700 : 31813 : AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
7701 : 31813 : Path *cheapest_partial_path = NULL;
7702 : 31813 : Path *cheapest_total_path = NULL;
3077 7703 : 31813 : double dNumPartialGroups = 0;
3022 7704 : 31813 : double dNumPartialPartialGroups = 0;
7705 : : ListCell *lc;
7706 : 31813 : bool can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
7707 : 31813 : bool can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
7708 : :
7709 : : /*
7710 : : * Check whether any partially aggregated paths have been generated
7711 : : * through eager aggregation.
7712 : : */
265 rguo@postgresql.org 7713 [ + + ]:GNC 31813 : if (input_rel->grouped_rel &&
7714 [ + - ]: 797 : !IS_DUMMY_REL(input_rel->grouped_rel) &&
7715 [ + + ]: 797 : input_rel->grouped_rel->pathlist != NIL)
7716 : 737 : eager_agg_rel = input_rel->grouped_rel;
7717 : :
7718 : : /*
7719 : : * Consider whether we should generate partially aggregated non-partial
7720 : : * paths. We can only do this if we have a non-partial path, and only if
7721 : : * the parent of the input rel is performing partial partitionwise
7722 : : * aggregation. (Note that extra->patype is the type of partitionwise
7723 : : * aggregation being used at the parent level, not this level.)
7724 : : */
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 7725 [ + - ]:CBC 31813 : if (input_rel->pathlist != NIL &&
7726 [ + + ]: 31813 : extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL)
7727 : 713 : cheapest_total_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
7728 : :
7729 : : /*
7730 : : * If parallelism is possible for grouped_rel, then we should consider
7731 : : * generating partially-grouped partial paths. However, if the input rel
7732 : : * has no partial paths, then we can't.
7733 : : */
7734 [ + + + + ]: 31813 : if (grouped_rel->consider_parallel && input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
7735 : 2741 : cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
7736 : :
7737 : : /*
7738 : : * If we can't partially aggregate partial paths, and we can't partially
7739 : : * aggregate non-partial paths, and no partially aggregated paths were
7740 : : * generated by eager aggregation, then don't bother creating the new
7741 : : * RelOptInfo at all, unless the caller specified force_rel_creation.
7742 : : */
7743 [ + + + + ]: 31813 : if (cheapest_total_path == NULL &&
7744 [ + + ]: 28779 : cheapest_partial_path == NULL &&
265 rguo@postgresql.org 7745 :GNC 28682 : eager_agg_rel == NULL &&
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 7746 [ + + ]:CBC 28682 : !force_rel_creation)
7747 : 28601 : return NULL;
7748 : :
7749 : : /*
7750 : : * Build a new upper relation to represent the result of partially
7751 : : * aggregating the rows from the input relation.
7752 : : */
3024 7753 : 3212 : partially_grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root,
7754 : : UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG,
7755 : : grouped_rel->relids);
7756 : 3212 : partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel =
7757 : 3212 : grouped_rel->consider_parallel;
153 rhaas@postgresql.org 7758 :GNC 3212 : partially_grouped_rel->pgs_mask = grouped_rel->pgs_mask;
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 7759 :CBC 3212 : partially_grouped_rel->reloptkind = grouped_rel->reloptkind;
3024 7760 : 3212 : partially_grouped_rel->serverid = grouped_rel->serverid;
7761 : 3212 : partially_grouped_rel->userid = grouped_rel->userid;
7762 : 3212 : partially_grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = grouped_rel->useridiscurrent;
7763 : 3212 : partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine = grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
7764 : :
7765 : : /*
7766 : : * Build target list for partial aggregate paths. These paths cannot just
7767 : : * emit the same tlist as regular aggregate paths, because (1) we must
7768 : : * include Vars and Aggrefs needed in HAVING, which might not appear in
7769 : : * the result tlist, and (2) the Aggrefs must be set in partial mode.
7770 : : */
7771 : 3212 : partially_grouped_rel->reltarget =
7772 : 3212 : make_partial_grouping_target(root, grouped_rel->reltarget,
7773 : : extra->havingQual);
7774 : :
3022 7775 [ + + ]: 3212 : if (!extra->partial_costs_set)
7776 : : {
7777 : : /*
7778 : : * Collect statistics about aggregates for estimating costs of
7779 : : * performing aggregation in parallel.
7780 : : */
7781 [ + - + - : 11574 : MemSet(agg_partial_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
+ - + - +
+ ]
7782 [ + - + - : 11574 : MemSet(agg_final_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
+ - + - +
+ ]
7783 [ + + ]: 1929 : if (parse->hasAggs)
7784 : : {
7785 : : /* partial phase */
2044 heikki.linnakangas@i 7786 : 1820 : get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
7787 : : agg_partial_costs);
7788 : :
7789 : : /* final phase */
7790 : 1820 : get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
7791 : : agg_final_costs);
7792 : : }
7793 : :
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 7794 : 1929 : extra->partial_costs_set = true;
7795 : : }
7796 : :
7797 : : /* Estimate number of partial groups. */
7798 [ + + ]: 3212 : if (cheapest_total_path != NULL)
7799 : : dNumPartialGroups =
7800 : 713 : get_number_of_groups(root,
7801 : : cheapest_total_path->rows,
7802 : : gd,
7803 : : extra->targetList);
7804 [ + + ]: 3212 : if (cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
7805 : : dNumPartialPartialGroups =
7806 : 2741 : get_number_of_groups(root,
7807 : : cheapest_partial_path->rows,
7808 : : gd,
7809 : : extra->targetList);
7810 : :
7811 [ + - + + ]: 3212 : if (can_sort && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
7812 : : {
7813 : : /* This should have been checked previously */
3077 7814 [ + + - + ]: 713 : Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
7815 : :
7816 : : /*
7817 : : * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
7818 : : * sorting the cheapest partial path.
7819 : : */
3022 7820 [ + - + + : 1426 : foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
7821 : : {
7822 : : ListCell *lc2;
7823 : 713 : Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
891 akorotkov@postgresql 7824 : 713 : Path *path_save = path;
7825 : 713 : List *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
7826 : :
7827 : : /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7828 : 713 : pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
7829 : :
7830 [ - + ]: 713 : Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
7831 : :
7832 : : /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
7833 [ + - + + : 1426 : foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
+ + ]
7834 : : {
754 7835 : 713 : GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
7836 : :
7837 : : /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
891 7838 : 713 : path = path_save;
7839 : :
7840 : 713 : path = make_ordered_path(root,
7841 : : partially_grouped_rel,
7842 : : path,
7843 : : cheapest_total_path,
7844 : : info->pathkeys,
7845 : : -1.0);
7846 : :
7847 [ - + ]: 713 : if (path == NULL)
891 akorotkov@postgresql 7848 :UBC 0 : continue;
7849 : :
891 akorotkov@postgresql 7850 [ + + ]:CBC 713 : if (parse->hasAggs)
7851 : 653 : add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
7852 : 653 : create_agg_path(root,
7853 : : partially_grouped_rel,
7854 : : path,
7855 : 653 : partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7856 : 653 : parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7857 : : AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
7858 : : info->clauses,
7859 : : NIL,
7860 : : agg_partial_costs,
7861 : : dNumPartialGroups));
7862 : : else
7863 : 60 : add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
7864 : 60 : create_group_path(root,
7865 : : partially_grouped_rel,
7866 : : path,
7867 : : info->clauses,
7868 : : NIL,
7869 : : dNumPartialGroups));
7870 : : }
7871 : : }
7872 : : }
7873 : :
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 7874 [ + - + + ]: 3212 : if (can_sort && cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
7875 : : {
7876 : : /* Similar to above logic, but for partial paths. */
3077 7877 [ + - + + : 5857 : foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
+ + ]
7878 : : {
7879 : : ListCell *lc2;
7880 : 3116 : Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
891 akorotkov@postgresql 7881 : 3116 : Path *path_save = path;
7882 : 3116 : List *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
7883 : :
7884 : : /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7885 : 3116 : pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
7886 : :
7887 [ - + ]: 3116 : Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
7888 : :
7889 : : /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
7890 [ + - + + : 6232 : foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
+ + ]
7891 : : {
754 7892 : 3116 : GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
7893 : :
7894 : :
7895 : : /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
891 7896 : 3116 : path = path_save;
7897 : :
7898 : 3116 : path = make_ordered_path(root,
7899 : : partially_grouped_rel,
7900 : : path,
7901 : : cheapest_partial_path,
7902 : : info->pathkeys,
7903 : : -1.0);
7904 : :
7905 [ + + ]: 3116 : if (path == NULL)
7906 : 5 : continue;
7907 : :
7908 [ + + ]: 3111 : if (parse->hasAggs)
7909 : 3012 : add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
7910 : 3012 : create_agg_path(root,
7911 : : partially_grouped_rel,
7912 : : path,
7913 : 3012 : partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7914 : 3012 : parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7915 : : AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
7916 : : info->clauses,
7917 : : NIL,
7918 : : agg_partial_costs,
7919 : : dNumPartialPartialGroups));
7920 : : else
7921 : 99 : add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
7922 : 99 : create_group_path(root,
7923 : : partially_grouped_rel,
7924 : : path,
7925 : : info->clauses,
7926 : : NIL,
7927 : : dNumPartialPartialGroups));
7928 : : }
7929 : : }
7930 : : }
7931 : :
7932 : : /*
7933 : : * Add a partially-grouped HashAgg Path where possible
7934 : : */
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 7935 [ + + + + ]: 3212 : if (can_hash && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
7936 : : {
7937 : : /* Checked above */
3077 7938 [ + + - + ]: 713 : Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
7939 : :
2164 pg@bowt.ie 7940 : 713 : add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
7941 : 713 : create_agg_path(root,
7942 : : partially_grouped_rel,
7943 : : cheapest_total_path,
7944 : 713 : partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7945 : : AGG_HASHED,
7946 : : AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
7947 : : root->processed_groupClause,
7948 : : NIL,
7949 : : agg_partial_costs,
7950 : : dNumPartialGroups));
7951 : : }
7952 : :
7953 : : /*
7954 : : * Now add a partially-grouped HashAgg partial Path where possible
7955 : : */
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 7956 [ + + + + ]: 3212 : if (can_hash && cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
7957 : : {
2164 pg@bowt.ie 7958 : 1434 : add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
7959 : 1434 : create_agg_path(root,
7960 : : partially_grouped_rel,
7961 : : cheapest_partial_path,
7962 : 1434 : partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7963 : : AGG_HASHED,
7964 : : AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
7965 : : root->processed_groupClause,
7966 : : NIL,
7967 : : agg_partial_costs,
7968 : : dNumPartialPartialGroups));
7969 : : }
7970 : :
7971 : : /*
7972 : : * Add any partially aggregated paths generated by eager aggregation to
7973 : : * the new upper relation after applying projection steps as needed.
7974 : : */
265 rguo@postgresql.org 7975 [ + + ]:GNC 3212 : if (eager_agg_rel)
7976 : : {
7977 : : /* Add the paths */
7978 [ + - + + : 1924 : foreach(lc, eager_agg_rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
7979 : : {
7980 : 1187 : Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7981 : :
7982 : : /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
7983 [ - + ]: 1187 : Assert(path->param_info == NULL);
7984 : :
7985 : 1187 : path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
7986 : : partially_grouped_rel,
7987 : : path,
7988 : 1187 : partially_grouped_rel->reltarget);
7989 : :
7990 : 1187 : add_path(partially_grouped_rel, path);
7991 : : }
7992 : :
7993 : : /*
7994 : : * Likewise add the partial paths, but only if parallelism is possible
7995 : : * for partially_grouped_rel.
7996 : : */
7997 [ + + ]: 737 : if (partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel)
7998 : : {
7999 [ + + + + : 1700 : foreach(lc, eager_agg_rel->partial_pathlist)
+ + ]
8000 : : {
8001 : 1010 : Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8002 : :
8003 : : /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
8004 [ - + ]: 1010 : Assert(path->param_info == NULL);
8005 : :
8006 : 1010 : path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
8007 : : partially_grouped_rel,
8008 : : path,
8009 : 1010 : partially_grouped_rel->reltarget);
8010 : :
8011 : 1010 : add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, path);
8012 : : }
8013 : : }
8014 : : }
8015 : :
8016 : : /*
8017 : : * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
8018 : : * let it consider adding partially grouped ForeignPaths.
8019 : : */
3046 rhaas@postgresql.org 8020 [ + + ]:CBC 3212 : if (partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
8021 [ + - ]: 3 : partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
8022 : : {
8023 : 3 : FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
8024 : :
8025 : 3 : fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
8026 : : UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG,
8027 : : input_rel, partially_grouped_rel,
8028 : : extra);
8029 : : }
8030 : :
3024 8031 : 3212 : return partially_grouped_rel;
8032 : : }
8033 : :
8034 : : /*
8035 : : * make_ordered_path
8036 : : * Return a path ordered by 'pathkeys' based on the given 'path'. May
8037 : : * return NULL if it doesn't make sense to generate an ordered path in
8038 : : * this case.
8039 : : */
8040 : : static Path *
581 rguo@postgresql.org 8041 : 49488 : make_ordered_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *path,
8042 : : Path *cheapest_path, List *pathkeys, double limit_tuples)
8043 : : {
8044 : : bool is_sorted;
8045 : : int presorted_keys;
8046 : :
8047 : 49488 : is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(pathkeys,
8048 : : path->pathkeys,
8049 : : &presorted_keys);
8050 : :
8051 [ + + ]: 49488 : if (!is_sorted)
8052 : : {
8053 : : /*
8054 : : * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
8055 : : * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
8056 : : * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
8057 : : * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
8058 : : */
8059 [ + + ]: 13149 : if (path != cheapest_path &&
8060 [ + + + + ]: 2157 : (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
8061 : 1022 : return NULL;
8062 : :
8063 : : /*
8064 : : * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
8065 : : * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
8066 : : * sort when there are presorted keys.
8067 : : */
8068 [ + + + + ]: 12127 : if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
8069 : 10846 : path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
8070 : : rel,
8071 : : path,
8072 : : pathkeys,
8073 : : limit_tuples);
8074 : : else
8075 : 1281 : path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
8076 : : rel,
8077 : : path,
8078 : : pathkeys,
8079 : : presorted_keys,
8080 : : limit_tuples);
8081 : : }
8082 : :
8083 : 48466 : return path;
8084 : : }
8085 : :
8086 : : /*
8087 : : * Generate Gather and Gather Merge paths for a grouping relation or partial
8088 : : * grouping relation.
8089 : : *
8090 : : * generate_useful_gather_paths does most of the work, but we also consider a
8091 : : * special case: we could try sorting the data by the group_pathkeys and then
8092 : : * applying Gather Merge.
8093 : : *
8094 : : * NB: This function shouldn't be used for anything other than a grouped or
8095 : : * partially grouped relation not only because of the fact that it explicitly
8096 : : * references group_pathkeys but we pass "true" as the third argument to
8097 : : * generate_useful_gather_paths().
8098 : : */
8099 : : static void
3024 rhaas@postgresql.org 8100 : 2586 : gather_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
8101 : : {
8102 : : ListCell *lc;
8103 : : Path *cheapest_partial_path;
8104 : : List *groupby_pathkeys;
8105 : :
8106 : : /*
8107 : : * This occurs after any partial aggregation has taken place, so trim off
8108 : : * any pathkeys added for ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregates.
8109 : : */
837 drowley@postgresql.o 8110 [ + + ]: 2586 : if (list_length(root->group_pathkeys) > root->num_groupby_pathkeys)
8111 : 15 : groupby_pathkeys = list_copy_head(root->group_pathkeys,
8112 : : root->num_groupby_pathkeys);
8113 : : else
8114 : 2571 : groupby_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
8115 : :
8116 : : /* Try Gather for unordered paths and Gather Merge for ordered ones. */
2275 tomas.vondra@postgre 8117 : 2586 : generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, true);
8118 : :
3024 rhaas@postgresql.org 8119 : 2586 : cheapest_partial_path = linitial(rel->partial_pathlist);
8120 : :
8121 : : /* XXX Shouldn't this also consider the group-key-reordering? */
2275 tomas.vondra@postgre 8122 [ + - + + : 6144 : foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
+ + ]
8123 : : {
8124 : 3558 : Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8125 : : bool is_sorted;
8126 : : int presorted_keys;
8127 : : double total_groups;
8128 : :
837 drowley@postgresql.o 8129 : 3558 : is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(groupby_pathkeys,
8130 : : path->pathkeys,
8131 : : &presorted_keys);
8132 : :
2275 tomas.vondra@postgre 8133 [ + + ]: 3558 : if (is_sorted)
8134 : 2325 : continue;
8135 : :
8136 : : /*
8137 : : * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
8138 : : * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
8139 : : * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
8140 : : * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
8141 : : */
881 drowley@postgresql.o 8142 [ - + ]: 1233 : if (path != cheapest_partial_path &&
881 drowley@postgresql.o 8143 [ # # # # ]:UBC 0 : (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
2275 tomas.vondra@postgre 8144 : 0 : continue;
8145 : :
8146 : : /*
8147 : : * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
8148 : : * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
8149 : : * sort when there are presorted keys.
8150 : : */
881 drowley@postgresql.o 8151 [ - + - - ]:CBC 1233 : if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
8152 : 1233 : path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root, rel, path,
8153 : : groupby_pathkeys,
8154 : : -1.0);
8155 : : else
881 drowley@postgresql.o 8156 :UBC 0 : path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
8157 : : rel,
8158 : : path,
8159 : : groupby_pathkeys,
8160 : : presorted_keys,
8161 : : -1.0);
707 rguo@postgresql.org 8162 :CBC 1233 : total_groups = compute_gather_rows(path);
8163 : : path = (Path *)
2275 tomas.vondra@postgre 8164 : 1233 : create_gather_merge_path(root,
8165 : : rel,
8166 : : path,
8167 : 1233 : rel->reltarget,
8168 : : groupby_pathkeys,
8169 : : NULL,
8170 : : &total_groups);
8171 : :
8172 : 1233 : add_path(rel, path);
8173 : : }
3388 rhaas@postgresql.org 8174 : 2586 : }
8175 : :
8176 : : /*
8177 : : * can_partial_agg
8178 : : *
8179 : : * Determines whether or not partial grouping and/or aggregation is possible.
8180 : : * Returns true when possible, false otherwise.
8181 : : */
8182 : : static bool
2044 heikki.linnakangas@i 8183 : 34004 : can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root)
8184 : : {
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 8185 : 34004 : Query *parse = root->parse;
8186 : :
3024 8187 [ + + - + ]: 34004 : if (!parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL)
8188 : : {
8189 : : /*
8190 : : * We don't know how to do parallel aggregation unless we have either
8191 : : * some aggregates or a grouping clause.
8192 : : */
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 8193 :UBC 0 : return false;
8194 : : }
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 8195 [ + + ]:CBC 34004 : else if (parse->groupingSets)
8196 : : {
8197 : : /* We don't know how to do grouping sets in parallel. */
8198 : 886 : return false;
8199 : : }
2044 heikki.linnakangas@i 8200 [ + + + + ]: 33118 : else if (root->hasNonPartialAggs || root->hasNonSerialAggs)
8201 : : {
8202 : : /* Insufficient support for partial mode. */
3077 rhaas@postgresql.org 8203 : 3040 : return false;
8204 : : }
8205 : :
8206 : : /* Everything looks good. */
8207 : 30078 : return true;
8208 : : }
8209 : :
8210 : : /*
8211 : : * apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths
8212 : : *
8213 : : * Adjust the final scan/join relation, and recursively all of its children,
8214 : : * to generate the final scan/join target. It would be more correct to model
8215 : : * this as a separate planning step with a new RelOptInfo at the toplevel and
8216 : : * for each child relation, but doing it this way is noticeably cheaper.
8217 : : * Maybe that problem can be solved at some point, but for now we do this.
8218 : : *
8219 : : * If tlist_same_exprs is true, then the scan/join target to be applied has
8220 : : * the same expressions as the existing reltarget, so we need only insert the
8221 : : * appropriate sortgroupref information. By avoiding the creation of
8222 : : * projection paths we save effort both immediately and at plan creation time.
8223 : : */
8224 : : static void
3022 8225 : 405341 : apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
8226 : : RelOptInfo *rel,
8227 : : List *scanjoin_targets,
8228 : : List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
8229 : : bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
8230 : : bool tlist_same_exprs)
8231 : : {
2672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8232 [ + + + + : 405341 : bool rel_is_partitioned = IS_PARTITIONED_REL(rel);
+ + + - +
+ ]
8233 : : PathTarget *scanjoin_target;
8234 : : ListCell *lc;
8235 : :
8236 : : /* This recurses, so be paranoid. */
3015 rhaas@postgresql.org 8237 : 405341 : check_stack_depth();
8238 : :
8239 : : /*
8240 : : * If the rel only has Append and MergeAppend paths, we want to drop its
8241 : : * existing paths and generate new ones. This function would still be
8242 : : * correct if we kept the existing paths: we'd modify them to generate the
8243 : : * correct target above the partitioning Append, and then they'd compete
8244 : : * on cost with paths generating the target below the Append. However, in
8245 : : * our current cost model the latter way is always the same or cheaper
8246 : : * cost, so modifying the existing paths would just be useless work.
8247 : : * Moreover, when the cost is the same, varying roundoff errors might
8248 : : * sometimes allow an existing path to be picked, resulting in undesirable
8249 : : * cross-platform plan variations. So we drop old paths and thereby force
8250 : : * the work to be done below the Append.
8251 : : *
8252 : : * However, there are several cases when this optimization is not safe. If
8253 : : * the rel isn't partitioned, then none of the paths will be Append or
8254 : : * MergeAppend paths, so we should definitely not do this. If it is
8255 : : * partitioned but is a joinrel, it may have Append and MergeAppend paths,
8256 : : * but it can also have join paths that we can't afford to discard.
8257 : : *
8258 : : * Some care is needed, because we have to allow
8259 : : * generate_useful_gather_paths to see the old partial paths in the next
8260 : : * stanza. Hence, zap the main pathlist here, then allow
8261 : : * generate_useful_gather_paths to add path(s) to the main list, and
8262 : : * finally zap the partial pathlist.
8263 : : */
207 rhaas@postgresql.org 8264 [ + + + + :GNC 405341 : if (rel_is_partitioned && IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel))
+ + ]
2672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8265 :CBC 8740 : rel->pathlist = NIL;
8266 : :
8267 : : /*
8268 : : * If the scan/join target is not parallel-safe, partial paths cannot
8269 : : * generate it.
8270 : : */
3015 rhaas@postgresql.org 8271 [ + + ]: 405341 : if (!scanjoin_target_parallel_safe)
8272 : : {
8273 : : /*
8274 : : * Since we can't generate the final scan/join target in parallel
8275 : : * workers, this is our last opportunity to use any partial paths that
8276 : : * exist; so build Gather path(s) that use them and emit whatever the
8277 : : * current reltarget is. We don't do this in the case where the
8278 : : * target is parallel-safe, since we will be able to generate superior
8279 : : * paths by doing it after the final scan/join target has been
8280 : : * applied.
8281 : : */
2275 tomas.vondra@postgre 8282 : 52385 : generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, false);
8283 : :
8284 : : /* Can't use parallel query above this level. */
3015 rhaas@postgresql.org 8285 : 52385 : rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
8286 : 52385 : rel->consider_parallel = false;
8287 : : }
8288 : :
8289 : : /* Finish dropping old paths for a partitioned rel, per comment above */
207 rhaas@postgresql.org 8290 [ + + + + :GNC 405341 : if (rel_is_partitioned && IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel))
+ + ]
3015 rhaas@postgresql.org 8291 :CBC 8740 : rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
8292 : :
8293 : : /* Extract SRF-free scan/join target. */
8294 : 405341 : scanjoin_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
8295 : :
8296 : : /*
8297 : : * Apply the SRF-free scan/join target to each existing path.
8298 : : *
8299 : : * If the tlist exprs are the same, we can just inject the sortgroupref
8300 : : * information into the existing pathtargets. Otherwise, replace each
8301 : : * path with a projection path that generates the SRF-free scan/join
8302 : : * target. This can't change the ordering of paths within rel->pathlist,
8303 : : * so we just modify the list in place.
8304 : : */
3022 8305 [ + + + + : 844618 : foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
8306 : : {
8307 : 439277 : Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8308 : :
8309 : : /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
8310 [ - + ]: 439277 : Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
8311 : :
3015 8312 [ + + ]: 439277 : if (tlist_same_exprs)
8313 : 158489 : subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
8314 : 158489 : scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
8315 : : else
8316 : : {
8317 : : Path *newpath;
8318 : :
3022 8319 : 280788 : newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root, rel, subpath,
8320 : : scanjoin_target);
8321 : 280788 : lfirst(lc) = newpath;
8322 : : }
8323 : : }
8324 : :
8325 : : /* Likewise adjust the targets for any partial paths. */
3015 8326 [ + + + + : 425549 : foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
+ + ]
8327 : : {
8328 : 20208 : Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8329 : :
8330 : : /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
8331 [ - + ]: 20208 : Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
8332 : :
8333 [ + + ]: 20208 : if (tlist_same_exprs)
8334 : 16075 : subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
8335 : 16075 : scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
8336 : : else
8337 : : {
8338 : : Path *newpath;
8339 : :
2672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8340 : 4133 : newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root, rel, subpath,
8341 : : scanjoin_target);
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 8342 : 4133 : lfirst(lc) = newpath;
8343 : : }
8344 : : }
8345 : :
8346 : : /*
8347 : : * Now, if final scan/join target contains SRFs, insert ProjectSetPath(s)
8348 : : * atop each existing path. (Note that this function doesn't look at the
8349 : : * cheapest-path fields, which is a good thing because they're bogus right
8350 : : * now.)
8351 : : */
3015 8352 [ + + ]: 405341 : if (root->parse->hasTargetSRFs)
8353 : 10164 : adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, rel,
8354 : : scanjoin_targets,
8355 : : scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs);
8356 : :
8357 : : /*
8358 : : * Update the rel's target to be the final (with SRFs) scan/join target.
8359 : : * This now matches the actual output of all the paths, and we might get
8360 : : * confused in createplan.c if they don't agree. We must do this now so
8361 : : * that any append paths made in the next part will use the correct
8362 : : * pathtarget (cf. create_append_path).
8363 : : *
8364 : : * Note that this is also necessary if GetForeignUpperPaths() gets called
8365 : : * on the final scan/join relation or on any of its children, since the
8366 : : * FDW might look at the rel's target to create ForeignPaths.
8367 : : */
2672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8368 : 405341 : rel->reltarget = llast_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
8369 : :
8370 : : /*
8371 : : * If the relation is partitioned, recursively apply the scan/join target
8372 : : * to all partitions, and generate brand-new Append paths in which the
8373 : : * scan/join target is computed below the Append rather than above it.
8374 : : * Since Append is not projection-capable, that might save a separate
8375 : : * Result node, and it also is important for partitionwise aggregate.
8376 : : */
8377 [ + + ]: 405341 : if (rel_is_partitioned)
8378 : : {
3015 rhaas@postgresql.org 8379 : 10043 : List *live_children = NIL;
8380 : : int i;
8381 : :
8382 : : /* Adjust each partition. */
1792 drowley@postgresql.o 8383 : 10043 : i = -1;
8384 [ + + ]: 30129 : while ((i = bms_next_member(rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
8385 : : {
8386 : 20086 : RelOptInfo *child_rel = rel->part_rels[i];
8387 : : AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
8388 : : int nappinfos;
3015 rhaas@postgresql.org 8389 : 20086 : List *child_scanjoin_targets = NIL;
8390 : :
1792 drowley@postgresql.o 8391 [ - + ]: 20086 : Assert(child_rel != NULL);
8392 : :
8393 : : /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
8394 [ + + ]: 20086 : if (IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
2649 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8395 : 40 : continue;
8396 : :
8397 : : /* Translate scan/join targets for this child. */
3015 rhaas@postgresql.org 8398 : 20046 : appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_rel->relids,
8399 : : &nappinfos);
8400 [ + - + + : 40092 : foreach(lc, scanjoin_targets)
+ + ]
8401 : : {
8402 : 20046 : PathTarget *target = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc);
8403 : :
8404 : 20046 : target = copy_pathtarget(target);
8405 : 20046 : target->exprs = (List *)
8406 : 20046 : adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
8407 : 20046 : (Node *) target->exprs,
8408 : : nappinfos, appinfos);
8409 : 20046 : child_scanjoin_targets = lappend(child_scanjoin_targets,
8410 : : target);
8411 : : }
8412 : 20046 : pfree(appinfos);
8413 : :
8414 : : /* Recursion does the real work. */
8415 : 20046 : apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(root, child_rel,
8416 : : child_scanjoin_targets,
8417 : : scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
8418 : : scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
8419 : : tlist_same_exprs);
8420 : :
8421 : : /* Save non-dummy children for Append paths. */
8422 [ + - ]: 20046 : if (!IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
8423 : 20046 : live_children = lappend(live_children, child_rel);
8424 : : }
8425 : :
8426 : : /* Build new paths for this relation by appending child paths. */
2672 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8427 : 10043 : add_paths_to_append_rel(root, rel, live_children);
8428 : : }
8429 : :
8430 : : /*
8431 : : * Consider generating Gather or Gather Merge paths. We must only do this
8432 : : * if the relation is parallel safe, and we don't do it for child rels to
8433 : : * avoid creating multiple Gather nodes within the same plan. We must do
8434 : : * this after all paths have been generated and before set_cheapest, since
8435 : : * one of the generated paths may turn out to be the cheapest one.
8436 : : */
3015 rhaas@postgresql.org 8437 [ + + + + : 405341 : if (rel->consider_parallel && !IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
+ + + - ]
2275 tomas.vondra@postgre 8438 : 134872 : generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, false);
8439 : :
8440 : : /*
8441 : : * Reassess which paths are the cheapest, now that we've potentially added
8442 : : * new Gather (or Gather Merge) and/or Append (or MergeAppend) paths to
8443 : : * this relation.
8444 : : */
3015 rhaas@postgresql.org 8445 : 405341 : set_cheapest(rel);
3022 8446 : 405341 : }
8447 : :
8448 : : /*
8449 : : * create_partitionwise_grouping_paths
8450 : : *
8451 : : * If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY clause, all
8452 : : * the rows belonging to a given group come from a single partition. This
8453 : : * allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned relation to be broken down
8454 : : * into aggregation/grouping on each partition. This should be no worse, and
8455 : : * often better, than the normal approach.
8456 : : *
8457 : : * However, if the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys,
8458 : : * rows from a given group may be spread across multiple partitions. In that
8459 : : * case, we perform partial aggregation for each group, append the results,
8460 : : * and then finalize aggregation. This is less certain to win than the
8461 : : * previous case. It may win if the PartialAggregate stage greatly reduces
8462 : : * the number of groups, because fewer rows will pass through the Append node.
8463 : : * It may lose if we have lots of small groups.
8464 : : */
8465 : : static void
8466 : 685 : create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
8467 : : RelOptInfo *input_rel,
8468 : : RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
8469 : : RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
8470 : : const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
8471 : : grouping_sets_data *gd,
8472 : : PartitionwiseAggregateType patype,
8473 : : GroupPathExtraData *extra)
8474 : : {
8475 : 685 : List *grouped_live_children = NIL;
8476 : 685 : List *partially_grouped_live_children = NIL;
3015 8477 : 685 : PathTarget *target = grouped_rel->reltarget;
2930 8478 : 685 : bool partial_grouping_valid = true;
8479 : : int i;
8480 : :
3022 8481 [ - + ]: 685 : Assert(patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE);
8482 [ + + - + ]: 685 : Assert(patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL ||
8483 : : partially_grouped_rel != NULL);
8484 : :
8485 : : /* Add paths for partitionwise aggregation/grouping. */
1792 drowley@postgresql.o 8486 : 685 : i = -1;
8487 [ + + ]: 2480 : while ((i = bms_next_member(input_rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
8488 : : {
8489 : 1795 : RelOptInfo *child_input_rel = input_rel->part_rels[i];
8490 : : PathTarget *child_target;
8491 : : AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
8492 : : int nappinfos;
8493 : : GroupPathExtraData child_extra;
8494 : : RelOptInfo *child_grouped_rel;
8495 : : RelOptInfo *child_partially_grouped_rel;
8496 : :
8497 [ - + ]: 1795 : Assert(child_input_rel != NULL);
8498 : :
8499 : : /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
8500 [ - + ]: 1795 : if (IS_DUMMY_REL(child_input_rel))
2649 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8501 :UBC 0 : continue;
8502 : :
1792 drowley@postgresql.o 8503 :CBC 1795 : child_target = copy_pathtarget(target);
8504 : :
8505 : : /*
8506 : : * Copy the given "extra" structure as is and then override the
8507 : : * members specific to this child.
8508 : : */
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 8509 : 1795 : memcpy(&child_extra, extra, sizeof(child_extra));
8510 : :
8511 : 1795 : appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_input_rel->relids,
8512 : : &nappinfos);
8513 : :
8514 : 1795 : child_target->exprs = (List *)
8515 : 1795 : adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
8516 : 1795 : (Node *) target->exprs,
8517 : : nappinfos, appinfos);
8518 : :
8519 : : /* Translate havingQual and targetList. */
8520 : 1795 : child_extra.havingQual = (Node *)
8521 : : adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
8522 : : extra->havingQual,
8523 : : nappinfos, appinfos);
8524 : 1795 : child_extra.targetList = (List *)
8525 : 1795 : adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
8526 : 1795 : (Node *) extra->targetList,
8527 : : nappinfos, appinfos);
8528 : :
8529 : : /*
8530 : : * extra->patype was the value computed for our parent rel; patype is
8531 : : * the value for this relation. For the child, our value is its
8532 : : * parent rel's value.
8533 : : */
8534 : 1795 : child_extra.patype = patype;
8535 : :
8536 : : /*
8537 : : * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
8538 : : * aggregation paths for the child.
8539 : : */
8540 : 1795 : child_grouped_rel = make_grouping_rel(root, child_input_rel,
8541 : : child_target,
8542 : 1795 : extra->target_parallel_safe,
8543 : : child_extra.havingQual);
8544 : :
8545 : : /* Create grouping paths for this child relation. */
8546 : 1795 : create_ordinary_grouping_paths(root, child_input_rel,
8547 : : child_grouped_rel,
8548 : : agg_costs, gd, &child_extra,
8549 : : &child_partially_grouped_rel);
8550 : :
8551 [ + + ]: 1795 : if (child_partially_grouped_rel)
8552 : : {
8553 : : partially_grouped_live_children =
8554 : 1283 : lappend(partially_grouped_live_children,
8555 : : child_partially_grouped_rel);
8556 : : }
8557 : : else
2930 8558 : 512 : partial_grouping_valid = false;
8559 : :
3022 8560 [ + + ]: 1795 : if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
8561 : : {
8562 : 1082 : set_cheapest(child_grouped_rel);
8563 : 1082 : grouped_live_children = lappend(grouped_live_children,
8564 : : child_grouped_rel);
8565 : : }
8566 : :
8567 : 1795 : pfree(appinfos);
8568 : : }
8569 : :
8570 : : /*
8571 : : * Try to create append paths for partially grouped children. For full
8572 : : * partitionwise aggregation, we might have paths in the partial_pathlist
8573 : : * if parallel aggregation is possible. For partial partitionwise
8574 : : * aggregation, we may have paths in both pathlist and partial_pathlist.
8575 : : *
8576 : : * NB: We must have a partially grouped path for every child in order to
8577 : : * generate a partially grouped path for this relation.
8578 : : */
2930 8579 [ + + + + ]: 685 : if (partially_grouped_rel && partial_grouping_valid)
8580 : : {
8581 [ - + ]: 501 : Assert(partially_grouped_live_children != NIL);
8582 : :
3022 8583 : 501 : add_paths_to_append_rel(root, partially_grouped_rel,
8584 : : partially_grouped_live_children);
8585 : : }
8586 : :
8587 : : /* If possible, create append paths for fully grouped children. */
8588 [ + + ]: 685 : if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
8589 : : {
2930 8590 [ - + ]: 404 : Assert(grouped_live_children != NIL);
8591 : :
3022 8592 : 404 : add_paths_to_append_rel(root, grouped_rel, grouped_live_children);
8593 : : }
8594 : 685 : }
8595 : :
8596 : : /*
8597 : : * group_by_has_partkey
8598 : : *
8599 : : * Returns true if all the partition keys of the given relation are part of
8600 : : * the GROUP BY clauses, including having matching collation, false otherwise.
8601 : : */
8602 : : static bool
8603 : 640 : group_by_has_partkey(RelOptInfo *input_rel,
8604 : : List *targetList,
8605 : : List *groupClause)
8606 : : {
8607 : 640 : List *groupexprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(groupClause, targetList);
8608 : 640 : int cnt = 0;
8609 : : int partnatts;
8610 : :
8611 : : /* Input relation should be partitioned. */
8612 [ - + ]: 640 : Assert(input_rel->part_scheme);
8613 : :
8614 : : /* Rule out early, if there are no partition keys present. */
8615 [ - + ]: 640 : if (!input_rel->partexprs)
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 8616 :UBC 0 : return false;
8617 : :
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 8618 :CBC 640 : partnatts = input_rel->part_scheme->partnatts;
8619 : :
8620 [ + + ]: 1074 : for (cnt = 0; cnt < partnatts; cnt++)
8621 : : {
8622 : 670 : List *partexprs = input_rel->partexprs[cnt];
8623 : : ListCell *lc;
8624 : 670 : bool found = false;
8625 : :
8626 [ + + + + : 1001 : foreach(lc, partexprs)
+ + ]
8627 : : {
8628 : : ListCell *lg;
8629 : 775 : Expr *partexpr = lfirst(lc);
599 amitlan@postgresql.o 8630 : 775 : Oid partcoll = input_rel->part_scheme->partcollation[cnt];
8631 : :
8632 [ + - + + : 1206 : foreach(lg, groupexprs)
+ + ]
8633 : : {
8634 : 875 : Expr *groupexpr = lfirst(lg);
8635 : 875 : Oid groupcoll = exprCollation((Node *) groupexpr);
8636 : :
8637 : : /*
8638 : : * Note: we can assume there is at most one RelabelType node;
8639 : : * eval_const_expressions() will have simplified if more than
8640 : : * one.
8641 : : */
8642 [ + + ]: 875 : if (IsA(groupexpr, RelabelType))
8643 : 20 : groupexpr = ((RelabelType *) groupexpr)->arg;
8644 : :
8645 [ + + ]: 875 : if (equal(groupexpr, partexpr))
8646 : : {
8647 : : /*
8648 : : * Reject a match if the grouping collation does not match
8649 : : * the partitioning collation.
8650 : : */
8651 [ + + + - : 444 : if (OidIsValid(partcoll) && OidIsValid(groupcoll) &&
+ + ]
8652 : : partcoll != groupcoll)
8653 : 10 : return false;
8654 : :
8655 : 434 : found = true;
8656 : 434 : break;
8657 : : }
8658 : : }
8659 : :
8660 [ + + ]: 765 : if (found)
8661 : 434 : break;
8662 : : }
8663 : :
8664 : : /*
8665 : : * If none of the partition key expressions match with any of the
8666 : : * GROUP BY expression, return false.
8667 : : */
3022 rhaas@postgresql.org 8668 [ + + ]: 660 : if (!found)
8669 : 226 : return false;
8670 : : }
8671 : :
8672 : 404 : return true;
8673 : : }
8674 : :
8675 : : /*
8676 : : * generate_setop_child_grouplist
8677 : : * Build a SortGroupClause list defining the sort/grouping properties
8678 : : * of the child of a set operation.
8679 : : *
8680 : : * This is similar to generate_setop_grouplist() but differs as the setop
8681 : : * child query's targetlist entries may already have a tleSortGroupRef
8682 : : * assigned for other purposes, such as GROUP BYs. Here we keep the
8683 : : * SortGroupClause list in the same order as 'op' groupClauses and just adjust
8684 : : * the tleSortGroupRef to reference the TargetEntry's 'ressortgroupref'. If
8685 : : * any of the columns in the targetlist don't match to the setop's colTypes
8686 : : * then we return an empty list. This may leave some TLEs with unreferenced
8687 : : * ressortgroupref markings, but that's harmless.
8688 : : */
8689 : : static List *
770 8690 : 10476 : generate_setop_child_grouplist(SetOperationStmt *op, List *targetlist)
8691 : : {
8692 : 10476 : List *grouplist = copyObject(op->groupClauses);
8693 : : ListCell *lg;
8694 : : ListCell *lt;
8695 : : ListCell *ct;
8696 : :
8697 : 10476 : lg = list_head(grouplist);
536 drowley@postgresql.o 8698 : 10476 : ct = list_head(op->colTypes);
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 8699 [ + + + + : 40729 : foreach(lt, targetlist)
+ + ]
8700 : : {
8701 : 30494 : TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lt);
8702 : : SortGroupClause *sgc;
8703 : : Oid coltype;
8704 : :
8705 : : /* resjunk columns could have sortgrouprefs. Leave these alone */
8706 [ - + ]: 30494 : if (tle->resjunk)
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 8707 :UBC 0 : continue;
8708 : :
8709 : : /*
8710 : : * We expect every non-resjunk target to have a SortGroupClause and
8711 : : * colTypes.
8712 : : */
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 8713 [ - + ]:CBC 30494 : Assert(lg != NULL);
536 drowley@postgresql.o 8714 [ - + ]: 30494 : Assert(ct != NULL);
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 8715 : 30494 : sgc = (SortGroupClause *) lfirst(lg);
536 drowley@postgresql.o 8716 : 30494 : coltype = lfirst_oid(ct);
8717 : :
8718 : : /* reject if target type isn't the same as the setop target type */
8719 [ + + ]: 30494 : if (coltype != exprType((Node *) tle->expr))
8720 : 241 : return NIL;
8721 : :
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 8722 : 30253 : lg = lnext(grouplist, lg);
536 drowley@postgresql.o 8723 : 30253 : ct = lnext(op->colTypes, ct);
8724 : :
8725 : : /* assign a tleSortGroupRef, or reuse the existing one */
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 8726 : 30253 : sgc->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, targetlist);
8727 : : }
8728 : :
8729 [ - + ]: 10235 : Assert(lg == NULL);
536 drowley@postgresql.o 8730 [ - + ]: 10235 : Assert(ct == NULL);
8731 : :
770 rhaas@postgresql.org 8732 : 10235 : return grouplist;
8733 : : }
8734 : :
8735 : : /*
8736 : : * create_unique_paths
8737 : : * Build a new RelOptInfo containing Paths that represent elimination of
8738 : : * distinct rows from the input data. Distinct-ness is defined according to
8739 : : * the needs of the semijoin represented by sjinfo. If it is not possible
8740 : : * to identify how to make the data unique, NULL is returned.
8741 : : *
8742 : : * If used at all, this is likely to be called repeatedly on the same rel,
8743 : : * so we cache the result.
8744 : : */
8745 : : RelOptInfo *
315 rguo@postgresql.org 8746 :GNC 6944 : create_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
8747 : : {
8748 : : RelOptInfo *unique_rel;
8749 : 6944 : List *sortPathkeys = NIL;
8750 : 6944 : List *groupClause = NIL;
8751 : : MemoryContext oldcontext;
8752 : :
8753 : : /* Caller made a mistake if SpecialJoinInfo is the wrong one */
8754 [ - + ]: 6944 : Assert(sjinfo->jointype == JOIN_SEMI);
8755 [ - + ]: 6944 : Assert(bms_equal(rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_righthand));
8756 : :
8757 : : /* If result already cached, return it */
8758 [ + + ]: 6944 : if (rel->unique_rel)
8759 : 1206 : return rel->unique_rel;
8760 : :
8761 : : /* If it's not possible to unique-ify, return NULL */
8762 [ + + + - ]: 5738 : if (!(sjinfo->semi_can_btree || sjinfo->semi_can_hash))
8763 : 104 : return NULL;
8764 : :
8765 : : /*
8766 : : * Punt if this is a child relation and we failed to build a unique-ified
8767 : : * relation for its parent. This can happen if all the RHS columns were
8768 : : * found to be equated to constants when unique-ifying the parent table,
8769 : : * leaving no columns to unique-ify.
8770 : : */
305 8771 [ + + + + : 5634 : if (IS_OTHER_REL(rel) && rel->top_parent->unique_rel == NULL)
- + + + ]
8772 : 10 : return NULL;
8773 : :
8774 : : /*
8775 : : * When called during GEQO join planning, we are in a short-lived memory
8776 : : * context. We must make sure that the unique rel and any subsidiary data
8777 : : * structures created for a baserel survive the GEQO cycle, else the
8778 : : * baserel is trashed for future GEQO cycles. On the other hand, when we
8779 : : * are creating those for a joinrel during GEQO, we don't want them to
8780 : : * clutter the main planning context. Upshot is that the best solution is
8781 : : * to explicitly allocate memory in the same context the given RelOptInfo
8782 : : * is in.
8783 : : */
315 8784 : 5624 : oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetMemoryChunkContext(rel));
8785 : :
8786 : 5624 : unique_rel = makeNode(RelOptInfo);
8787 : 5624 : memcpy(unique_rel, rel, sizeof(RelOptInfo));
8788 : :
8789 : : /*
8790 : : * clear path info
8791 : : */
8792 : 5624 : unique_rel->pathlist = NIL;
8793 : 5624 : unique_rel->ppilist = NIL;
8794 : 5624 : unique_rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
8795 : 5624 : unique_rel->cheapest_startup_path = NULL;
8796 : 5624 : unique_rel->cheapest_total_path = NULL;
8797 : 5624 : unique_rel->cheapest_parameterized_paths = NIL;
8798 : :
8799 : : /*
8800 : : * Build the target list for the unique rel. We also build the pathkeys
8801 : : * that represent the ordering requirements for the sort-based
8802 : : * implementation, and the list of SortGroupClause nodes that represent
8803 : : * the columns to be grouped on for the hash-based implementation.
8804 : : *
8805 : : * For a child rel, we can construct these fields from those of its
8806 : : * parent.
8807 : : */
8808 [ + + + + : 5624 : if (IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
- + ]
8809 : 360 : {
8810 : : PathTarget *child_unique_target;
8811 : : PathTarget *parent_unique_target;
8812 : :
8813 : 360 : parent_unique_target = rel->top_parent->unique_rel->reltarget;
8814 : :
8815 : 360 : child_unique_target = copy_pathtarget(parent_unique_target);
8816 : :
8817 : : /* Translate the target expressions */
8818 : 360 : child_unique_target->exprs = (List *)
8819 : 360 : adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
8820 : 360 : (Node *) parent_unique_target->exprs,
8821 : : rel,
8822 : 360 : rel->top_parent);
8823 : :
8824 : 360 : unique_rel->reltarget = child_unique_target;
8825 : :
8826 : 360 : sortPathkeys = rel->top_parent->unique_pathkeys;
8827 : 360 : groupClause = rel->top_parent->unique_groupclause;
8828 : : }
8829 : : else
8830 : : {
8831 : : List *newtlist;
8832 : : int nextresno;
8833 : 5264 : List *sortList = NIL;
8834 : : ListCell *lc1;
8835 : : ListCell *lc2;
8836 : :
8837 : : /*
8838 : : * The values we are supposed to unique-ify may be expressions in the
8839 : : * variables of the input rel's targetlist. We have to add any such
8840 : : * expressions to the unique rel's targetlist.
8841 : : *
8842 : : * To complicate matters, some of the values to be unique-ified may be
8843 : : * known redundant by the EquivalenceClass machinery (e.g., because
8844 : : * they have been equated to constants). There is no need to compare
8845 : : * such values during unique-ification, and indeed we had better not
8846 : : * try because the Vars involved may not have propagated as high as
8847 : : * the semijoin's level. We use make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses to
8848 : : * detect such cases, which is a tad inefficient but it doesn't seem
8849 : : * worth building specialized infrastructure for this.
8850 : : */
8851 : 5264 : newtlist = make_tlist_from_pathtarget(rel->reltarget);
8852 : 5264 : nextresno = list_length(newtlist) + 1;
8853 : :
8854 [ + - + + : 10729 : forboth(lc1, sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs, lc2, sjinfo->semi_operators)
+ - + + +
+ + - +
+ ]
8855 : : {
8856 : 5465 : Expr *uniqexpr = lfirst(lc1);
8857 : 5465 : Oid in_oper = lfirst_oid(lc2);
8858 : : Oid sortop;
8859 : : TargetEntry *tle;
306 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8860 : 5465 : bool made_tle = false;
8861 : :
315 rguo@postgresql.org 8862 : 5465 : tle = tlist_member(uniqexpr, newtlist);
8863 [ + + ]: 5465 : if (!tle)
8864 : : {
210 peter@eisentraut.org 8865 : 2752 : tle = makeTargetEntry(uniqexpr,
8866 : : nextresno,
8867 : : NULL,
8868 : : false);
315 rguo@postgresql.org 8869 : 2752 : newtlist = lappend(newtlist, tle);
8870 : 2752 : nextresno++;
306 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8871 : 2752 : made_tle = true;
8872 : : }
8873 : :
8874 : : /*
8875 : : * Try to build an ORDER BY list to sort the input compatibly. We
8876 : : * do this for each sortable clause even when the clauses are not
8877 : : * all sortable, so that we can detect clauses that are redundant
8878 : : * according to the pathkey machinery.
8879 : : */
8880 : 5465 : sortop = get_ordering_op_for_equality_op(in_oper, false);
8881 [ + - ]: 5465 : if (OidIsValid(sortop))
8882 : : {
8883 : : Oid eqop;
8884 : : SortGroupClause *sortcl;
8885 : :
8886 : : /*
8887 : : * The Unique node will need equality operators. Normally
8888 : : * these are the same as the IN clause operators, but if those
8889 : : * are cross-type operators then the equality operators are
8890 : : * the ones for the IN clause operators' RHS datatype.
8891 : : */
315 rguo@postgresql.org 8892 : 5465 : eqop = get_equality_op_for_ordering_op(sortop, NULL);
8893 [ - + ]: 5465 : if (!OidIsValid(eqop)) /* shouldn't happen */
315 rguo@postgresql.org 8894 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : elog(ERROR, "could not find equality operator for ordering operator %u",
8895 : : sortop);
8896 : :
315 rguo@postgresql.org 8897 :GNC 5465 : sortcl = makeNode(SortGroupClause);
8898 : 5465 : sortcl->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, newtlist);
8899 : 5465 : sortcl->eqop = eqop;
8900 : 5465 : sortcl->sortop = sortop;
8901 : 5465 : sortcl->reverse_sort = false;
8902 : 5465 : sortcl->nulls_first = false;
8903 : 5465 : sortcl->hashable = false; /* no need to make this accurate */
8904 : 5465 : sortList = lappend(sortList, sortcl);
8905 : :
8906 : : /*
8907 : : * At each step, convert the SortGroupClause list to pathkey
8908 : : * form. If the just-added SortGroupClause is redundant, the
8909 : : * result will be shorter than the SortGroupClause list.
8910 : : */
306 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8911 : 5465 : sortPathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root, sortList,
8912 : : newtlist);
8913 [ + + ]: 5465 : if (list_length(sortPathkeys) != list_length(sortList))
8914 : : {
8915 : : /* Drop the redundant SortGroupClause */
8916 : 1710 : sortList = list_delete_last(sortList);
8917 [ - + ]: 1710 : Assert(list_length(sortPathkeys) == list_length(sortList));
8918 : : /* Undo tlist addition, if we made one */
8919 [ + + ]: 1710 : if (made_tle)
8920 : : {
8921 : 10 : newtlist = list_delete_last(newtlist);
8922 : 10 : nextresno--;
8923 : : }
8924 : : /* We need not consider this clause for hashing, either */
8925 : 1710 : continue;
8926 : : }
8927 : : }
306 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8928 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : else if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree) /* shouldn't happen */
8929 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "could not find ordering operator for equality operator %u",
8930 : : in_oper);
8931 : :
315 rguo@postgresql.org 8932 [ + - ]:GNC 3755 : if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
8933 : : {
8934 : : /* Create a GROUP BY list for the Agg node to use */
8935 : : Oid eq_oper;
8936 : : SortGroupClause *groupcl;
8937 : :
8938 : : /*
8939 : : * Get the hashable equality operators for the Agg node to
8940 : : * use. Normally these are the same as the IN clause
8941 : : * operators, but if those are cross-type operators then the
8942 : : * equality operators are the ones for the IN clause
8943 : : * operators' RHS datatype.
8944 : : */
8945 [ - + ]: 3755 : if (!get_compatible_hash_operators(in_oper, NULL, &eq_oper))
315 rguo@postgresql.org 8946 [ # # ]:UNC 0 : elog(ERROR, "could not find compatible hash operator for operator %u",
8947 : : in_oper);
8948 : :
315 rguo@postgresql.org 8949 :GNC 3755 : groupcl = makeNode(SortGroupClause);
8950 : 3755 : groupcl->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, newtlist);
8951 : 3755 : groupcl->eqop = eq_oper;
8952 : 3755 : groupcl->sortop = sortop;
8953 : 3755 : groupcl->reverse_sort = false;
8954 : 3755 : groupcl->nulls_first = false;
8955 : 3755 : groupcl->hashable = true;
8956 : 3755 : groupClause = lappend(groupClause, groupcl);
8957 : : }
8958 : : }
8959 : :
8960 : : /*
8961 : : * Done building the sortPathkeys and groupClause. But the
8962 : : * sortPathkeys are bogus if not all the clauses were sortable.
8963 : : */
306 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8964 [ - + ]: 5264 : if (!sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
306 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8965 :UNC 0 : sortPathkeys = NIL;
8966 : :
8967 : : /*
8968 : : * It can happen that all the RHS columns are equated to constants.
8969 : : * We'd have to do something special to unique-ify in that case, and
8970 : : * it's such an unlikely-in-the-real-world case that it's not worth
8971 : : * the effort. So just punt if we found no columns to unique-ify.
8972 : : */
306 tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us 8973 [ + + + - ]:GNC 5264 : if (sortPathkeys == NIL && groupClause == NIL)
8974 : : {
8975 : 1625 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
8976 : 1625 : return NULL;
8977 : : }
8978 : :
8979 : : /* Convert the required targetlist back to PathTarget form */
315 rguo@postgresql.org 8980 : 3639 : unique_rel->reltarget = create_pathtarget(root, newtlist);
8981 : : }
8982 : :
8983 : : /* build unique paths based on input rel's pathlist */
8984 : 3999 : create_final_unique_paths(root, rel, sortPathkeys, groupClause,
8985 : : sjinfo, unique_rel);
8986 : :
8987 : : /* build unique paths based on input rel's partial_pathlist */
8988 : 3999 : create_partial_unique_paths(root, rel, sortPathkeys, groupClause,
8989 : : sjinfo, unique_rel);
8990 : :
8991 : : /* Now choose the best path(s) */
8992 : 3999 : set_cheapest(unique_rel);
8993 : :
8994 : : /*
8995 : : * There shouldn't be any partial paths for the unique relation;
8996 : : * otherwise, we won't be able to properly guarantee uniqueness.
8997 : : */
8998 [ - + ]: 3999 : Assert(unique_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL);
8999 : :
9000 : : /* Cache the result */
9001 : 3999 : rel->unique_rel = unique_rel;
9002 : 3999 : rel->unique_pathkeys = sortPathkeys;
9003 : 3999 : rel->unique_groupclause = groupClause;
9004 : :
9005 : 3999 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
9006 : :
9007 : 3999 : return unique_rel;
9008 : : }
9009 : :
9010 : : /*
9011 : : * create_final_unique_paths
9012 : : * Create unique paths in 'unique_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
9013 : : */
9014 : : static void
9015 : 7131 : create_final_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
9016 : : List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
9017 : : SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
9018 : : {
9019 : 7131 : Path *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
9020 : :
9021 : : /* Estimate number of output rows */
9022 : 7131 : unique_rel->rows = estimate_num_groups(root,
9023 : : sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs,
9024 : : cheapest_input_path->rows,
9025 : : NULL,
9026 : : NULL);
9027 : :
9028 : : /* Consider sort-based implementations, if possible. */
9029 [ + - ]: 7131 : if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
9030 : : {
9031 : : ListCell *lc;
9032 : :
9033 : : /*
9034 : : * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
9035 : : * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
9036 : : * with presorted keys.
9037 : : *
9038 : : * To save planning time, we ignore parameterized input paths unless
9039 : : * they are the cheapest-total path.
9040 : : */
9041 [ + - + + : 15540 : foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
+ + ]
9042 : : {
9043 : 8409 : Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
9044 : : Path *path;
9045 : : bool is_sorted;
9046 : : int presorted_keys;
9047 : :
9048 : : /*
9049 : : * Ignore parameterized paths that are not the cheapest-total
9050 : : * path.
9051 : : */
9052 [ + + + + ]: 8409 : if (input_path->param_info &&
9053 : : input_path != cheapest_input_path)
9054 : 740 : continue;
9055 : :
9056 : 7705 : is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(sortPathkeys,
9057 : : input_path->pathkeys,
9058 : : &presorted_keys);
9059 : :
9060 : : /*
9061 : : * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
9062 : : * they are the cheapest total path (no need to deal with paths
9063 : : * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
9064 : : */
9065 [ + + + + ]: 7705 : if (!is_sorted && input_path != cheapest_input_path &&
9066 [ + + - + ]: 76 : (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
9067 : 36 : continue;
9068 : :
9069 : : /*
9070 : : * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9071 : : */
9072 : 7669 : path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9073 : : unique_rel,
9074 : : input_path,
9075 : 7669 : unique_rel->reltarget);
9076 : :
9077 [ + + ]: 7669 : if (!is_sorted)
9078 : : {
9079 : : /*
9080 : : * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
9081 : : * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
9082 : : * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
9083 : : */
9084 [ + + - + ]: 3982 : if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
9085 : 3942 : path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
9086 : : unique_rel,
9087 : : path,
9088 : : sortPathkeys,
9089 : : -1.0);
9090 : : else
9091 : 40 : path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
9092 : : unique_rel,
9093 : : path,
9094 : : sortPathkeys,
9095 : : presorted_keys,
9096 : : -1.0);
9097 : : }
9098 : :
9099 : 7669 : path = (Path *) create_unique_path(root, unique_rel, path,
9100 : : list_length(sortPathkeys),
9101 : : unique_rel->rows);
9102 : :
9103 : 7669 : add_path(unique_rel, path);
9104 : : }
9105 : : }
9106 : :
9107 : : /* Consider hash-based implementation, if possible. */
9108 [ + - ]: 7131 : if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
9109 : : {
9110 : : Path *path;
9111 : :
9112 : : /*
9113 : : * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9114 : : */
9115 : 7131 : path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9116 : : unique_rel,
9117 : : cheapest_input_path,
9118 : 7131 : unique_rel->reltarget);
9119 : :
9120 : 7131 : path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
9121 : : unique_rel,
9122 : : path,
9123 : : cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
9124 : : AGG_HASHED,
9125 : : AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
9126 : : groupClause,
9127 : : NIL,
9128 : : NULL,
9129 : : unique_rel->rows);
9130 : :
9131 : 7131 : add_path(unique_rel, path);
9132 : : }
9133 : 7131 : }
9134 : :
9135 : : /*
9136 : : * create_partial_unique_paths
9137 : : * Create unique paths in 'unique_rel' based on 'input_rel' partial_pathlist
9138 : : */
9139 : : static void
9140 : 3999 : create_partial_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
9141 : : List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
9142 : : SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
9143 : : {
9144 : : RelOptInfo *partial_unique_rel;
9145 : : Path *cheapest_partial_path;
9146 : :
9147 : : /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
9148 [ + + + + ]: 3999 : if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
9149 : 867 : return;
9150 : :
9151 : : /*
9152 : : * nothing to do if there's anything in the targetlist that's
9153 : : * parallel-restricted.
9154 : : */
9155 [ - + ]: 3132 : if (!is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) unique_rel->reltarget->exprs))
315 rguo@postgresql.org 9156 :UNC 0 : return;
9157 : :
315 rguo@postgresql.org 9158 :GNC 3132 : cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
9159 : :
9160 : 3132 : partial_unique_rel = makeNode(RelOptInfo);
9161 : 3132 : memcpy(partial_unique_rel, input_rel, sizeof(RelOptInfo));
9162 : :
9163 : : /*
9164 : : * clear path info
9165 : : */
9166 : 3132 : partial_unique_rel->pathlist = NIL;
9167 : 3132 : partial_unique_rel->ppilist = NIL;
9168 : 3132 : partial_unique_rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
9169 : 3132 : partial_unique_rel->cheapest_startup_path = NULL;
9170 : 3132 : partial_unique_rel->cheapest_total_path = NULL;
9171 : 3132 : partial_unique_rel->cheapest_parameterized_paths = NIL;
9172 : :
9173 : : /* Estimate number of output rows */
9174 : 3132 : partial_unique_rel->rows = estimate_num_groups(root,
9175 : : sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs,
9176 : : cheapest_partial_path->rows,
9177 : : NULL,
9178 : : NULL);
9179 : 3132 : partial_unique_rel->reltarget = unique_rel->reltarget;
9180 : :
9181 : : /* Consider sort-based implementations, if possible. */
9182 [ + - ]: 3132 : if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
9183 : : {
9184 : : ListCell *lc;
9185 : :
9186 : : /*
9187 : : * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
9188 : : * sorting the cheapest partial path and incremental sort on any paths
9189 : : * with presorted keys.
9190 : : */
9191 [ + - + + : 6518 : foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
+ + ]
9192 : : {
9193 : 3386 : Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
9194 : : Path *path;
9195 : : bool is_sorted;
9196 : : int presorted_keys;
9197 : :
9198 : 3386 : is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(sortPathkeys,
9199 : : input_path->pathkeys,
9200 : : &presorted_keys);
9201 : :
9202 : : /*
9203 : : * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
9204 : : * they are the cheapest partial path (no need to deal with paths
9205 : : * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
9206 : : */
9207 [ + + - + ]: 3386 : if (!is_sorted && input_path != cheapest_partial_path &&
315 rguo@postgresql.org 9208 [ # # # # ]:UNC 0 : (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
9209 : 0 : continue;
9210 : :
9211 : : /*
9212 : : * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9213 : : */
315 rguo@postgresql.org 9214 :GNC 3386 : path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9215 : : partial_unique_rel,
9216 : : input_path,
9217 : 3386 : partial_unique_rel->reltarget);
9218 : :
9219 [ + + ]: 3386 : if (!is_sorted)
9220 : : {
9221 : : /*
9222 : : * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
9223 : : * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
9224 : : * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
9225 : : */
9226 [ - + - - ]: 3092 : if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
9227 : 3092 : path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
9228 : : partial_unique_rel,
9229 : : path,
9230 : : sortPathkeys,
9231 : : -1.0);
9232 : : else
315 rguo@postgresql.org 9233 :UNC 0 : path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
9234 : : partial_unique_rel,
9235 : : path,
9236 : : sortPathkeys,
9237 : : presorted_keys,
9238 : : -1.0);
9239 : : }
9240 : :
315 rguo@postgresql.org 9241 :GNC 3386 : path = (Path *) create_unique_path(root, partial_unique_rel, path,
9242 : : list_length(sortPathkeys),
9243 : : partial_unique_rel->rows);
9244 : :
9245 : 3386 : add_partial_path(partial_unique_rel, path);
9246 : : }
9247 : : }
9248 : :
9249 : : /* Consider hash-based implementation, if possible. */
9250 [ + - ]: 3132 : if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
9251 : : {
9252 : : Path *path;
9253 : :
9254 : : /*
9255 : : * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9256 : : */
9257 : 3132 : path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9258 : : partial_unique_rel,
9259 : : cheapest_partial_path,
9260 : 3132 : partial_unique_rel->reltarget);
9261 : :
9262 : 3132 : path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
9263 : : partial_unique_rel,
9264 : : path,
9265 : : cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
9266 : : AGG_HASHED,
9267 : : AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
9268 : : groupClause,
9269 : : NIL,
9270 : : NULL,
9271 : : partial_unique_rel->rows);
9272 : :
9273 : 3132 : add_partial_path(partial_unique_rel, path);
9274 : : }
9275 : :
9276 [ + - ]: 3132 : if (partial_unique_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
9277 : : {
9278 : 3132 : generate_useful_gather_paths(root, partial_unique_rel, true);
9279 : 3132 : set_cheapest(partial_unique_rel);
9280 : :
9281 : : /*
9282 : : * Finally, create paths to unique-ify the final result. This step is
9283 : : * needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from parallel
9284 : : * workers.
9285 : : */
9286 : 3132 : create_final_unique_paths(root, partial_unique_rel,
9287 : : sortPathkeys, groupClause,
9288 : : sjinfo, unique_rel);
9289 : : }
9290 : : }
9291 : :
9292 : : /*
9293 : : * Choose a unique name for some subroot.
9294 : : *
9295 : : * Modifies glob->subplanNames to track names already used.
9296 : : */
9297 : : char *
266 rhaas@postgresql.org 9298 : 62433 : choose_plan_name(PlannerGlobal *glob, const char *name, bool always_number)
9299 : : {
9300 : : unsigned n;
9301 : :
9302 : : /*
9303 : : * If a numeric suffix is not required, then search the list of
9304 : : * previously-assigned names for a match. If none is found, then we can
9305 : : * use the provided name without modification.
9306 : : */
9307 [ + + ]: 62433 : if (!always_number)
9308 : : {
9309 : 18498 : bool found = false;
9310 : :
9311 [ + + + + : 45058 : foreach_ptr(char, subplan_name, glob->subplanNames)
+ + ]
9312 : : {
9313 [ + + ]: 11590 : if (strcmp(subplan_name, name) == 0)
9314 : : {
9315 : 3528 : found = true;
9316 : 3528 : break;
9317 : : }
9318 : : }
9319 : :
9320 [ + + ]: 18498 : if (!found)
9321 : : {
9322 : : /* pstrdup here is just to avoid cast-away-const */
9323 : 14970 : char *chosen_name = pstrdup(name);
9324 : :
9325 : 14970 : glob->subplanNames = lappend(glob->subplanNames, chosen_name);
9326 : 14970 : return chosen_name;
9327 : : }
9328 : : }
9329 : :
9330 : : /*
9331 : : * If a numeric suffix is required or if the un-suffixed name is already
9332 : : * in use, then loop until we find a positive integer that produces a
9333 : : * novel name.
9334 : : */
9335 : 47463 : for (n = 1; true; ++n)
9336 : 37631 : {
9337 : 85094 : char *proposed_name = psprintf("%s_%u", name, n);
9338 : 85094 : bool found = false;
9339 : :
9340 [ + + + + : 304600 : foreach_ptr(char, subplan_name, glob->subplanNames)
+ + ]
9341 : : {
9342 [ + + ]: 172043 : if (strcmp(subplan_name, proposed_name) == 0)
9343 : : {
9344 : 37631 : found = true;
9345 : 37631 : break;
9346 : : }
9347 : : }
9348 : :
9349 [ + + ]: 85094 : if (!found)
9350 : : {
9351 : 47463 : glob->subplanNames = lappend(glob->subplanNames, proposed_name);
9352 : 47463 : return proposed_name;
9353 : : }
9354 : :
9355 : 37631 : pfree(proposed_name);
9356 : : }
9357 : : }
|
